1

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION & SPORTS SCIENCES

(University of Delhi)

1. PROFILE OF THE DEPARTMENT

The Department of Physical Education And Sports Sciences is functioning under the Faculty of Inter-disciplinary and Applied Sciences, University of Delhi.

1.1 Location and Contacts

At present, the department is functioning from the Indira Gandhi Institute of Physical Education and Sports Sciences, B-Block Vikas Puri, New Delhi-110018.

Head of the Department - Dr. (Mrs.) Kiran Sandhu

Telephone - 011 9818022788

Email - kiran_sandhu36@yahoo.co.in

1.2 Staff – Teaching and Non-Teaching STAFF

RECOGNIZED READERS OF UNIVERSITY

1. Dr. Kiran Sandhu

2. Dr. D. K. Kansal

3. Dr. M. K. Singh

NON-TEACHING STAFF

Name Designation Nature of duty

Ms. Kiran Chaudhary Computer operator-Cum Office Steno

Handling all correspondence, students dealing and other daily needs of the office

Sh. Ishwar Parkash Office Attendant Office Support, Dak Delivery, etc

1.3 Students Admitted STUDENTS ADMISSION: Ph.D, M.P.Ed, B.P.Ed

ADMISSION FORMS

Admission to the Ph.D programme is processed through the Departmental Research Committee the form/s are available at the web site and are as Appendix-I

Admission to the M.P.Ed, B.P.Ed, course of study is processed through the admission committee appointed for the purpose. Admission form/s are available at the web site and are as Appendix-ii & iii.

Admission to under graduate courses of study is processed through the admission committee appointed for the purpose by the respective colleges. For Admission form/s and details contact the College i.e. Indira Gandhi Institute of Physical Education & Sports Sciences

2

NO. OF STUDENTS WHO APPLIED & GOT ADMISSION IN POST-GRADUATE AND RESEARCH DEGREES

*The admission conducted by the Department on self financed basis, but, courses studied at college (IGIPESS)

** The candidates studying under the Department.

2. PROGRAMMES OF STUDY

2.1 Doctorate of Philosophy in Physical Education (Ph.D.)

2.1.1 Profile of Research, Scholar and Supervisor Following candidates has been registered for Ph.D Programme in Department of Physical

Education & Sports Sciences of University of Delhi.

Year *U.G. - B.P.Ed. (One Year Degree after Graduation)

*P.G. - M.P.Ed. (Two Year Degree after Graduation)

M.Phil.

N/A

Ph.D. Since July, 2007

Applied Admitted Applied Admitted Applied Admitted Under-Process

2004-05 183 48 170 26 -

2005-06 240 47 205 25 -

2006-07 207 50 167 29 -

2007-08 187 50 197 25

Applied/

Admitted

it is likely to start in 2009

**24

11 Nil

3

S.No Profile of Study Keywords Scholar Profile Profile of Supervisor

1. ‘A Study on Public Perception of the Commonwealth Games 2010’

Commonwealth Games 2010, Public Perception, New Delhi, Questionnaire/Survey Study, Sample Group-Six

Mr. Ajit,

Proficient in English, football, yoga, worked as a PGT (physical education) , have publication at credit and participated in national/international conferences

Dr (Mrs.) Kiran Sandhu (Ph.D) Head, Department of Physical Education and Sports Sciences, University of Delhi is a Former International Basketball player recipient of Shakti Pushkar Award for being best sports women (1980) Captained Indian Basketball Women team 1980 at IX ABC, Hongkong. Teaching Professional Preparation of Curriculum Design, Research, and basketball. Author of award winning book Sports Dynamics other Book Published “Professional Preparation and CareerDevelopment in Physical Education; Trenda And Development in Professional Preparation in Physical Education”. Guiding Ph.D and M.Phil; Developed Curriculum for Application 7 Descipline Course in Physical Education for University of Delhi; NCERT, and CBSE. Also author of several research papers and books, resource person for U.G.C. Refresher courses, winner of Bursery Award of Association of Commonwealth universities (2003), project grant of UNESCO chair (1998), IGNOU and British council New Delhi (2005).

2. ‘Effect of Selected Yogic Exercise on Psychological and Physiological Variables of Delhi Secondary School Male Students’

Yoga, Psychology, physiology, New Delhi

Mr. Kunal,

National player volleyball and athletics, attended various National seminars

Dr. Narinder Paul Sharma (Ph.D) Reader Outstanding National Football Player member of Research Development committee LNIPE and Subject Expert in various committees Different Universities. Only expert having maximum Number of Books Physical Education and other related areas to his credit. Presented research papers in various International and National Conferences. Resource person for U.G.C. Refresher courses. Evaluating and guiding Ph.D and M.Phill education and physical education candidates. Teaching sports psychology, research & football.

3. ‘Construction and Validation of Goal Setting Questionnaire in Sports’

Goal Setting questionnaire, 400 subjects (Male& female), Aged 17 years and above, factor analysis, scientific authentication.

Ms. Meenakshi,

National Player Kho-Kho, Athletics, Have participated in International & National Seminars

Dr .Lalit Sharma (Ph.D) Reader Outstanding Gymnastics Organizer, Member of various Physical Education Associations. Attended various National and International level Conferences. Author of various books: attribution in Physical Education and several other books. Teaching: Sports Psychology and Gymnastics.

4. ‘Construction and Standardization of Specific Physical Fitness Test in Cricket’

Fitness Test Construction, 300 Male Cricketers aged 20-25, Speed, Strength, Endurance,

Mr. Sandeep Kumar,

Worked as lecturer at Meerut University, teach sports training and cricket, fitness

Dr. Sandeep Tiwari (Ph.D) Reader Outstanding Volleyball Player, member of various National organizations (Phy.Edu&volleyball) attended Several International and National Conference. Published number of research papers. Qualified volleyball Referee, Teaching sports Training and volleyball. Published various books guiding Ph.D & M.Phil Candidates.

4

S.No Profile of Study Keywords Scholar Profile Profile of Supervisor Flexibility and Co-ordination, Factor analysis, scientific authentication

expert Have participated in national seminars.

5. ‘A Demographic Study on Autonomic Function of Retired Sports Person of Selected Games and Sports Predominated by Power and Aerobic Capacity’

Mr. Pawan Kumar Dabas

Dr. Dhananjoy Shaw (Ph.D) Reader Outstanding Judo Player. Recipient of Best Scientist Award (Research Paper) Member of various National & international organization and Associations. Author of Several books and Research papers. Acted as Resource person for various National level Programmes/Courses/workshops. Guiding Ph. D. Candidates Teaching Biomechanics Research kinesiology and judo.

6. ‘Promotion of Taekwondo in India: An Appraisal and Development of Framework of a Long-Term Plan’

Long-Term Plan, and Korean Sports promotion as a benchmark for developing a module for promotion of Taekwondo in India, Questionnaire/Survey Study

Mr. Surender Kumar Bhandoria,

Proficient in English, Teakwondo/ Judo, worked as a physical education teacher in Delhi administration and an International referee, Executive Committee member and liaison officer in Taekwondo federation of India, have publication at credit and participated in national/international conferences

Dr (Mrs.) Kiran Sandhu (Ph.D) Head, Department of Physical Education and Sports Sciences, University of Delhi is a Former International Basketball player recipient of Shakti Pushkar Award for being best sports women (1980) Captained Indian Basketball Women team 1980 at IX ABC, Hongkong. Teaching Professional Preparation of Curriculum Design, Research, and basketball. Author of award winning book Sports Dynamics other Book Published “Professional Preparation and CareerDevelopment in Physical Education; Trenda And Development in Professional Preparation in Physical Education”. Guiding Ph.D and M.Phil; Developed Curriculum for Application 7 Descipline Course in Physical Education for University of Delhi; NCERT, and CBSE. Also author of several research papers and books, resource person for U.G.C. Refresher courses, winner of Bursery Award of Association of Commonwealth universities (2003), project grant of UNESCO chair (1998), IGNOU and British council New Delhi (2005).

7. ‘A Study on the Effect of Step Aerobic Training on Selected Ground Reaction Force Variables of Female’

Ms. Sonia Shalini,

Expert in fitness, worked as a lecturer (physical education)in IGIPESS, have

Dr. Dhananjoy Shaw (Ph.D) Reader Outstanding Judo Player. Recipient of Best Scientist Award (Research Paper) Member of various National & international organization and Associations. Author of Several books and Research papers. Acted as Resource person for various National level

5

S.No Profile of Study Keywords Scholar Profile Profile of Supervisor

publication at credit and participated in national/international conferences

Programmes/Courses/workshops. guiding Ph. D. Candidates Teaching Biomechanics Research kinesiology and judo.

8. ‘A Critical Appraisal of Status of Physical Education and Yoga in colleges and Universities of Rajasthan’

Mr. Vishnu Parmar Dr. D.K. Kansal (Ph.D.) Principal

Has conducted research and published extensively on talent selection and sports potentials of children and champion sportsmen, is the author of a text book on measurement and evaluation in physical education & sports, first awardee of a Fulbright scholarship in physical education for conducting research at the Department of Physical Education of the University of Illinois, Chicago (USA) on the measurements of Olympic athletes. Founder Head of the first Indian University Department of Sports Sciences at Punjabi University, Patiala has an experience of 33 years of teaching & research in sports science. President & Organising Secretary of National Associations in Physical Education and Sports Sciences, Chaired Olympic Science Congress session and other inter national conference sessions abroad, awarded Spardhashree Award 1996, World 2000 Millennium Award, Bharat Jyoti Award 2001, Lifetime Achievement Award 2004 included in Asian/American who's who publication, 2005, has guided and evaluated many Ph. D. research projects independently.

9. ‘A Critical Appraisal of Professional Degree Courses and Infrastructure of Colleges and University Departments of Physical Education Approved by the NCTE in the State of Uttar Pradesh’.

Mr. Piyush Kumar Jain Dr. M.K. Singh (Ph.D.) Reader Outstanding Badminton player Attended various National and International Conferences Member of Various national committees, Author of Several Books and Research papers. Teaching Sports Medicine, Research and Badminton. Recipient of Best Sports Women. Resource person for U.G.C. Refresher courses Guiding Ph. D. Candidates. Member of Various inspection Committees of different organizations.

10. ‘A Study of Critical Analysis of Sports Participation and Physical Education Courses Conducted in

Ms. Asha Rana Dr. D.K. Kansal (Ph.D.) Principal

Has conducted research and published extensively on talent selection and sports potentials of children and champion sportsmen, is the author of a

6

S.No Profile of Study Keywords Scholar Profile Profile of Supervisor the Universities of India’

text book on measurement and evaluation in physical education & sports, first awardee of a Fulbright scholarship in physical education for conducting research at the Department of Physical Education of the University of Illinois, Chicago (USA) on the measurements of Olympic athletes. Founder Head of the first Indian University Department of Sports Sciences at Punjabi University, Patiala has an experience of 33 years of teaching & research in sports science. President & Organizing Secretary of National Associations in Physical Education and Sports Sciences, Chaired Olympic Science Congress session and other inter national conference sessions abroad, awarded Spardhashree Award 1996, World 2000 Millennium Award, Bharat Jyoti Award 2001, Lifetime Achievement Award 2004 included in Asian/American who's who publication, 2005, has guided and evaluated many Ph. D. research projects independently.

11. ‘A Study on the Validation of Cooper’s Twelve Minute Run and Walk Test for Selected Male Populations of NCT-Delhi’

Ms. Neeru Yadav Dr. Dhananjoy Shaw (Ph.D) Reader Outstanding Judo Player. Recipient of Best Scientist Award (Research Paper) Member of various National & international organization and Associations. Author of Several books and Research papers. Acted as Resource person for various National level Programmes/Courses/workshops. Guiding Ph. D. Candidates Teaching Biomechanics Research kinesiology and judo.

ORDINANCES FOR MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

2.2 Masters of Philosophy in Physical Education (M.Phil.) GENERAL RULES: 1. There shall be an M. Phil. Degree Programme in Department of Physical Education and Sports

Sciences. 2. The programme may be run on a full time basis and on a part time basis, depending upon the

facilities in the Department to run the programme. 3. Subject to the over-all control of the Academic Council, the M. Phil. Programme in Physical Education

will be administered by an M. Phil. Committee consisting of the Head of the Department, all Professors, Readers (in the absence of Professors) and other teachers teaching (in absence of Readers) Physical education for ten years at the Master’s Level in the Department and such teachers (including teachers from other Departments of the faci;tu concerned wherever necessary) recommended by the Dean of the faculty, on the advice of the Head of the Department, and approved by the Vice-Chancellor. However, the total membership of the Committee shall not exceed fifteen (15) in order of seniority. The Head of the Department shall be the Chairman of the Committee. Members of the M. Phil. Committee other than the Head of the Department and Professors in the Department shall hold office for a period of two years. After the M. Phil. Committee is once constituted and a person, who is not already a member of the M. Phil. Committee is appointed as Professor, such a person will automatically become a member of the M. Phil. Committee, the maximum limit of 15 of the membership of the Committee shall not apply till such time M. Phil. Committee is reconstituted. This Committee shall:

a. Invite and scrutinize applications and make admission to the M. Phil. Programme (The committee may scrutinize applications to eliminate ineligible candidates and to draw up, if necessary short list of applicants to be called for a personal interview).

b. Design courses and lay down syllabi for the same. (The M. Phil. Committee of the Department will give due consideration to the suggestions made by the teachers of the Department while designing the courses and laying down the syllabi for the same.

c. Approve and announce Seminar Courses to be offered each year. d. Organize Lectures, Seminars and Supervision of the dissertation work etc. e. Make arrangements for the conduct of oral/written examinations, evaluation of

performance in day to day work, including tests, seminars, viva-voce etc. f. Recommend persons for appointment as internal/external examiners for consideration by

the Academic Council. g. Review from time to time the working of the M. Phil. Programme and recommend any

necessary modifications in its scope, structure, etc. 4. The duration of the programme for full-time stpudents shall ordinarily be one calender year

extendable by six months for dissertation work. The duration of the programme in respect of part-time students shall ordinarily be two calender years extendable by six months for dissertation work. Variations in the duration of the programme may be allowed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the M. Phil. Committee of the Department.

5. Eligibility for Admission to the M. Phil. in Physical Education: 5 .1 Eligibility conditions for full time candidates: The minimum qualifications for admission to the M. Phil. (full-time) programme shall be

a Master’s Degree of an Indian University or an equivalent degree of a foreign University, in Physical Education with a high second class i.e., minimum of 55% marks in the aggregate or an equivalent grade. Provided that the above minimum marks requirement shall not apply in the case of the teachers of the University of Delhi holding substantive appointment before the promulgation of this Ordinance.

5.2 Eligibility Conditions for Part-time Candidates: 1. The minimum qualification for admission to the M. Phil. (Part-time) programme shall be

Master’s Degree of an Indian University or an equivalent degree of a foreign University, in

8

Physical Education with a high second class i.e. minimum of 55% marks in the aggregate or an equivalent grade.

2. Preference will be given to candidates having experience of working as Physical Educationists, coaches, Fitness Trainer and other related fields.

6. Admission Test:

Candidates who fulfill the minimum eligibility requirements will be called to appear in the Written Entrance Test. The final selection of the candidates will be based on the Written Test and Interview.

7. Reservation of Seats for Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribes Candidates: 7.1 Candidates belonging to the S.C./S.T. category seeking admission to the M. Phil. Programme

will also be required to get their names registered along with other candidates. The Registration form duly filled in and accompanied by all relevant certificates shall be submitted at the Registration Centre with in the registration dates. The original certificate will be returned to the candidates after verification and stamping on the reverse and the attested copies there of will be retained.

7.2 That 15% of the seats for S.C. and 7% for S.T. (Inter-changeable) be reserved as per Government of India instructions.

7.3 Where the admission is based on screening/written test, for M. Phil. programme, the SC/ST candidates would also be required to appear for the same but their merit list will be drawn separately and operated as per the reservation quota.

7.4 If the requisite number of SC/ST candidates are not available by the last date fixed by the University for admission to each course, the remaining seats will be de-reserved and filled from general category.

8. Reservation of seats of the Children/widows of the officers and men of the armed forces including paramilitary personal killed or disabled in action in wars from 1947-48 onwards. 8.1 Children/widows/wives of the officers and men of the Armed Forces including Para military

personal killed or disabled in action or those who died/were disabled on duty and seeking admission will be required to get their name registered with in the prescribed dates along with other candidates.

8.2 5% of the total number of seats will be reserved for the children/widows/wives of officers and men of armed forces including paramilitary personnel.

8.3 This concession is also extended to the Children of those disabled officers and men of the armed forces including paramilitary personnel who are invalidated out of service during the hostilities and who were unmarried at the time of disablement from service but subsequently got married and had their children.

8.4 In order to become eligible for above concession, children/widows of officers and Jawans etc. are required to produce the entitlement card issued by the following:- 8.4.1 Secretary, Kendriya Sainik Board, Delhi. 8.4.2 Secretary, Rajya/Zila Sainik Board 8.4.3 Officer-in-Charge, Record Officer 8.4.4 1st Class Stipendiary Magistrate.

8.5 Relaxation to the extent of 5% in the minimum marks in the aggregate will be given to the candidates of the above mentioned categories (Clause 7 &8) while determining their eligibility to the M. Phil. course concerned.

9. Attendance: Students shall be required to attend Lectures and participate in seminars arranged in the Department during the programme. The minimum percentage of lectures to be attended and seminars to be participated by the students shall be determined by the M. Phil. Committee of the Department. But, in no case minimum requirement to be prescribed in by Department, shall be less than 2/3 of the lectures delivered and seminars held, separately. The M. Phil. Committee of the Department will also constitute for each student an Advisory Committee of 3 to 5 members including the supervisors of the candidate. The Advisory Committee, which may also include members from other departments, or from other universities if the nature of the study demands, will advise the student in his studies, seminar work, and dissertation work etc.

10. Examination:

9

10.1 The M. Phil. Examination shall be held by the M. Phil. Committee in two parts as follows: PART-I (a) : Student will be required to opt for one Theory paper enlisted in Annexure-I (A). PART-I (b) : Student will be required to opt for two Theory papers enlisted in Annexure-I(B). PART-II : After passing the examination in the Theory papers, a student shall be required to

write a dissertation on a subject approved by the M. Phil. Research Advisory Committee under the supervision of the Supervisor/s appointed for the purpose.

10.2 The dissertation will be submitted only when the Supervisor/s concerned is/are satisfied that the Dissertation is worthy of consideration in part fulfillment of the M. Phil. degree. Provided that the application for submission of Dissertation shall also be countersigned by the Head of the Department concerned. The Dissertation may include results of original research, a fresh interpretation of existing facts and data or a review article of a critical nature or may take such other form as may be determined by the Advisory Committee.

10.3 Provided that a student who has secured 50% marks in two courses from Part-I (a) & Part-I (b) (Separately in theory & practical) of the Part-I examination may be allowed to proceed for his dissertation work. Such a student shall be permitted to submit his dissertation only when he has passed the examination in all the courses prescribed in Part-I (a) & Part-I (b) (Clause 19 (i). In the case of students who have not cleared all the courses at the examination as prescribed in Part-I (A) & I(B), the M. Phil. Committee will arrange a special examination in the remaining courses at a suitable stage of the programme.

10.4 The dissertation should be submitted by the date fixed by the M. Phil. Committee of the Department in each case. Where a dissertation is submitted beyond six months in the ordinary course, the same shall be treated and entertained in relation to the next year’s examination, and the student concerned shall be required to fulfill all the formalities including enrolment as ex-student and filling up a fresh examination form for this purpose.

10.5 The maximum marks for each course pand the pattern and duration of the examination in each course shall be determined by the M. Phil. Committee of the Department in each case. Weightage may be given by the M. Phil. Committee of the Department in the final evaluation of the candidate to internal assessment based on his performance in the periodical tests and seminars In no case shall the weightage exceed 50% of the total marks of the M. Phil. Examination.

1. The evaluation of candidates both in respect of courses and the dissertation to be submitted by the shall be done numerically. The maximum marks required to pass the M. Phil. Examination shall be 50% marks in the aggregate of written courses, 50% marks in the aggregate of practical courses and 50% marks in the Project Report/Dissertation including Viva-voce, separately.

The successful candidates of the M. Phil. Examination shall be classified as follows: 11.1 1st Div. with Distinction : 75% marks in aggregate or above 11.2 1st Div. : 60% marks in the aggregate or above but below 75% marks 11.3 Pass : All others

12. No student shall be allowed to appear in any part of the Examination more than twice and a student must clear the M. Phil. Examination with in three years of his initial registration for the M. Phil. full-time programme and with in four years of his initial registration for M. Phil. Part-time programme.

A candidate who having fulfilled the attendance requirements etc. and being otherwise eligible to appear at the examination fails or fails to appear at the same he/she shall be required to appear/re-appear at the same on his being enrolled as an ex-student in accordance with the rules prescribed in this behalf.

Appendix- I (A)

2.2.1 COURSE OF STUDY

Any one of the Following Papers is to be opted by each student from Part-I (A) :

A.-1 : Growth and Normative Research Methods in Physical Education

A.-2 : Descriptive Research Method in Physical Education

10

A.-3 : Experimental and Ex-post Facto Research Design in Physical Education

A.-4 : Historical and Documentation Research Methods in Physical Education

11

PAPER A-1: GROWTH AND NORMATIVE RESEARCH METHODS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION Max. Marks = 100 Time = 3 Hrs. Unit-I Steps in Research: Selection of Problem, Examining Assumptions, Review of Literature,

Anticipating the Outcome of Inquiry, Source of Data, Identifying Relevant Technique for Data Collection, Analysis and Interpretation

Unit-II Major approaches: Normative, Functional, Dialectical, Critical Evaluative and Syncretic Unit-III Sociological Survey, Anthropological Survey, Case Study, Content Analysis, Primary and

Secondary Sources Unit-IV Longitudinal Study, Cross Sectional Study, Trends Report Unit-V Hybrid Study of Cross-sectional and Longitudinal Study Unit-VI An Introduction to SPSS and Microstat Unit-VII Research Report in Growth and Normative Research Method in Physical Education Unit-VIII Preparation of different types of Norms and Scales Unit-IX Doctoral Research in India and Abroad in Physical Education Unit-X Theories, Ethics and Politics of Growth and Normative Research Methods in Physical

Education PAPER A-2: DESCRIPTIVE RESEARCH METHOD IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION Max. Marks = 100 Time = 3 Hrs. Unit-I Steps in Research: Selection of Problem, Examining Assumptions, Review of Literature,

Anticipating the Outcome of Inquiry, Source of Data, Identifying Relevant Technique for Data Collection, Analysis and Interpretation

Unit-II Nature and Scope of Exploratory and Descriptive Research Criteria: Areas and Levels Unit-III Construction of Theoretical Frame Work, Formulation of Research Design, Survey Studies,

Sociological Survey, School Survey, College and University Survey, Survey at Mass Level, Survey for Particular Target group

Unit-IV An Introduction to SPSS and Microstat, also, an Introduction to Multivariate Statistics (Factor Analysis, Discriminate Analysis, Canonical Analysis, Multiple Regression Analysis)

Unit-V Job and Activity Analysis, Documentary Analysis, Public Opinion Surveys, Community Surveys

Unit-VI Research Report in Descriptive Research, The paradigms of Debate: An Extended Review and a Celebration of Difference.

Unit-VII Studying, Planning and Conducting Interviews, The Diary Interview Method, Observation Studies. Item Analysis, Content Analysis, Projective Technique, Scaling Technique

Unit-VIII Analysis and Presentation of Information Assessment and Evaluation of Descriptive Research Unit-IX Doctoral Research in Physical Education in India and World (Review and Critical Comment) Unit-X Meta Analysis and Literature Analysis, Theory, Ethics and Politics in Descriptive Research in

Physical Education PAPER A-3: EXPERIMENTAL AND EX-POST FACTO RESEARCH DESIGN IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION Max. Marks = 100 Time = 3 Hrs. Unit-I An introduction to Ex-post Facto and Experimental Research, Laboratory Experiment and Field

Experiment, Experimental and Ex-post Facto Research as Differentiated from other types of researches

Unit-II - Post Test Only Design

12

- Pre Test and Post Test Design for Single Group - Pre Test and Post Test Design for Multi-group - Repeated Measure Design for Single group - Repeated Measure Design for Multi group - Matched Group Design for Post Test Only - Matched Group Design for Pre and Post-Test - Matched Group Design for Pre and Post Test for Multiple Group - Longitudinal Research Design - Cross Sectional Research Design - Hybrid Design of Longitudinal and Cross Sectional Design - Action Research, Applied Research and Basic Research

Unit-III - Test Construction and Selection in Experimental Research - Relationships and Comparative Studies in Experimental Research - Control of Experimental Variables/Groups, Control Groups and Factors Affecting Experimental

Outcome – Subjects, Age, Sex, Physiological, Psychological Variables etc. Unit-IV

- Experimental Validity & Reliability – Design & Tools - Statistical Control in Experimental Research - Investigator and Investigation in Experimental Research - Instrumentation in Experimental Research

Unit-V Pre true and Quasi Experimental Design, Latin, Greco-Latin and Factorial Designs (between the subjects and within the subjects). Analysis of Covariance with randomized Group Design

Unit-VI Establishing the Various Types of Experimental Research Laboratory in relation to the sports field facilities. Theory, Ethics and Politics in Research of Physical Education with special reference to Experimental Research

Unit-VII Knowledge of SPSS and Micro Stat applications Unit-VIII Factor Analysis:, Principle Factor Solution. Orthogonal and Oblique Analytic Rotations, Varimax,

Equimax, Promax, ANOVA, the Kruskal Walles Test, Chi-Square Test Unit-IX Multiple Correlation and Regression Technique including Discriminant Analysis, Canonical

Analysis. The Freedman Test for Ordinal Data and Cochran’s Q Test for Nominal Data Practical:

1. Preparation of Various Experimental Design 2. Measuring of the Various Variables: Physical, Physiological, Biomechanical and Psychological etc. 3. Collection & Deal with Data & Scoring

PAPER A-4: HISTORICAL AND DOCUMENTATION RESEARCH METHODS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Max. Marks = 100 Time = 3 Hrs.

Unit-I Teps in Research: Selection of Problem, Examining Assumptions, Review of Literature,

Anticipating the Outcome of Inquiry, Source of Data, Identifying Relevant Technique for Data Collection, Analysis and Interpretation

Unit-II What is History? Theories of History, Problem of Physical Educational History Unit-III Characteristics of Historical Research, Practical Limitations of Historical Approach, the

Historical Hypothesis. Sources of Historical data, Evaluating Historical Data Unit-IV An Introduction to SPSS and Microstat Unit-V Classification of Historical Documents and Principles of Documentary Study, Validation of

Documents

13

Unit-VI Reporting of Historical and Documentation Research, Descriptive Phase, Interpretative Phase and Applications of Data to Present and Hypothesis for Future

Unit-VII Survey of Physical Educational Research and Research Activities, Sociological Survey in Physical Education

Unit-VIII Doctoral Research in Physical Education in India and Doctoral Research in Physical Education in World

Unit-IX Analysis of Documentary Evidence, Statistical and Graphical Techniques related to Historical and Documentation Research

Unit-X Life Histories of PET and Exploring the Meaning of Marginality, Theory, Ethics and Politics of Historical and Documentation Research in Physical Education

Appendix- I (B)

The student will have to opt any two of the following nine Papers:

B-1 : Applied Management in Sports

B-2 : Biomechanics of Exercise, Fitness, Physical Education and Sports

B-3 : Applied Psychology in Sports

B-4 : Scientific Basis of Sports Training & Excellence

B-5 : Applied Sociology in Sports

B-6 : Physiology of Sport and Exercise

B-7 : Curriculum Development in Physical Education

B-8 : Athletic Care & Rehabilitation (ACR)

B-9 : Test, Measurement & Evaluation in Physical Education & Sports

M.Phil. (Physical Education) Max. Marks: 100

B-1: APPLIED MANAGEMENT IN SPORTS: Unit-I: Fundamental Concepts of Sports Management: 1.1. Definition, evolution & curriculum 1.2. Career considerations & avenues & professional preparation 1.3. Research Theory & Practice 1.4. Aims, Objectives & Principles of Sports Management 1.5. Who are Sports Managers? Job Specifications, and environment. Unit-II: The World of Sports Management: 2.1. International Perspective in Sports Management: Asia (China, Korea & India),

Australia, Africa, America (Canada, USA), Europe (France, Hungry, Netherland, Germany, Spain) 2.2. Management Approaches: Classical, Behavioural, Systems, Contingencies, Management Science. 2.3. Management Styles: The Autocratic, The Bureaucratic, The Democratic & The Spectator Style. 2.4. Management Information System (MIS). 2.5. Media & Sports Management, Public Relations, Communications Unit-III: Event Management: 3.1. Basic Principles & Planning (Organizing, Directing & Evaluating) 3.2. Facilities, Equipments, Personnel/Committee & Leadership, Creating & Maintaining Motivation. 3.3. Promotion & Marketing (Budget Considerations & Risk Management). 3.4. Applied Concepts: Evaluation & Feedback Protocol of Ceremonies, Websites, MarketingProcess,

Public Relations.

14

3.5. Control & Security: Violent Behaviour, Crowd Management, Alcohol Policy, Medical Plan, Crisis Management & Evaluation Plan, Parking & Traffic Control.

Unit-IV: Facilities & Equipment Management: 4.1. Sports Facilities Equipments & Ancillaries Areas 4.2. Fitness & Health Relation Areas 4.3. Aquatic & Indoor Facilities 4.4. Outdoor & Adventure Sports 4.5. Facilities for Senior, Impaired/Challenged and Special Population. Unit-V: Fiscal Management & Applied Areas: 5.1. Definition & Role of Accounting in Sports Management 5.2. Fund Raising, Sponsorships, Economic Problems Areas. 5.3. Budgeting: Preparation, Presentations, Revision etc. 5.4.Office Management: Record, Reports, time management, conflict resolutions, decision taking

shared planning Identifying weaknesses & strength. 5.5. Preventing legal Issues & Hassels. REFERENCES:

1. Aggarwala Vira. Bharma (1992). Management Principles, Practices, Techniques II Edition (Deep & Deep Publications – New Delhi).

2. Chelladurai P. (1985). Sports Management Macr-Perspectives (Adelaide St., London Ontario). 3. Davis, Kathleen. A. Sports Management: Successful Private Sector Business Strategies USA: WCB Inc. 4. Goel, S.L., (1995). Modern Management Techniques (Deep & Deep Publications – New Delhi). 5. Parkhouse, Bonnie (1991). The Management of Sports: Its Foundation and Application. St. Louis:

Mosby-Year Book Inc. 6. Plunkett, Richard. W. Supervision (1991) The Direction of People at Work. USA: Allyn and Bacon Inc. 7. Sandhu,Kiran (1995) Sports Dynamic: Psychology, Sociology and Management. Galgotia

publication: New Delhi 8. Walker, Marcia, L. and Stortar, David K. (199). Sports Facility Management. London: Jones and

Barlett Publishers

M.Phil. (Physical Education) Max. Marks: 100 Time – 3 Hrs. Theory – 70

Practical - 30

PAPER B-2 : BIOMECHANICS OF EXERCISE, FITNESS, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORTS

UNIT-I: Kinesiology of Fitness and Exercise:- • Properties of Human Tissue and adaptation (Bone, Cartilage, Muscles, Collagen and

Tendor) as an effect of exercise or Physical loading. • Biomechanics of work space and Environment. • Postures and Works. • Handelling Load. • Biomechanics of Fitness and Sports Industry. • Neurophysiological basis of movements for exercise and fitness.

Practical Applications and Evaluation of Biomechanical Principles:-

• Principles of Initial Force. • Principles of Optimum Path of acceleration • Principles of Action and Reaction • Principles of Conservation of Angular Momentum • Principles of other Principles .

UNIT-II: Electromyographic Applications:

• Scope and Use

15

• Physiological basis of EMG and Instrumentation • Recording Methods • Relation to Muscular Tension/Activation • Use of EMG to Exercise, Fitness and Sports • Bio-mechanical Measurements using EMG data

Biomechanical Measurement using:- • Force Platform • Pressure Transducer • Accelerometer • Other Dynamometry

UNIT-III: Biomechanics of Distance Running And Locomotion.

• Human Gait • Computer Simulation. • Performance Improvement. Electrogoniometry and it’s Practical Applications. • Instrumentation • Use and Scope. • Biomechanical Measurement using Elgon Data.

UNIT-IV: Two and Three Dimensional Analysis of Human Movement:

• Data Capture and Processing of the Data • Cinematography and Image based Analysis • Video Based 2 D & 3 D. • Opto-Electronic Based 2D & 3D • Computer Graphics for Visualization and Animation, • X-ray Photogrammery. Biomechanical Analysis of Fitness, Sports Movements, Technique or Skill, and Performance:- • Qualitative Analysis • Quantitative Analysis • An Introduction to deterministic and Stochastic (Statistical) Bio-mechanics.

UNIT-V: Biomechanical Basis of Fitness and Performance:

• Principles and Evaluation of Training • Training of Strength, Speed Power, Endurance, Fatigue and Flexibility • Exercise Devices. • Different types of Exercise. • Methods and Means of Exercises • Biomechanical Measurements of Fitness and Performance Structure and Qualities of Motor Actions: • Structures and types of Motor Actions (Motor Movements) • Design of Motor Action in relation to it’s different parts/phase. • Analysis of Motor Action using biomechanical Instruments. • Different Qualities of Motor Actions • Measurement of different Qualities of Motor Action using Biomechanical Instruments.

PRACTICAL:

• Measurement of Postures • Measurement of Different Components of Fitness (biomechanical Applications) • General and Specific Fitness Measurement. • Evaluation of Exercise and Exercise Devices. • Use of EMG to Exercise, Fitness and Sports • Use of Force Platform, accelerometer and other dynamometers to Sports and Fitness. • Determination of C.G. using different methods and technology. • Use of Elgon to Sports. • Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis of Sports Techniques.

16

SUGGESTED STUDIES: Basmajian, J.V. (1962). Muscles Alive: Their Functions Revealed by Electromyography. Baltimare: Williams and Wilkeins Co. Basmajian, J.V. (1971). Electromyographic Analysis in J.M. Cooper (Ed.) Selected Topic on Biomechanics, Chicago, Athletic Institute. Dempster, W.T. Free Body Diagrams as an Approach to the Mechanics of Human Posture and Motion in F.G. Evans (Ed.). Biomechanical Study of the Musculoskeletal System. Springfield. III: Chrles C. Thomas Publisher, 1961. Dilman, C.J. Muscular Torque Patterns of the Leg During the Recovery Phase of Sprint Running (Doctoral Dissertation. Pennsylvania State University 1970). Dissertation Abstract International, 1971, 32, 222 A. (University Microfilms No.71-16.952). Grabiner (1993), M.D. Ed. Current Issue in biomechanics Champaign, Human Kinetics Publishers, 1993. Harries, R.W. Kinesiology Workbook and Laboratory Manual Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company, 1977. Hartze, H. Letter: The Meaning of the Term “Biomechanics.” Journal of Biomechanics, 1974, 7, 189-190. Hartze, H. Biomechamical Aspects of a Successful Motion optiomization. In P.V. Komi (Ed.), Biomechanics V.B. Baltimore: University Park Press, 1976 (a). Hawley, G. The Kinesiology of Corrective Exercise. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger, 1937. Hawley G., An Anatomical Analysis of Sports, New York: A.S. Barnes and Company, Inc., 1940. Hay J.G. Biomechanics of Sports Technique 3rd Ed., New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 1985. Higgines, J.R. Human Movement: An Integrated Approach, St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company, 1977. Hockmuth, G. and Others Biomechanics of Athletic Movement. Berlin: Sporturlag, 1984. Karpovic, P.V. and Karpovich, G.P. Electorgoniometer: A New Device for Study of Joints in Action, Federation Proceedings, 1959, 18, 79. Knudson, Duane V. and Morrison, Graig S. (1997). Qualitative Analysis of Human Movement. Champaign. IL: Human Kinetics. Kreighbaum, E. and Barthels, K.M. Biomechanics. A Qualitative Approach for Studying Human Movement 2nd Ed. New York: Macmillan Publishing Co., 1985. Laban, R. ‘Repreint’. Mastery of Movement 4th ed. V.K. Northcate House, 1988. Miller, D.I. Computer Simulation of Human Motion. In Techniques for the Analysis of Human Movement. Princeton: Princeton Book Company Publishers, 1975 (b). Miller, D.I. biomechanics of running – What should the Future Hold. Canadian Journal of Applied Sport Science, 1978, 3, 229-236. Miller, D.I. Modelling in Biomechanics: An Overview, Medicine and Science in Sports, 1979, 11 (2), 115-122 Miller, D.I. and Petak, K.L, Three – Dimensional Cinematography M.C. J. Widule (ed.). Kinesioligy Ill. Washington, D.C.: American Association for Health, Physical Education and Recreation, 1973. Mitchelson, D.L. An Opto – Electronic Techniques for Analysis of Angular Movement. In S. Cerquiqline, A. Venerando. & J. Wartenweiler (Eds.), biomechanics ill. Baltimore: University Park Press, 1973. Mitchelson, D.L. Recording of Movement without Photography, Techniques for the Analysis of Human Movement. Princeton: Princeton Book Company Publishers, 1975. Moon, S.D. and Santer, S.L. Ed. Beyond Biomechanics Phychological Aspects of Musculo – Skeletal Disorders in Office Work: London, Tayler & Francis, 1996. Plagenhoef, S.C. An Analysis of the Kinematics and Kinetics of Selected Symmetrical Body Actions (Doctoral Dissertation, University of Michigan, 1962). Dissertation Abstract International, 1963, 23, 3227. (University Microfilms No.63-430). Plagenheof, S.C. Computer Programs for Obtaining Kinetic Data of Human Movement. Journal of Biomechanics, 1968, 1, 221-234. Plagenheof. S.C. Patterns of Human Motions: A Cinematograph Analysis. Englewood Cliffs. N.J.: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1971.

17

Shaw, Dhananjoy (2000). Mechanical Basis of Biomechanics, New Delhi: Sports Publications Shaw, Dhananjoy,Pedagogic Kinesiology. Delhi: Sports Publication, 1998. Shaw, Dhananjoy, Biomechanics and Kinsiology of human Motion. Delhi: Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 1998. Shaw, Dhananjoy and Shalini, “Evolution of Biomechanics As A Subject of 21st Century” Ed. Shukla, N.B. Recent Trend in Physical Education and Sports, Varanasi: Indian Society of Sports Scientist, 1999. Shaw, Dhananjoy and Tomar, Rakesh Doctoral Research in Physical Education and its Sciences in Development Countries. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2000. Shaw, Dhananjoy and Gambhir, Shalini Encyclopaedia of Sports Injuries and Indian Sports Persons. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2000. Walters, C.E. and Partridge, M.J. An Electromyographic Study of the Differential Action of the Abdominal Muscles. American Journal of Physical Medicine, 1957, 36, 259-268. Walton, J.S. Close – Range Cine – Photogrammetry: Another Approach to Motion Analysis. In J. Terauds (Ed.), Science in Biomechanics cinematography. Del Mar, Calif.: Academic Publishers, 1979. Walton, J.S. and Kane, R. Interactive Computer Graphics: A New Coaching Aid. In E. Asmussen and K. Jorgenson (Eds.), Biomechanics VI-A, Baltimore: University Park Press, 1978. Widule, C.J. Analysis of Human Motion: Laboratory Experience, Experiments and Problems, Lajayette: Balt Publishers, 1974. Winter, D.A. Biomechanics of Human Movement: New York, John Wiley and Sow, 1979. Winter, D.A. Calculation and Interpretation of Mechanical Energy of Movement. In R.S. Hutton (Ed.) Exercise and Sports Sciences Reviews (Vol.6). Philadelphia: Frankin Institute Press, 1979. Zatziorsky, V.M. Studies of Motion and Motor Abilities of Sportsman, In R.C. Nelson and C.A. Morehouse (Eds.). Biomechanics IV, Baltimore: University Park Press, 1974. Zingg, W. The Role of Biomechanics in Sports Medicine, Athletic Tranining, 1975, 10 (2), 74-76.

M.Phil. (Physical Education) Max. Marks: 70

B-3: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN SPORTS: Unit 1: The Foundation of Sports Psychology:

- Brief History of Sports Psychology, Meaning, Definition and Boundaries of Sports Psychology.

- Research Methods and Testing in Sports Psychology. - Principles and Conditions of Motor Skill Learning. - Meaning Nature & Dimensions of Developmental Psychology. - Factors Affecting Growth & Development.

Unit-IIL: Participation in Sports:

- Socialization in Sports, Perception of Influence of various Socialization agents. - Defining Motivation, Theories of Motivation, Motivation to continue or Discontinue

participation in Sports. - Structure of Personality, Theories of Personality and Measurement of Personality. - Influence of Athletic Participation on Personality Development.

Unit-III: Sports Psychology and Athletic Performance:

- Information Processing and Attention in Sports. - Meaning and Definition of Arousal – Nurophysiology of Arousal. - Relationship between Arousal and Athletic Performance. - Stress and Anxiety in Sports. - Role of Stress and Anxiety on Sports Performa.

Unit-IV: Sport – Psychology Interventions:

- Cognitive Intervention in Sport – Imagery in Sport – Stress inoculation Training. - Psychological Skill Training for Sport – Attention Control Training. - Relaxation Procedures and Psyching up strategies. - Bio-feed back Technology and Application of Bio-feed back for Mental Training.

18

Unit-V: Social Nature of Sports:

- Meaning, Definition and Theories of Aggression. - Team Cohesion – Development and Measurement of Team Cohesion - Effects of Audience and Home Advantage in Sports. - Leadership in Sports – the Traits & Behavior of Successful Leader - Athletic Problem – Resist Coaching, The Con Man, Hyper Anxious, Success Phobia and

Depression Prone Athletic.

PracticalsMax. Marks: 30 Student is required to perform the following Practicals:

1. Testing Pre-competitive Anxiety 2. Mirror Drawing 3. Maze Learning 4. Assessment of Personality (16 Point PF Personality Test) 5. Assessment of Mental Ability (I.Q.) 6. Test of Adjustment. 7. Test of Attention 8. Reaction Time Testing 9. Assessment of Aggression.

M.Phil. (Physical Education)

PAPER B-4 : SCIENTIFICE BASIS OF SPORTS TRAINING & EXCELLENCE

M.M. = 70 Time = 3 Hrs.

UNIT-I:

SPORTS TRAINING

- Definitions, Aim, Objectives and Characteristics, Principles of Sports Training

- Training means:- Principle Means of Exercise, Pedagogical Measures, Medical & Physiotherapeutic Means, Psychological Means &Bio-Mechanical Means, Natural Means, Material Objects

- Sources of Energy : Anaerobic, Lactic and Aerobic Sources of Energy

- Training Methods Employed for Excellence:- Continuous Method and its Variations; Interval Methods and Repetition Method and the Physiological Effects, Training & Psychic Effects of Training Methods; Circuit Training; Plyometrics Training

UNIT-II

TRAINING LOAD, ADAPTATION AND RECOVERY

- Concept of Load, Training & competition Demands & Degree of Load, Process of Load and Adaptation, Relationship of Load and Recovery, Factors of Load, Relationship Between Volume and Intensity

- Dynamics of Increasing the Volume and Intensity, Intensity Zones for Strength, Speed, Endurance and Cyclic Sports.

- Means to Assess the Load, Fatigue and Symptoms of Fatigue

- Overload, Causes and Symptoms of Overload, Tackling of Over Load

- Recovery, Factors affecting Recovery, Means and Methods of Recovery.

19

UNIT-III

BIO-MOTOR ABILITIES AND THEIR DEVELOPMENT

- STRENGTH : Definition; Physiological Characteristics of Strength; Types of Muscle Contraction; Forms of Strength and their Significance in Training; Factors affecting Strength Performance; Methods of Strength Training; Methodological parameters related to Strength Training; Load Factors in relation to Strength Training; Characteristics of Maximum Strength; Explosive Strength and Strength Endurance; Training Methods for Development of various Forms of Strength.

- ENDURANCE: Definition and Significance of Endurance; Factors affecting Endurance; Load

Parameters for Development of Aerobic and Anaerobic Endurance; Methods to develop Endurance; Physiological Characteristics of Endurance; Forms of Endurance; Load factors in relation to Endurance Training; Nutrition and Endurance Performance.

- SPEED: Definition; Forms of Speed; Factors Determining Speed; Load Parameters to Develop Speed; Development of Speed Abilities & Methods used for its Development; Physiological Characteristics of Speed.

- FLEXIBILITY: Definition; Need and Importance for Flexibility; Factors affecting Flexibility; Types of Flexibility; Methods used to Develop Flexibility; Guideline to Flexibility Development.

- COORDINATIVE ABILITIES : Definition; Factors Determining Coordinative Abilities; Importance and Need of Coordinative Abilities; Classification of Coordinative Abilities; Factors Affecting Coordinative Abilities; Forms of Coordinative Abilities; Methods used to Develop Coordinative Abilities.

UNIT-IV

TECHNICAL AND TACTICAL PREPARATION:

- Definition and Meaning of Technique, Skill and Style, Motor Coordination and Motor Learning, Aim of Technique in Sports

- Technique Training in various Phases, Implications for Technique Training, Methods Employed for Technique Training

- Definition and Meaning of Tactics, Significance of Tactics, Aim of Tactics According to Sport

- Tactical Action and its Phases, Training for Tactics

- Principles of Tactical Preparation

UNIT-V

PLANNING, PERIODIZATION, AND TALENT IDENTIFICATION:

- Definition, Need and Importance in Planning, Principles of Planning, Types of Plan

- Periodization, Need of Periodization, Top Form and Periodization, Aims and Contents of various Periods of periodization, Types of Periodization, Periodization of Bio-Motor Abilities (Strength, Endurance and Speed)

- Competition, Classification and Characteristics of Competition, The Number and Frequency of Competition, Preparation for Competition

- Various Stages of Growth and Development, General Behavioural Patterns, Motor Development and Training Implications during various Stages of Growth and Development

- Importance of Talent Identification, Methods of Talent Identification, Criteria Used fro Talent Identification, Phases of Talent Identification, Guidelines for Talent Identification, Factors for Talent Identification

SCIENTIFICE BASIS OF SPORTS TRAINING & EXCELLENCE

20

(PRACTICAL)

M.M. = 30

1. Assessment of Maximum Strength

2. Assessment of Explosive Strength in Vertical and Forward Direction

3. Assessment of Muscular Endurance for Arms and Shoulder Girdle, Abdominal Muscles of the Legs, General Muscular Endurance of the Body.

4. Assessment of Endurance through-Twelve Minute and Nine Minutes Run Walk Test; Six Hundred Yards Run-Walk Test; Harvard Step Test; Forestry Step Test.

5. Assessment of Speed – Four Second Dash Test; Six Second Dash Test; 50 Yards Dash Test; 30 & 40 Yards Dash Test.

6. Assessment of Flexibility - Bridge-up Test; Sit and Reach Test; Front to Rear Split Test and Side Split Test; Shoulder and Wrist elevation Test; Trunk and Neck Extension Test; Shoulder Rotation Test; Ankle Plantar and Dorsi Flexion Test.

7. Assessment of Coordinative Abilities – Burpee Test; Side Step Test; Quadrant Jump Test; Semo-Agility Test; LSU Agility Test; Bass and Modified Bass Test; Nelson Test of Hand Reaction; Foot Reaction and Speed of Movement.

8. Periodizing Strength, Speed and Endurance Development Programme

9. Preparation of Annual Plan, Macro Cycle Plan, Meso Cycle Plan, and Micro Cycle Plan.

10. Preparation of Circuit Training Programme with & without Weights.

11. Preparation of Plyometric Training Programme.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Allan W. Jakson & James R. Morrow (1999), “Physical Activity for Health and Fitness”. (Human Kinetics).

2. American College of Sports Medicine (1991), “Guidelines for Exercises Testing and Prescription” 4th ed. (Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger).

3. B. Don, Frnak, Edward J. Howley (1995), “Fitness Leaders Handbook”. (Human Kinetics).

4. Claude Bouchard, Roy J. Shephard, Thomas Stephens (1993), “Physical Activity, Fitness and Health Consensus Statement” (Human Kinetics Publishers).

5. Davi C. Nieman (2000), “Fitness and Sports Medicine : A Health Related Approach” 3rd ed. (Mayfield Publicity Company).

6. David N. Camaione (1993), “Fitness Management”: (Wels Brown & Benlr Mark).

7. David R. Lamb (1984), “Physiology of Exercise, Responses and Adaptation” 2nd ed. (Mac. Milan Publishing Company).

8. Hoeger (2005). “Principles and Labs in Fitness & Wellness”

9. Katch, F.L. & Mc. Ardle, W.O. (1989). “Nutrition, Weight Control and Exercises” 3rd ed. (Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger).

10. Roy J. Shephard (1994), “Aerobic Fitness and Health” (Human Kinetics Publishers).

11. Singh, Hardayal, “Science of Sports Training” DVS Publications, New Delhi.

12. Vivian H. Heyward (1991), “Advanced Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription 2nd ed. (Human Kinetics Publishers).

M.Phil. (Physical Education)

21

Max. Marks: 100

B-5: APPLIED SOCIOLOGY IN SPORTS: Unit-I: Introduction to Sports, Culture and Society: 1.1. Sports in Pervasive in Society, Understanding Sociology in the Context of Sport. 1.2. Sport as a Social Phenomenon 1.3. Sport as a form of Social Involvement 1.4. Defining Sport, Sport in a Social Institution, Sport is a Social & Cultural Product. 1.5. Sport as Reflection, Reinforcement & Resistance, the Illusion and Reality of Sport. Unit-II: Sports Reflects Culture & Society: 2.1. Approaches to the Study of Socialization: The family and Sport Socialization, Family, Sport & Gender

Differences. 2.2. Socialization into Sport; Socialization via Sport; and Desocialization from Sport. 2.3. School, Socialization and Sport Socialization; 2.4. Impact of Sport on Education. 2.5. College Sport as a Social Problem, Youth Groups and Sport Socialization, Youth Sport: A Social

Problem. Unit-III: Sport-Law, Politics, Economy & the Mass Media: 3.1. The Law and Sport, Civil Rights & Sport, The Law and Violence in Sports. 3.2. Sports & Politics, Politics with in Sport, Public Policy & Sports, International Politics & Sports. 3.3. Economic Activity associated with Sport, Organizational structure of professional sport, A business

Model for professional sport. 3.4. Economics & Sport for Women, Economics of International Sport, Gambling & Sport. 3.5. Meaning of Mass Media, Theories of Communication, T.V. and Sport: A marriage of Convenience,

Influency Media on Sport, Influence of Sport on the Media. Unit-IV: Sport Reinforces Social Inequalities: 4.1. Defining Social Class and Socio-economic status, Social class and Primary Sport

Involvement, Social class and Secondary Sport Involvement, Are Social Class Differences in Sport Involvement Diminishing?

4.2. Social Mobility & Sport; Social Class, Conflict & Sport. 4.3. Race and Primary & Secondary Involvement in Sport, Unequal Opportunities for equal ability; Race, Sport and Educational Attainment, Race Relations & Sport. 4.4. Ethnicity & Sport; Ethnicity, Sport and Social Conflict. 4.4. Definition of Gender, History of Women’s Involvement in Sport, Gender &

Involvement in Sport Institutionalize Discrimination Against Women, Gender Role Conflict, Toward Gender Equality, Parallels in Age & Sport.

Unit-V: Sport Is a Arena Resistance & Conflict: 5.1. Culture & Subcultures; A vocational Occupational & Deviant Sport Sub-cultures, Cheating in Sport Subcultures. 5.2. Delinquency & Sport, Are teams subcultures, Opposition & Social Change through Sport. 5.3. Concept of collective behaviour and Social Movements, Perspectives on collective behaviour. 5.4. History of collective behaviour in Sport Audiences, why in Sport setting for collective behaviour, Typologies of sport crowd behaviour. 5.5. Social Control Policies & Legislation, collective Invitation of Sport Aggression, Social Movement & Social Change. REFERENCES:

22

Birrell, Susan & Cheryl L. Cole. Women, Sport & Culture. Champaign Ill: Human Kinetics, 1994. Mc..Pherson, Barry D., Curtis. James E. and Loy, John W. The Social Significance of Sport. Champaign Illinois: Human Kinetics Publishers (1989). Loy,John W., Mc. Pherson, Barry D. & Kenyon, Gerald. Sport & Social Systems. Philippines: Addison – Wesley Publishing Company (1978). Laker, Anthony. The Sociology of Sport and Physical Education. London: Routledge Falmer. 2002. Yiannakis, Andrew & Merrill J. Meluic. Contemporary Issues in Sociology of Sport. Champaign Ill: Human Kinetics. 2001.

PAPER B-6 : PHYSIOLOGY OF SPORT AND EXERCISE

Max. Marks: 70 Time : 3 Hrs. Note: This paper consists of Five Units. The candidate has to answer five questions in all, selecting one from each Unit.

UNIT-I

A. THE FOCUS OF EXERCISE AND SPORT PHYSIOLOGY:

Exercise and Sport Physiology, it significance in exercise and sport, Concept of acute response and chronic adaptation, factors considered during monitoring, Ergometers, their advantages and disadvantages.

B. THE NATURE OF SKELETAL MUSCLES:

Gross Structure, the Myofibril, Sliding Filament Theory, Muscle Fibre Types and Athletic Success, Factors influencing Development of muscular force, Response and adaptation of skeletal Muscles to varied exercise and training programme.

C. NEURAL CO-ORDINATION OF MUSCULAR MOVEMENT:

Structure of the Neuron, Resting Membrane Potential, Action Potential and its Propagation, Nerve to Nerve Synapse, Neuromuscular junction, Muscle Fiber Recruitment, Proprioceptors, Nervous system and motor skill, neural adaptation to resistance training.

UNIT-2

A. BIO ENERGETICS:

Anaerobic and Aerobic Systems and ATP Production, Oxidative Capacity of Muscle, Estimating Anaerobic Effort, BMR, Maximal Capacity for Exercise (VO2 max), Resting Energy Expenditure, Energy Cost of Activities, Fatigue and its Causes.

B. HORMONAL REGULATION OF EXERCISE:

Mechanism of hormone action, Endocrine glands their hormones and its response and adaptation to exercise and training.

C. METABOLIC ADAPTATION TO TRAINING:

Metabolic Adaptation to Aerobic Training

Metabolic Adaptation to Anaerobic Training

Monitoring Training Changes

UNIT-3

A. THE CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM DURING EXERCISE AND TRAINING:

Structure and Function of the Heart, Blood Composition, Blood Vessels, Extrinsic Control of Cardiac Activity, The ECG, Blood Pressure, Cardiac Hypertrophy, Cardiovascular Response and Adaptation to Exercise and Training.

23

B. THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM AND EXERCISE AND TRAINING:

Pulmonary Ventilation and its regulation, Pulmonary Diffusion, Various Respiratory Parameters, Arterio-venous Oxygen difference (a-VO2 diff.), Factors influencing O2 delivery and uptake, Anaerobic Threshold, Respiratory limitation to Performance, Respiratory System and Response and Adaptation to Exercise and Training, Second Wind, O2 debt.

C. ENVIORNMENTAL ASPECTS OF SPORT PERFORMANCE:

Mechanism of Thermo regulation, Physiological Changes accompanying Exercise in Heat, Cold and at High Altitude, Heat, Cold, and High Altitude acclimatization, Health risks associated with exercise in heat, cold and high altitude.

UNIT-4

A. WOMEN IN EXERCISE AND SPORT:

Gender difference at Puberty, Special Areas of concern while exercising and Training (Menstruation, Menstrual dysfunction, Pregnancy, Childbirth, Osteoporosis, Eating Disorder, the Female Athlete Triad, Environmental factor.

B. EXERCISE, SPORT AND AGING:

The Aging Process, Theories of Aging, Physical and Physiological Changes Accompanying Aging, Exercise benefits for the elderly, Trainability of the Older Athlete.

C. TRAINABILITY OF THE YOUNG ATHLETE:

Issues related to the growth and development of selected body tissues, Physical and Physiological changes accompanying growth and development, Trainability of the Young Athlete.

UNIT-5

A. NUTRITIONAL ASPECT OF SPORT PERFORMANCE:

The six Nutrient Classes, Water and Electrolyte Balance, the Pre-competition Meal, Glycogen loading, Sports Drink, Gastro Intestinal Function during Exercise.

B. BODY COMPOSITION, SPORT PERFORMANCE AND HEALTH RELATED FATS:

Concept of Body Composition, Methods to assess the Body Composition, Body Composition Status and Health related benefits and Sports Performance, Consequence of severe weight loss, Optimal Weight Loss, Obesity its Causes, Consequences and Prevention.

C. EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION FOR HEALTH AND FITNESS:

Concept of Exercise Prescription, Steps to be considered in Exercise Prescription, Factors affecting an individualized exercise program, Recommended Training Principles, Exercise Guidelines for Pregnant Women, Elderly, and other Population.

PRACTICALS

Max. Marks: 30

1. Assessing the Heart rate during:

a) Rest

b) Pre-exercise

c) During exercise

d) During recovery

2. Measurement of Vital Capacity and Peak Flow Rate

3. To measure the Anaerobic Power

4. Assessment of Body Composition

24

5. Test of Cardio-respiratory Fitness:

a) Step Test

b) Endurance Run/Walk Test

c) Bike Test

d) Treadmill Test

e) Any other Field/Lab. Test

6. Basic Practical math in Exercise and Fitness Testing:

i) Determining Resting Energy Expenditure

ii) Calculation of Energy Cost of : - Level walking - Walking up a percent grade - Running - Stepping - Cycling

iii) Calculation of - Exercise Intensity - Workload - Frequency - Running Speed, Percent Grade - Absolute VO2, Relative VO2 - MET Level - Converting MET to Kcal. - Basic Conversion Calculations

REFERENCES

1. Allen W. Jakson, James R. Morrow (1999), Physical Activity for Health and Fitness. (Human

Kinetics). 2. American College of Sports Medicine (1991), Guidelines for Exercise Testing and

Prescription (4th ed): (Philadelphia; Lea & Febiger). 3. Ann F. Cowlin (2002), Women’s Fitness Program Development. (Human Kinetics). 4. B. Don. Franks, Edward J. Howley. (1995), Fitness Leaders Handbook. (Human Kinetics). 5. Claude Bouchard, Roy J. Shephard, Thomas Stephens (1993), Physical Activity, Fitness

and Health Consensus Statement. (Human Kinetics Publishers). 6. David C. Nieman, Fitness and Sports Medicine (2000), A Health Related Approach.

3rd ed. (Mayfield Publicity Company). 7. David N. Camaione (1993), Fitness Management. (WCB Brown & Bench Mark). 8. David R. Lamb(1984), Physiology of Exercise: Responses and Adaptation 2nd ed. (Mac.

Milan Publishing Company). 9. German J. Brisson. (1981), Lipids in Human Nutrition - An Appraisal of Some Dietary

Concepts. (MTP Press Ltd. International Medicine Publishers) 10. Ira Wolinsky, James F. Hickson (1994), Nutrition in Exercise and Sport. (RC Press). 11. Jack, H. Willmore, David L. Costill (1994, Physiology of Sport and Exercise. (Human

Kinetics). 12. Katch, F.L. & Mc. Ardle, W.O. (1989), Nutrition, Weight Control, and Exercise 3rd ed.

(Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger). 13. Neil F. Gordon (1993), Stroke Your Complete Exercise Guide. (The Cooper Clinic and

Research Institute Fitness Series : Human Kinetics Publishers). 14. Neil F. Grodon, (1993), Arthritis - Your Complete Exercise Guide. (The Cooper Clinic and

Research Institute Fitness Series. Human Kinetics). 15. Roy J. Shephard (1994), Aerobic Fitness and Health. (Human Kinetics Publishers).

25

16. Shephard R.J. (1992), Effectiveness of Training Programmes for Prepubescent Children. (Champaign. I L: Human Kinetics).

17. Shephard, R.J. (1988), Exercise in Coronary Heart Disease. (Sports Medicine). 18. Stephen L. Gordon, Xavier Gonzalez, Mextre Welliam E. Garret, Sports and Exercise in

Midlife. (Published by American Academy of Orthopaediac Surgeon). 19. Vivian H. Heyward. (1991), Advanced Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription 2nd ed.

(Human Kinetics Publishers). 20. Wells, C.L.(1991), Women, Sport Performance : A Physiological Perspective 2nd ed.

(Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics).

PAPER B-7: CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

M.M. = 70 TIME = 3 HRS.

UNIT-1: FIELD OF CURRICULUM

1.1 Curriculum Approaches – Behavioural, Managerial, System Academic & Huministic

1.2 Definitions, Rationale and Issues

1.3. Foundations

1.4 Curriculum –

1.4.1 Domains

1.5 Curriculum Innovation

1.1.1 Research trend Lab. Field

1.1.2 Administrative Practices, Periodicals

UNIT-2: THEORY OF CURRICULUM OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION:

2.1 Theoretical Perspective

2.2 Curriculum Design, Sources, Conceptual Framework, Study Models (Subject, Learner, Problem Design)

2.3 Objectives, Aim, Goals & Meaning, Functions & Building of Theory

2.4 Curriculum Contents and Selection of Curriculum Experiences

2.5 Factors Effecting Physical Education Curriculum

UNIT-3: PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT:

1.1. Curriculum Development

1.1.1. Active Curriculum Framework

1.1.2. Skill Development Concerns

1.1.3. Sex Integrated Programme Plans

1.1.4. Urban & Rural Programmes

1.1.5. Multicultural Physical Education

1.2. Participants in Developing Curriculum: Political, Social, School / Institution, Outside School

1.3. Components Affecting Developing Curriculum – Contents, Experiences and Environment.

1.4. The Professional Imperatives of Quality Curriculum

UNIT-4: IMPLEMENTATION AND NATIONAL PERSPECTIVE

1.1 Organization, Implementation

26

1.2 Transaction of Curriculum Experiences, Making Intentional Choices

1.3 Comparative Study of School Curriculum – CBSE, NCERT etc.

1.4 Comparative Study of Higher Education Curriculum

1.5 Physical Education in National Perspective/Curriculum

UNIT-5: EVALUATION FEEDBACK & SHAPING OF FUTURE:

5.1 Nature & Perspective of evaluation and feedback; Evaluation Vs Measurement

5.2 Approaches; Humanistic, Scientific, Formative, Summaries – Study of Different Model

5.3 Programme for Evaluation; Development Measuring Primary, Secondary & Higher Education

5.4 Evaluating Intra/Extra-Murals Programmes

5.5 Evaluation in Service & Professional Development, Trends in Feedback Research

PRACTICAL:

M.M. = 30

1. Development of Curriculum – Elementary, Secondary, Higher Programme

(Individualized – Need Based)

2. Resources – Compilation for Different Level of Curriculum

3. Making Physical Education Indispensable an Action Plan

4. Task-sheet : Preparation for Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Yearly Instructions

5. Evaluation: Intra/Extra murals Programme.

6. Diary Writing for curriculum maint.

7. Evaluation of Seminar/clinics/Conferences/Work for curriculum feedback.

8. Evaluation: Break-up of component weightage difference programmes/curriculum.

REFERENCES

1. Boyce, B. A. (1989), “Goal Setting : The Ground Rules” Strategies Vol. 3, No. 2. 2. Butler, L.F. and Anderson, S.P. (2002), “Inspiring Students to a Lifetime of Physical

Activity” JOPERD Vol. 73, No. 9. 3. Docheff (1990), “The Feeback Sandwich” JOPERD Vol. 61, No. 9. 4. Edge, D. M. and Clawton, D. B. (2003), “21st Century Literature Search in Physical

Education ”Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance Vol. 71, No. 6. 5. Hilda, Taba (1982), “Curriculum Theory and Practice” (New York : Harcourt Press). 6. Kirk, D. (1988), “Physical Education and Curriculum Study : A Critical Introduction”

(London : Croomttelm). 7. Ornsteing, A. C. and Hunkins, F. P. (1988), “Curriculum foundations, Principles and

Issues” Boston, Allyn & Bacon). 8. Sandhu, Kiran (2005), “Professional Preparation and Career Development” (Delhi : Friends

Publications). 9. Sandhu, Kiran (2006), “Trends & Developments in Leadership Preparation in Physical

Education” (Delhi : Friends Publications). 10. Wessel, J.A. & Kelly (1985), “Achievement Based Curriculum Development in Physical

Education” (Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger). 11. Willgoose, C.E.C. (1983), “The Curriculum in Physical Education” (N.J. Prentice Hall).

M.Phil. (Physical Education) Max. Marks: 100

Time – 3 Hrs. Theory – 70

Practical - 30 B-8: ATHLETIC CARE AND REHABILITATION (ACR):

27

Unit 1: Introduction: 1.1. Meaning and Definition of related Terminology.

i) Athlete: Health, Fitness, Wellness and Life-style & Sports Performance. ii) Care: Before, during and after completion. iii) Rehabilitation: Aims, Objectives and Principles.

1.2. Scope, Objectives and Importance of ACR 1.3. Need of ACR for Physical Education Professional. 1.4. Role of Physical Education Professional in ACR 1.5. Historical Development/Land Marks/IOC/IOA. Unit-II: Injuries and Preventive/Safety Measures: 2.1. Introduction, Meaning, Definition & Terminologies used in Sports Injuries (Macro-

trauma, Acute-Chronic, Major-Minor, Soft tissue-Hard tissue, Mild, Moderate & Severe). 2.2. Head to Toe Injuries, Sports Specific Injuries, and Common Injuries. 2.3. Reasons, Causes, Types and Classification of Sports Injuries. 2.4. Early Diagnosis, Treatment & Management of Sports Injuries. 2.5. Prevention and Safety Measures. Unit-III: Doping in Sports (Drug Abuse)/Ergogenic Aid and Sports Performance): 3.1. Definition, Meaning and Classes of banned drugs in Sports. 3.2. Side Effects of banned drugs in Sports. 3.3. Detection of doping and sanction against offenders. 3.4. Meaning, Definition of Ergogenic Aids in Sports. 3.5. Types, Advantages, Risk Associated with use of Ergogenic Aid. Unit-IV: Women and Sports Performance: 4.1. Introduction to Women & Sports Performance. 4.2. Physical & Physiological, Bio-chemical and Bio-mechanical difference between men and women. 4.3. Training and Suitability of Sports at various stages of life. 4.4. Premenstrual syndrome, Amenorrhaa, and Sports Performance aging, and Sports Performance. 4.5. Female Athlete Triad, Eating Disorder, Osteoporosis and Inactivity. Exercise benefits in Old age. Unit-V: Environment Effect on Sports Performance (Children and Old Age in Sports): 5.1. Introduction, Meaning, Types of Environmental conditions. 5.2. Training in Different Temperature (Hot and Cold Environment Conditions). Training in Different Attitude (High Altitude and High Pressure). 5.3. Medical Problems, Symptoms, Treatment and acclimatization in different Temperature & altitude/Pressure. 5.4. Introduction: Effect of Chronological & biological age in Sports. Suitability of game/sports at various stage of human life. 5.5. Training Implication, Precautions, Peak Performance. PRACTICAL: 1. Practical Demonstration and use of therapeutic modalities.

i) Cryotherapy (Ice Therapy) ii) Hydrotherapy (Water Therapy) iii) Thermo therapy (Hot & Cold) iv) Electrotherapy (Tens, Ultrasound short wave Diathermy)

2. Treatment and Management of Common Injuries. i) Soft Tissue Injuries ii) Bone Injuries iii) Joint Injuries

28

3. Rehabilitation/Therapeutic Exercises. 4. Massage – Sports Performance.

ii) Relaxation Massage iii) Muscle Tone Management using Massage iv) Massage for faster recovery from fatigue. v) Sports Specific Massage vi) Rehabilitative Massage etc.

5. Visit to Rehabilitation Centres. 6. Research and Practice Review of ACR.

REFERENCES: 1. Armstrong & Tucker, “Injuries and Sports” Lindon Scauples Press 2. Carol C. Teitz, M.D., Scientific Foundations of Sports Medicine, 1993, B.C. Decker Inc 3. Domhnall Macauley, Sports Medicine Practical Guidelines for General Practice, 2001 Butterworth

Heinemann 4. Joseph Ruten franz, Rolf Mocellin, and Fedinand Klimt, Children and Exercise XII 1993, Human

Kinetics Publishers. 5. Josephs Torg, Athletic Injuries to the Head, Neck, and Face, 1995, Lee & Febiger. 6. Mark Harries, Clyde Williams, William D. Stanish and Lyle J. Micheli, Oxford Textbook of Sports

Medicine, 1997, Mark Harries 7. Maughan, The Encyclopedia of Sports Medicine Nutrition in Sports, 2001. 8. More House & Rash “ Sports Medicine for Trainer”, HB Sounders 9. Pande P.K. & Gupta, L.C., Outline of ‘Sports Medine’ (1990) Jaypee Brother, Delhi 10. Pfeiffer & Mangus, Concepts of Athletic Training, 2000, Pfeiffer, Ronald P. 11. R.J. Maughan, Basic and Applied Sciences for Sports Medicine, 1999, Butterworth Heinemann. 12. Ryan J. Allan & Alhman J.L. Fred (1989). Edited ‘Sports Medicine’, Academic Press, INC, San

Diego California. 13. Shaw, Dhananjoy and Gambhir, Shalini Encyclopaedia of Sports Injuries and Indian Sports

Persons. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2000 14. Shaw, Dhananjoy and Tomar, Rakesh Doctoral Research in Physical Education and its Sciences

in Development Countries. Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2000. 15. Steven Roy, Irvin Richar. “Sports Medicine” (1983) Prentice Hall. 16. Steven Roy/Richard Irvin, Sports Medicine Prevention, Evaluation, Management, and

Rehabilitation, 1999, Roy Steven, Sports Medicine for the athletic trainer. 17. Singh, M.K, ‘Indian Women & Sports’ (1990). Rawat Publications, Jaipur. 18. Vijay, Handbook of Sports Medicine, 2001, Mrs. Sushil Gosain. 19. Wade A. Liggegard, Janus D. Butcher, Kasen S. Rucker, Handbook of Sport Medicine, Second,

Butterworth Heinemann, www.bh.com. 20. Wells L. Christine, (1991). Women, Sports & Performance, A Physiological Perspective Human

Kinetics Publishers, Inc Champaign. 21. Willian, J.G.P. “Sports Medicine” London Edwar Arnold Publisher.

M.Phil. (Physical Education)

Max. Marks: 70 B-9: TEST, MEASUREMENT & EVALUATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION & SPORTS: Unit 1: Introduction, Foundation and Education:

1. Introduction: Meanings, definitions and relationships among test, measurement and evaluation. 2. Basic Foundations: Meaning, definition and comparative importance of different type of Validity,

Reliability, Objectivity, Precision. Testing and establishing of different type of Validity, Reliability, Objectivity and Precision.

3. Statistical Foundations: Measure of Central Tendency, Measure of Variability, Comparative Statistics Correlational Statistics.

29

4. Evaluative Foundations: Meaning, Definition and relative importance of different types of Norms and Standards. Development of different type of Norms, scales and Standards of Physical Education.

5. Education: Establishing Instruments’ reliability, testers’ reliability and authenticity of Data. Unit 2: Tests and Tools:

6. Introduction, Meanings, Definitions and Types of Tests and Tools in measurement & Evaluation in Physical Education; Principles and steps of Construction of Knowledge, Fitness and Skill tests.

7. Kinanthropometric Tests for measuring Body Weight, Height, Percentage Fat, Physical Growth & Development, Flexibility, and Nutrition.

8. Biomechanical Tests for measuring Kinematic and Kinetic, variables, Segmental mass, mass moment inertia, Centre of Gravity.

9. Exercise Physiological Tests for measuring Pulse Rate, Blood Pressure, Basal Metabolic Rate Calculations, Cycle Ergometers, Treadmills and Exercise Tolerance Test.

10. Sports Psychological and Skill Testing: Knowledge Tests; Aptitute Tests; Memory Drum, Reaction Timers, Polygraphs, Perception Testers, Ophthoalmodynamometers; Co-ordination Testers, Weight Estimator, Coin-sorting, General Sports Skill Tests.

Unit 3: Measurements and Applications:

11. Kinanthropometric Measurement Techniques of various Kinanthropometric Tests given in Unit 2 above.

12. Biomechanical Measurement Procedures for Biomechanical Tools given in Unit2. 13. Exercise Physiological Measurement Techniques of tests Tests given in Unit 2. 14. Psychological Measurement Techniques with Test included in Unit 2. 15. General Sports Skill measurements with laboratory tests and field tests.

Unit 4: Evaluation:

16. Evaluation and Levels of Measurement: Nominal, Ordinal, Interval and Ratio Scale evaluations. 17. Introduction, Meanings, Definitions and Types of Grades. 18. Grading Systems and Factors used in Grading (Affective, Cognitive and Psychomotor Grading

Factors); Weightage of Factors in Grading. 19. Health Education Evaluation: PRECEDE Model Diagnostic Evaluation; Weight Control

Evaluation, General Health Status Evaluation. 20. Skill Evaluation and Rating Scales: Subjective and Objective Evaluation, Construction of Rating

Scales of Evaluation; General Procedures for Skill Achievement Evaluation (Pilot Study, Revision of Evaluation Battery and Validity of Evaluation Batteries).

Unit 5: Utility and Evaluation:

21. Computer: An Introduction to Computer and its applications to Test, Measurement and Evaluation.

22. An Introduction to Factor Analysis for Physical Education. 23. An Introduction to other Multivariate applications for Physical Education. 24. An Introduction to Regression Analysis to Physical Education. 25. Wellness evaluation and utility in overall lifestyle improvements at individual, society, nation and

international levels. PRACTICAL MAX. MARKS: 30

1. Evaluation of General Health Status by using Body Mass Index on five subjects. 2. Evaluation of General Health Status of five subjects based on pulse rate, blood pressure,

percentage body fat. 3. Evaluation of Centre of Gravity of five subjects. 4. Evaluation of selected RM and MVC of five subjects. 5. Evaluation of shoulder flexibility of five subjects. 6. Evaluation of sit and reach test of five subjects. 7. Evaluation of Basal Metabolic Rate of five subjects.

30

8. Evaluation of Body Weight of five subjects as per weight control guidelines. 9. Evaluation of Visual & Auditory Reaction time of five subjects. 10. Evaluation of Perception Test of five subjects. 11. Evaluation of general Co-ordination of five subjects. 12. Evaluation of Grades of five subjects from the marks obtained by them in various subjects of

examination. 13. Measurement of Cardio-respiratory functions using Treadmill, Bicycle ergometer etc. 14. Measurement of Ground Reaction force . 15. Measurement of Selected Segmental ROM. 16. Measurement of Skill specific fitness. 17. Evaluation of Selected Sports Skill. 18. Practical Applications of Selected Statistical Software.

SUGGESTED READINGS:

1. Anspaugh, D.J., M.H. Hamrick and F.D. Rosato. (2001). Wellness Fundamental Concepts and Applications. Mc GrawHill Higher Education Company, Inc. New York, USA.

2. Barrow, H.M., R. McGee and K.A. Tritschler (1989). Practical Measurement in Physical Education and Sports. Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia, U.S.A.

3. Baumgartner, T.A. and A.S. Jackson (1995). Measurement for Evaluation in Physical Education & Exercise Science. WCB-Brown & Enchmark Publishers, Madison, Wisconsin, USA.

4. Chopra, D. (1993). Ageless Body, Timeless Mind: A Practical Alternative to Growing Old. Crown Publishers Inc., New York, USA (Indian Print by Runa & Co. & Gopsons Papers Ltd., Noida, U.P.).

5. Dochery, D. (Ed.) 1996. Measurement in Pediatric Exercise Science. Human Kinetics, Champaign, Illinois 61825, USA.

6. Hoeger WWK and S.A. Hoeger (2005). Principles and Labs. for Physical Fitness and Wellness. Morton Publishing Company, Englewood, Colarado, USA.

7. Kansal, D.K. (2006). Test, Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Educational Sports. Sports and Spiritual Science Publications, New Delhi.

8. Koul, L. (2002). Methodology of Educational Research, Vikas Publishing House, Pvt. Ltd.

9. Miller, D.K. (1994). Measurement by the Physical Educator: Why and How. WCB. Brown & Benchmark Publishers, Madison, Wisconsin, USA.

10. Safrit, M.J. (1990). Introduction to Measurement in Physical Education and Exercise Science. Times Mirror/Mosby College Publishing, St. Louis, USA.

11. Sarvela, P.D. and R.J. McDermott (1993). Health Education Evaluation and Measurement. WCB Brown & Benchmark Publishers, Madison, Wisconrin, USA.

12. Shaw, Dhananjoy. Fundamental Statistics in Physical Education and Sports (1998, 2000, 2006) Sports Publication, New Delhi.

13. TKK Psychological & Physiological Apparatus Mannual (2001). TTK Takai and Company, Ltd., Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo, Japan.

2.2.2 STATUS

The proposed course of study has been approved by Faculty of Interdisciplinary & Applied Sciences, University of Delhi and process of approval for implementation.

31

2.3 Two-Year Masters Degree in Physical Education (M.P.Ed.)* - Existing

2.3.1 ORDINANCES AND COURSE OF STUDY

There shall be a Master of Physical Education (M.P.Ed.) course in the Department of Physical Education & Sports Sciences, which is a professional degree course. The duration of the course shall be two years.

ELIGIBLITY:

1. Every candidate seeking admission to the examination for the degree of Master of Physical Education (M.P.Ed.) Part-I shall satisfy the following conditions: -

a) The candidate must have passed the Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.E./B.P.Ed./D.P.Ed./P.G.D.P.Ed.) or B.Sc. (Physical Education, Health Education & Sports) Examination of the University of Delhi or any other examination recognized as equivalent thereto with a minimum of 50% marks in aggregate. In case, a relaxation is given to any specific category of candidate/s it shall be approved by the National Council of Teacher Education (N.C.T.E.)/Faculty concerned of University of Delhi. There shall however be a relaxation of 55% marks for those who are position holders (1st, 2nd or 3rd) in State Level sports/games and those who have participated in the National level sports/games.

b) Fitness: The candidate shall be medically fit to carry out the vigorous physical and academic activities concerning curriculum and co-curricular activities, which run throughout the year.

c) Age: The candidate shall attain minimum twenty years of age before the first day of October of the year in which he/she seeks admission to the M.P.Ed. Examinations. However, relaxation of age limit up to a maximum of one year on the basis of individual merits may be made by the Vice-Chancellor, University of Delhi through the Principal of the Institution concerned.

d) Attendance: A candidate to be eligible for appearing in the final Annual Examination for Master of Physical Education (M.P.Ed.) Part-I & II shall have at least 80% attendance in aggregate and 70% attendance separately in each paper including theory and practical.

e) Maximum Duration: The maximum duration of Master of Physical Education course Part-I and Part-II shall not exceed to four years from the first year of the initial admission to the course.

f) Nature of the Course: the Master of Physical Education (M.P.Ed.) is a regular course on full time basis, which is only the on-campus course.

g) Reservations: Reservations for Schedule Caste/Schedule Tribes will be as per the norms of the Central Government/ University of Delhi, Delhi.

2. THE COURSE OF STUDY AND EXAMINATION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS FOR M.P.Ed. PART-I EXAMINATION:

At the end of the first academic session, the candidate shall be examined in Part-I of the course as: -

32

_________________________________________________________________________________

Paper Title Theory Internal Practical

(Max.Marks) Assessment (Max.Marks)

(1) (2) (3)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I Professional Preparation and 70 30 -

Curriculum Design

II Sports Management 70 30 -

III Sports Psychology 70 30 25

IV Health Education & First Aid 70 30 25

V Research Process and Statistical 70 30 25

Techniques in Physical Education

and Sports

VI Measurement & Evaluation in 70 30 25

Physical Education & Sports

VII Game of Specialization (Sports- 70 30 50 Specific Teaching & Performance: Out of the listed Sports)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL 490 210 150

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Theory Examination : 490 Marks

Internal Assessment : 210 Marks

Practical Examination : 150 Marks

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

M.P.Ed. Part-I Grand Total : 850 Marks

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

33

THE COURSE OF STUDY AND EXAMINATION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS FOR M.P.Ed. PART—II EXAMINATION:

After being promoted to M.P.Ed. Part-II, the candidate shall be examined at the end of the second academic session of the M.P.Ed. course:

__________________________________________________________________________________

Paper Title Theory Internal Practical

(Max.Marks) Assessment (Max.Marks)

(1) (2) (3)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VIII Scientific Methods of Training 70 30 25

and Coaching

IX Sports Sociology and Social Welfare 70 30 -

X Sports Bio-mechanics 70 30 25

XI Exercise Physiology 70 30 25

XII Sports Medicine 70 30 25

XIII Dissertation/Project Report/ 70 30* -

Long Essay (based on Field Work) (40** + 30***)

XIV Game of Specialization (Sports- 70 30 50

Specific Coaching &Officiating:

Out of the Listed Sports), to be carried

on from the Part-I:

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL 490 210 150

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Theory Examination : 490 Marks

Internal Assessment : 210 Marks

Practical Examination : 150 Marks

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

M.P.Ed. Part-II Grand Total : 850 Marks

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Note:

i) The written examination will be for 70 marks in each paper and 30 marks for internal assessment. The practical examination from Paper-III to VI shall be of 25 marks and for Paper VII (Game of Specialization) 50 marks .

ii) The written/theory and practical examinations shall be held by the University of Delhi through the Institute concerned and through the approved examiners of the University of Delhi for each paper separately (theory as well as practical examinations).

iii) The Paper-XIII (Dissertation/Project Report/Long Essay) shall be assessed as under:

a) * Internal Assessment by the Supervisor : 30 Marks

b) ** Assessment of the Report by an Examiner : 40 Marks

other than the Supervisor

c) *** Viva-voce to be conducted by an External : 30 Marks

34

Examiner (The concerned Supervisor shall

be free to attend the Viva-voce examination ,

but the marks shall be awarded by an external examiner).

The candidate shall appear in the Viva-voce examination as one of the eligibilities to pass in this paper and for the successful award of the M.P.Ed. degree.

iv) The Dissertation/Project Report/Long Essay shall be submitted in triplicate (two copies for the examiners other than the ‘Supervisor’ and one copy for the Library of the Institute) along with a short “Summary” within three weeks time of the conclusion of the written examination of M.P.Ed. (Part-II). The report shall be examined separately and the summary be kept in the Institute from which the candidate appears.

v) Any candidate, who has been declared unsuccessful at the final Annual Examination, but has passed by paper XIII i.e. Dissertation/Project/Long Essay shall be exempted from submitting a fresh report at the next Annual Examination.

vi) The written examination for 70 marks in each paper and 30 marks for the internal assessment and for the practical examination in Paper-VIII, X, XI, XII shall be of 25 marks and for Paper-XIV (Game of Specialization) 50 marks shall be allotted for the practical examination (except for Paper-XIII).

vii) The written/theory and practical examinations shall be held by the University of Delhi through the Institute concerned through the approved examiners of the University of Delhi for each paper separately (theory as well as practical examinations).

viii) The written examination of each paper shall be of three hours duration for M.P.Ed. Part-I and Part-II.

Internal Assessment:

The marks allotted for the internal assessment for each paper shall be awarded on the basis of tutorials, projects, assignments, class tests, presentations, seminars, workshops, attitude in the class, attendance etc.

MEDIUM OF EXAMINATION:

The medium of instruction and examination shall be English or Hindi for the M.P.Ed. (Part-I & II) course.

RULES FOR PASS PERCENTAGE & AWARD OF DEGREE:

i) The minimum marks required to pass the examination shall be 40% in each paper (Theory & Practical separately) with an aggregate of 45% in each M.P.Ed. Part.

The candidate must secure 40% marks separately in the University Examination as well as in the total of university examination and internal assessment.

ii) Any candidate, of Part I Examination who has obtained not less than 45% marks in the aggregate, but has failed in the maximum of two papers in M.P.Ed. Part I examination may be allowed to be promoted to the Part II. In such case, the candidate shall be allowed to reappear in that paper/s alongwith the M.P.Ed. Part II examination in the next final annual examination on payment of the prescribed fee for M.P.Ed. Part I. The candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination in the year in which he/she successfully completes his examination.

iii) The candidate shall be promoted from M.P.Ed. Part I to Part II, if he/she fulfills all the conditions, prescribed for the promotion.

iv) At the end of part II, the unsuccessful candidates shall be allowed to appear in the final examination in the next academic year as an Ex-student, in the papers in which they have not secured pass marks.

v) The candidate shall qualify the written and practical examination both for each paper (where, practical examination is a part of the paper) at a stretch on one single attempt, not in parts. In case, if the candidate has passed in the practical examination (if practical examination is a part of the concerned paper) but has failed in theory examination in paper/s, as the case may be, the candidate shall appear only in the theory examination. However, if the candidate has been declared

35

failed in the practical examination in paper/s, then the candidate shall have to appear in both theory and practical examinations.

CLASSIFICATION OF THE RESULT:

i) Distinction : Minimum 75% marks in aggregate in written, practical and internal assessment.

ii) First Division : Minimum 60% of the total marks or above but below than 75%.

iii) Second Division : Minimum 50% of the total marks or above but below than 60%.

iv) Third Division : Passing with less than 50% marks in aggregate.

MISCELLANEOUS:

i) The duration of the course of study shall be of two academic years.

ii) No candidate shall be allowed to appear in the final Annual Examination of M.P.Ed. Part-I, if he/she is in service on full time/part time basis before the completion of the final Annual Examination (theory, practical and internal assessment etc.). However, if the candidate has the permission from the employer concerned to join the course alongwith the approved Leave Certificate and ‘No Objection Certificate’ for the entire duration of the course of study, the candidate shall be eligible to carry on the course and may appear in the final examination (provided the candidate fulfill all other condition/s). In case of concealment of facts found/proved, the candidate shall be held responsible and action of debarring from the course and/or legal action shall be taken against him/her.

iii) No female candidate shall be allowed to continue the course of study for the concerned academic year/s, if she carries pregnancy.

iv) The candidate failing or failing to appear in the M.P.Ed. Part-II examination, shall be allowed to appear at the Part-II examination in the next academic year, only on being enrolled as an ‘Ex-student’ (provided, the candidate fulfills all the examination eligibility criteria to appear on the final examination) in accordance with the regulations prescribed on that behalf. Candidates must pass the M.P.Ed. course with in the duration of four years from the year of the first admission to the first year of the M.P.Ed. course.

v) The candidate except Ex-student shall not be allowed to appear in the Annual

Examination of M.P.Ed. Part-II, if he/she is in service on full/part-time basis before the completion of the final Annual Examination (theory/practical/internal assessment etc.) However, if the candidate submits the ‘Leave Certificate’ alongwith ‘No Objection Certificate’ from the present employer for the entire period of the course of study, he/she shall be eligible to appear in the concerned final annual examination, (provided, the candidate fulfills all the other condition). In case of concealment of facts found/proved, the candidate shall be held responsible and action of debarring from the course and/or legal action shall be taken against him/her.

vi) No female candidate shall be allowed to continue the course of study for the concerned academic year/s in M.P.Ed. Part-II, if she carries pregnancy. However, the maximum duration of the course will be four years from the 1st year of initial admission to the course.

vii) The candidate failing or failing to appear in the M.P.Ed. Part-I examination shall be allowed to appear at the Part-I examination in the next academic year, only on being enrolled as an ‘Ex-student’ (provided the candidate fulfills all the examination eligibility criteria to appear in the examination) in accordance with the regulations prescribed in that behalf. The candidate must pass the M.P.Ed. Part-I and Part-II examinations within the duration of four years, to be counted from the academic year of the first admission to the course.

IMPROVEMENT OF EITHER PAPER/OR DEGREE:

As provided in the M.A./M.Sc. rules.

36

2.4 Two-Year Masters Degree in Physical Education (M.P.Ed.) – Proposed (Semester System)

DRAFT COPY

SYLLABUS & COURSE OF STUDY

APRIL 2008 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION & SPORTS SCIENCES

(University of Delhi)

37

2.4.1 LIST OF CONTENTS

I ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

II OBSERVATIONS INVITED

III THE SYLLABUS - M.P.ED SEMESTER SYSTEM - AN OVER VIEW - AT A GLANCE - TABLE OF DETAILED CONTENTS - DETAILED SYLLABUS

SEMESTER-I SEMESTER-II SEMESTER-III SEMESTER-IV

38

I ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS It is to record deepest sense of appreciation and gratitude to:

All the experts of various areas of Physical Education & Sports for their services and professional in-puts towards developing the present curriculum;

Each participant for their commitment and contribution towards the present academic endeavour;

University of Delhi for the academic sanction and financial support provided to the organization of the National Workshop held on “Review and Development of Curriculum” from 5th to 6th March 2008.

Dr. Kiran Sandhu

HOD II OBSERVATIONS INVITED

The proposed syllabi have been circulated for peer review. Hence observations are invited on the syllabi that follow in the next section. Kindly send your observations kiran_sandhi36@yahoo.co.in

III THE SYLLABUS – M.P.ED SEMESTER SYSTEM

39

AN OVERVIEW

Master’s of Physical Education (M.P.Ed) - Semester System

Over View of the Scheme: In an over view, the proposal has following scheme of study:

Four papers of study for each semester;

Specialization for theory subject: four Papers of study in 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th semester.

Specialization for Sports Activity area: three Papers of study for 1st,2nd,and 3rd semester

Optional papers one paper each in 3rd and 4th semester

Compulsory Dissertation/ thesis in 4th semester

Compulsory two courses as add-on during course of study through all the semesters

Internship/hands-on experiences

Objectives: In summary, the Objectives of the proposal of M.P.Ed. (Semester System) is primarily to introduce:

Globally accepted concept of Masters Level study through Semester System at University of Delhi.

Conception and setting-up the scope of study for specialization in theory and activity areas of Physical education and Sports, so as to cater to various upcoming career options in physical education, sports and sports sciences with a specific focus on careers related with teaching and research, health & Fitness, Communications, Industry and Marketing, Management and organization.

To provide opportunities and scope for higher study to the students from other stream of education especially the B.A. Programme, who peruse physical education as Application and Discipline courses.

To provide for specialized branch of study at the credit of students, so that they may go for advanced study in the chosen area of commitment.

To promote Research and Development in more focused way with analytical and in-depth understanding of a particular branch of study in Physical Education and sports.

To pave way for developing specialized professionals in physical education and sports to take up future challenges in research, teaching and administrative careers.

To provide scope of learning and acquisition of technical skills for Sports event management & organization in the national interest like Common Wealth Games, Olympics, Asians Games National Championship and other local level events etc.

40

Areas of Study:

Compulsory • Research Design & Statistics in Physical Education • Scientific Basis of Sports Training & Talent Identification • Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education • Educational Technology and Pedagogy Techniques • Athlete’s Care & Rehabilitation • Dissertation

Subject Specialization • Exercise Physiology • Sport Biomechanics • Sport Psychology • Professional Preparation and Curriculum Design • Sport Sociology • Sport Management

Game of Specialization • All sports conducted by AIU (Subject to availability of personnel & Infrastructure) - Module I, II, III

Optional –I • Fundamentals Sport Sociology • Fundamentals of Sport Psychology • Fundamentals of Sport Biomechanics • Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology • Fundamentals of Sport Management & Administration • Fundamentals of Health Education

Optional II • Adapted Physical Education • Fitness & Wellness • Sport Therapy • Sport Journalism • Sport Industry & Marketing • Sport, Physical Activity & Nutrition

Add-on Courses • Sports Nutrition and Exercise Prescription/Advance Fitness Assessment & Exercise Prescription

• Sports Field Technology • Gymnasium Operations • Computer Application in Phy Edu & Sports • Life Saving Skills & Disaster Management • Adventure Sports Leadership Training • Sport and Community Volunteer Leadership • Sports for All • Physical Education for all • Study of Olympics

41

AT A GLANCE

42

Paper No. Name Semester I Semester II Semester III Semester IV I (i) Research Design & Statistics in Physical Education (Module I)

II Scientific Basis of Sports Training & Talent Identification

III (i) Game of Specialization • (Module I) (Skill Perfection & Teaching) • All sports conducted by AIU (Subject to availability of personnel &

Infrastructure

IV (i) Subject Specialization (Module I) IV. (i) a) Exercise Physiology IV. (i) b) Sport Biomechanics IV. (i) c) Sport Psychology IV. (i) d) Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design IV. (i) e) Sport Sociology IV. (i) f) Sport Management

I (ii) Research Design & Statistics (Module 2)

V Educational Technology & Pedagogy Techniques in Phy. Ed.

III (ii) Game of Specialization • (Module 2) (Coaching & Performance) • All sports conducted by AIU (Subject to availability of personnel &

Infrastructure

IV (ii) Subject Specialization (Module 2) IV. (ii) a) Exercise Physiology IV. (ii) b) Sport Biomechanics IV. (ii) c) Sport Psychology IV. (ii) d) Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design IV. (ii) e) Sport Sociology IV. (ii) f) Sport Management

VI Athlete’s Care & Rehabilitation

III (iii) Game of Specialization • (Module 3) (Organization & Management of Sport Events) • All sports conducted by AIU (Subject to availability of personal &

Infrastructure

43

List of Add-on Courses:

•• ••SSppoorrttss NNuuttrriittiioonn && EExxeerrcciissee PPrreessccrriippttiioonn// Advance Fitness Assessment & Exercise Prescription; ••SSppoorrttss FFiieelldd TTeecchhnnoollooggyy;; ••GGyymmnnaassiiuumm OOppeerraattiioonnss;; ••CCoommppuutteerr AApppplliiccaattiioonn iinn PPhhyy EEdduu && SSppoorrttss;; ••LLiiffee SSaavviinngg SSkkiillllss && DDiissaasstteerr MMaannaaggeemmeenntt;; ••AAddvveennttuurree SSppoorrttss LLeeaaddeerrsshhiipp TTrraaiinniinngg;; ••SSppoorrttss aanndd CCoommmmuunniittyy VVoolluunntteeeerr LLeeaaddeerrsshhiipp;; ••SSppoorrttss ffoorr AAllll;; ••PPhhyyssiiccaall EEdduuccaattiioonn ffoorr AAllll;; ••SSttuuddyy ooff OOllyymmppiiccss

Paper No. Name Semester I Semester II Semester III Semester IV VII Optional Group I (one to be selected from list)

VII (a) Fundamentals of Sport Sociology VII (b) Fundamentals of Sport Psychology VII (c) Fundamentals of Health Education VII (d) Fundamentals of Sport Biomechanics VII (e) Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology VII (f) Fundamentals of Sport Management & Administration

IV (iii) Subject Specialization (Module 3) IV. (iii) a) Exercise Physiology IV. (iii) b) Sport Biomechanics IV. (iii) c) Sport Psychology IV. (iii) d) Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design IV. (iii) e) Sport Sociology IV. (iii) f) Sport Management

VIII Optional Group II (one to be selected from list) VII (a) Adapted Physical Education VII (b) Fitness & Wellness VII (c) Sport Therapy VII (d) Sport Journalism VII (e) Sport Industry & Marketing VII (f) Sport, Physical Activity & Nutrition

IX Dissertation

X Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education

IV (iv) Subject Specialization (Module 4) IV. (iv) a) Exercise Physiology IV. (iv) b) Sport Biomechanics IV. (iv) c) Sport Psychology IV. (iv) d) Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design IV. (iv) e) Sport Sociology IV. (iv) f) Sport Management

44

TABLE OF DETAILED CONTENTS

45

ABLE OF DETAILED CONTENTS

SEMESTER-I

S. No.

Paper No. Module Title of the Paper Page No.

1. I (i) I Research Process and Statistical Techniques in Physical Education

49

2. II Scientific Basis of Sports Training & Talent Identification 50-52

3. III (i) I Game of Specialization (One to be selected from the list)

1. Athletics

2. Aquatics (Swimming, Diving & Water-polo)

3. Badminton

4. Basketball

5. Cricket

6. Football

7. Gymnastics

8. Handball

9. Hockey

10. Judo

11. Kabaddi

12. Kho-Kho

13. Table Tennis

14. Volleyball

15. Yoga

53

54

55

56

57-58

59-60

61-62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

4. IV (i) I Subject Specialization (One to be selected from the list)

1. Exercise Physiology

2. Sport Biomechanics

3. Exercise & Sport Psychology

4. Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design

5. Sport Sociology

6. Sport Management

71-73

74-76

77-78

79

80-81

82

46

SEMESTER-II

S. No.

Paper No.

Module Title of the Paper Page No.

1. I (ii) II Research Process and Statistical Techniques in Physical Education

84

2. V Educational Technology and Pedagogy Techniques in Physical Education

85

3. III (ii) II Game of Specialization (One to be selected from the list)

1. Athletics

2. Aquatics (Swimming, Diving & Water-polo)

3. Badminton

4. Basketball

5. Cricket

6. Football

7. Gymnastics

8. Handball

9. Hockey

10. Judo

11. Kabaddi

12. Kho-Kho

13. Table Tennis

14. Volleyball

15. Yoga

86-87

88

89

90

91-92

93

94-95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

4. IV (ii) II Subject Specialization (One to be selected from the list)

1. Exercise Physiology

2. Sports Biomechanics

3. Exercise & Sport Psychology

4. Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design

5. Sport Sociology

6. Sports Management

104-105

106-107

108-109

110

111-112

113

47

SEMESTER-III

S. No.

Paper No. Module Title of the Paper Page No.

1. VI Athlete’s Care and Rehabilitation 115-116

2. III (iii) III Game of Specialization (One to be selected from the list) 1. Athletics

2. Aquatics (Swimming, Diving & Water-polo)

3. Badminton

4. Basketball

5. Cricket

6. Football

7. Gymnastics

8. Handball

9. Hockey

10. Judo

11. Kabaddi

12. Kho-Kho

13. Table Tennis

14. Volleyball

15. Yoga

117

118

119

120

121-122

123

124-125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

3. VII Optional Group-I (One to be selected from the list) 1. Fundamentals of Sport Sociology

2. Fundamentals of Sport Psychology

3. Fundamentals of Health Education

4. Fundamentals of Sport Biomechanics

5. Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology

6. Fundamentals of Sport Management & Administration

134-135

136-137

138

139-141

142-143

144

4. IV (iii) III Subject Specialization (One to be selected from the list) 1. Exercise Physiology

2. Sport Biomechanics

3. Exercise & Sport Psychology

4. Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design

5. Sport Sociology

6. Sport Management

145-146

147-148

149

150

151

152

48

SEMESTER-IV

S. No.

Paper No.

Module Title of the Paper Page No.

1. VIII Optional Group-II (One to be selected from the list)

1. Adapted Physical Education

2. Fitness and Wellness

3. Sport Therapy

4. Sport Journalism

5. Sport Industry & Marketing

6. Sport, Physical Activity & Nutrition

154-155

156-157

158

159

160

161-162

2. IX Dissertation / Project Work / Long Essay 163

3. X Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education 164-165

4. IV (iv) IV Subject Specialization (One to be selected from the list)

1. Exercise Physiology

2. Sport Biomechanics

3. Exercise & Sport Psychology

4. Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design

5. Sport Sociology

6. Sport Management

166-167

168-169

170

171

172

173

ADD-ON COURSES

S. No. Title of the Paper Page No.

1. Sports Nutrition and Exercise Prescription/ Advance Fitness Assessment & Exercise Prescription

175-178

2. Sports Field Technology 179

3. Gymnasium Operations 180

4. Computer Applications in Physical Education & Sports 181

5. Life Saving Skills & Disaster Management 182

6. Adventure Sports Leadership Training 183

7. Sports and Community Volunteer Leadership 184

8. Sports for All 185

9. Physical Education for All 186

10. Study of Olympics 187

49

SEMESTER-I

S. No.

Paper No.

Module Title of the Paper

1. I (i) I Research Process and Statistical Techniques in Physical Education

2. II Scientific Basis of Sports Training & Talent Identification

3. III (i) I Game of Specialization (One to be selected from the list) 1. Athletics 2. Aquatics (Swimming, Diving & Water-polo) 3. Badminton 4. Basketball 5. Cricket 6. Football 7. Gymnastics 8. Handball 9. Hockey 10. Judo 11. Kabaddi 12. Kho-Kho 13. Table Tennis 14. Volleyball 15. Yoga

4. IV (i) I Subject Specialization (One to be selected from the list) 1. Exercise Physiology 2. Sports Biomechanics 3. Exercise & Sport Psychology 4. Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design 5. Sport Sociology 6. Sport Management

50

PAPER NO. – I (i) Module-I

RESEARCH PROCESS AND STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH 1.1 Meaning, need and nature 1.2 Types of research : Basic (fundamental), Applied and Action research 1.3 Identifying a research problem 1.4 Criteria in selecting a research problem 1.5 Stating the research problem 1.6 Formulating, presenting and listing hypothesis 1.7 Delimitation and limitation of a problem

UNIT-II LITERATURE SEARCH 2.1 Reason for surveying related literature 2.2 Major literature resources 2.3 Documentation over-view 2.4 Library sources 2.5 Research reviews 2.6 Card catalogue indices – physical education indices 2.7 Abstracting material

UNIT-III DESCRIPTIVE METHODS OF RESEARCH 3.1 Historical research

Meaning, nature and scope of historical research Sources of historical materials (primary and secondary) Evaluation of historical material – internal and external criticism – general principles

of criticism Historical hypothesis Pitfalls in historical research

3.2 Philosophical Research Need, nature and techniques of thinking process Methods of philosophy Analyzing philosophil research problem Inductive and deductive reasoning

3.3 Survey and case study Meaning, need and scope of survey and case study in physical education Types of survey Survey techniques – by questionnaire, interviews, case study Qualitative and quantitative research data Procedure for developing a questionnaire, a checklist, a schedule, a score card

UNIT-IV INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 4.1 Meaning, need and importance of statistics in physical education 4.2 Types of statistics – descriptive, comparative, relationship, inferential and predictive 4.3 Characteristics of data

Raw scores Single scores Attribute and variable Types of data Population and sample Parameters and statistics Frequency distribution Discrete and continuous class intervals Measures of central tendency Measures of variability

UNIT-V NON-PARAMETRIC STATISTIC 5.1 Uses and application of non-parametric statistic 5.2 Computation of chi-square, rank order correlation and tretrachoric correlation

REFERENCES

Research Process 1. Author’s guide: Research Methods applied to Health Physical and Recreation, Washington, D.C. 1991. 2. Best John & Kahni, J.V. Research in Education, New Delhi. Prentice Hall of India (Pvt.) Ltd., 1992. 3. Clarke, H.H., The Application of Measurement in Health and Physical Education, 1992. 4. Shaw, Dhananjoy. Fundamental statistics in physical Education & Sports sciences, sports Publication, 2007.

51

PAPER NO. – II Module-I

SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF SPORTS TRAINING & TALENT IDENTIFICATION UNIT-I 1.1 SPORTS TRAINING

Importance and definition of sports training Aim and objectives of sports training Characteristics of sports training Principles of sports Training

1.2 TRAINING LOAD, ADAPTATION AND RECOVERY Concept of load Adaptation Relationship of load and recovery Factors of load Relationship between volume and intensity Overload Causes and symptoms of overload Tackling of over load

1.3 VARIOUS TRAINING METHODS Interval training method Repetition training method Continuous training method Circuit training method Fartlek training method Weight training method Resistance training method Plyometric method

UNIT-II BIO-MOTOR ABILITIES AND THEIR DEVELOPMENT 2.1 STRENGTH

Types of strength Factors affecting strength performance Methods of strength : training maximum strength; explosive strength and Strength

endurance 2.2 ENDURANCE

Definition and significance of endurance Factors affecting endurance Forms of endurance Methods to develop endurance Load factors in relation to endurance training

2.3 SPEED Definition Forms of speed Factors determining speed Load parameters to develop speed Methods to develop speed abilities

52

Physiological characteristics of speed. 2.4 FLEXIBILITY

Definition Factors affecting flexibility; Types of flexibility Methods used to develop flexibility

2.5 COORDINATIVE ABILITIES Definition Classification of coordinative abilities Methods used to develop coordinative abilities

UNIT-III TECHNICAL AND TACTICAL PREPARATION Definition and meaning of technique, skill and style Technique training & its implication in various phases; methods employed for

technique training, causes of technical fault and their correction Definition and meaning of tactics, aim of tactics according to sport Training for tactics Principles of tactical preparation

UNIT-IV COMPETITION TRAINING, PLANNING AND PERIODIZATION 4.1 Definition of planning

Need and importance in planning Principles of planning Types of plan (training conception, macro, micro, meso and training session

plan) 4.2 Periodization

Need of periodization Top Form and periodization Aims and contents of various periods of periodization Types of periodization

4.3 Competition The number and frequency of competition Preparation for competition

UNIT-V TELENT IDENTIFICATION AND ITS DEVELOPMENT 5.1 Talent identifications and its importance, 5.2 Phases of talent identification, 5.3 Guidelines for talent identification 5.4 Stages of growth and development, general behavioural patterns, 5.5 Motor development and training implications and different

PRACTICAL 1. Assessment of maximum strength 2. Assessment of explosive strength in vertical and forward direction 3. Assessment of muscular endurance for arms and shoulder girdle, abdominal, muscles of the legs, general

muscular endurance of the body. 4. Assessment of endurance through-twelve minute and nine minutes run walk test; six hundred yards run-walk test;

harvard step test; forestry step test. 5. Assessment of speed – four second dash test; six second dash test; 50 yards dash test; 30 & 40 yards dash test.

53

6. Assessment of flexibility - bridge-up test; sit and reach test; front to rear split test and side split test; shoulder and wrist elevation test; trunk and neck extension test; shoulder rotation test; ankle plantar and dorsi flexion test.

7. Assessment of coordinative abilities – burpee test; side step test; quadrant jump test; semo-agility test; lsu agility

test; bass and modified bass test; nelson test of hand reaction; foot reaction and speed of movement. 8. Designing & formulation of macro/micro/meso/training session plans. 9. Measuring of pulse rate before, during & after training/workout/manually and with the help of “Heart Rate Monitor”. 10. Teaching & learning of selected Psychological Skills Training (PST).

REFERENCES Sports Training

1. Allan W. Jakson & James R. Morrow (1999), “Physical Activity for Health and Fitness”. (Human Kinetics).

2. American College of Sports Medicine (1991), “Guidelines for Exercises Testing and Prescription” 4th ed. (Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger).

3. Annette, Lang. Morning Strength Workouts. Human Kinetics, Champaign, Ilc, USA, 2007.

4. B. Don, Frnak, Edward J. Howley (1995), “Fitness Leaders Handbook”. (Human Kinetics).

5. Claude Bouchard, Roy J. Shephard, Thomas Stephens (1993), “Physical Activity, Fitness and Health Consensus Statement” (Human Kinetics Publishers).

6. Craig A. Wrisberg. Sports Skill Instruction for Coaches. Human Kinetics, Champaign, Ilc, USA, 2007.

7. Cratty, B. Perceptual and Motor Development in Infants and Children. Prentice Hall, 1989.

8. Daniel, D. Arnheim & William E.Prentice “Principles of Sports Training” Morby- Year Book Inc. St. Louis, 1993.

9. David C. Nieman (2000), “Fitness and Sports Medicine: A Health Related Approach” 3rd ed. (Mayfield Publicity Company).

10. David N. Camaione (1993), “Fitness Management”: (Wels Brown & Benlr Mark).

11. David R. Lamb (1984), “Physiology of Exercise, Responses and Adaptation” 2nd ed. (Mac. Milan Publishing Company).

12. David, Sandler. Sports Power. Human Kinetics, Champaign,Ilc.,USA,2005.

13. Donald, Chu. Jumping Into Plyo metrics. Human Kinetics, Champaign, ILL, 1998.

14. Fuoss, Donald E., & Troppmann, Robert J. Effective Coaching (Apsychological Apporach), Macmillan Publishing Company & Collier Macmillan Publishers, 1985.

15. Hardayal Singh, Science of Sports Training, ND: D.A.V. Pub., 1993.

16. Herre, D., Principals of Sports Training, London : Grafion Book, 1982.

17. Hoeger (2005). “Principles and Labs in Fitness & Wellness”

18. Jenson, C.R. Fisher, A.G. Scientific Basic of Athletic Conditioning, Lea and Febiger, Philadephia, 1992.

19. Jones, J. Jones, Wells, L. Jannet, Peters, Rachael E., Johnson, Dewayne J., Effective Coaching (Principles &Practice). Allyn &Bacon, Massachusetts, USA, 1982.

20. Katch, F.L. & Mc. Ardle, W.O. (1989). “Nutrition, Weight Control and Exercises” 3rd ed. (Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger).

21. Lee, E.brown & Vance A.Ferrigna. (editors). Training for speed, Agility and Quickness, Human Kinetics, Champaign,Ilc.,USA,2005.

22. Marney, B. Simon &Steren R. Levisohn. The Athlete within A Personal Guide To total Fitness. Little Brown Company, Boston, 1987.

23. Matveyew, L.P. Fundamentals of Sports Training (Translation from Russian) Mir. Publisers, Moscow, 1991.

24. Novich, Max M. & Taylor, Buddy Training Conditioning of Athletes. Lea &Febiger, Philadelphia, 1983.

25. Roy J. Shephard (1994), “Aerobic Fitness and Health” (Human Kinetics Publishers).

26. Singh, H., Science of Sports Training, Delhi : D.V.S Pub., 1991.

27. Thani, Yograj, Sports Training, Delhi: Sports, 2003.

28. Uppal, A.K. and Gautam, Principles of Sports Training, Delhi : Friends, 2001.

29. Vivian H. Heyward (1991), “Advanced Fitness Assessment and Exercise Prescription 2nd ed. (Human Kinetics Publishers).

54

30. Willmore, J.H. Athletic Training &Physical Fitness. Allyand Bacon, Inc. Sydeny, 1987. PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – ATHLETICS

FOCUSED ATHLETIC EVENTS: Running : Sprints Jumps : Long Jump & Triple Jump Throws : Shot Put and Discus Throw UNIT-I HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT AND MODERN TRENDS IN ATHLETICS

1.1 History of athletics – ancient and modern Olympics & other important national and international competitions

1.2 Structure and function of IAF (International Athletics Federation) & AFI (Athletics Federation of India), IOA (Indian Olympic Association)

1.3 Modern trends in athletics in terms of playfields, equipments etc. 1.4 General rules of athletics

UNIT-II TRAINING AND TECHNICAL PREPARATION FOR SPECIFIED ATHLETIC EVENTS 2.1 Required motor abilities 2.2 Technical preparation 2.3 Marking, construction and maintenance of Track & Field 2.4 Physical, physiological, psychological and sociological characteristics of athletes

UNIT-III SYSTEMATIZATION OF TRAINING PROCESS 3.1 General training for children 3.2 Training for beginners 3.3 Training for intermediate players (advanced sportspersons) 3.4 Training for seniors (high performance sportspersons)

UNIT-IV SAFETY MEASURES, PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT OF INJURIES FOR SELECTED EVENTS

4.1 Safety measures and prevention of injuries 4.2 Management of injuries 4.3 Causes and remedies of injuries 4.4 Physiotherapy, rehabilitation and massage

UNIT-V SPORTS NUTRITION 5.1 Meaning, definition, classification and components of nutrition 5.2 Energy requirements of athletes in specified events 5.3 Nutritional requirements of athletes : pre, during and post competition phases 5.4 Electrolytes – sports drinks, minerals and supplements : pre, during and post

competition PRACTICALS

1. Different techniques of specified events : sprints (start, finish etc.), throws (shot-put & discus), jumps (long jump, triple jump)

2. Warming-up and cooling down 3. Supplementary exercises for specified events 4. Visit to a stadium where the track and field facilities exist

REFERENCES Athletics

1. Chauhan, B.S., Khel Jagat Mein Athletics, Jalandhar : A.P. Pub., 1999. 2. Evans, D.A., Teaching Athletics, London : Hodder, 1984. 3. Fox, E.L., Physiological Basis of Physical Education and Athletics, Brown Pub., 1989. 4. Frost, R.B. and others, Administration of Physical Education and Athletics, Delhi : Universal

Book, 1992. 5. Gothi, Ekta, Teaching & Coaching Athletics, ND : Sport Pub., 1997. 6. Knight, T. and Troop, N., Sackville Illustrated Dictionary of Athletics, Jackvillie, 1988. 7. Knigt, T., Athletics, Backville Book, 1988. 8. Renwick, G.R., Play Better Athletics, Delhi: Sports Pub., 2001. 9. Shri Vastav, Abhay Kumar, Athletics, S & S Parkashan, 1997.

55

10. Singh, Granth, Track and Field Athletics, Delhi: Ashoka, 1998. 11. Thani, Lokesh., Skills and Tactics Track Athletics, Delhi : Sports Pub., 1995. 12. Thani, Y. ed., Encyclopedia of Athletics, Delhi, Gian Pub, 1991. 13. Turbbull, S., Sports Views Guide Athletics, London : David & Charles, 1989. 14. Warden, P., Take Up Athletics, Springfield Books Ltd., 1990. 15. Weaver, T., Personal Best : Athletics, London : Willionm Colliv ., 1988.

56

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – AQUATICS (Swimming, Diving & Water-Polo) UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Aquatics - historical perspectives, modern trends and developments 1.2 Structure and function of federation of International de Nation Amateur (FINA) 1.3 Fundamentals of swimming, diving and water-polo 1.4 Techniques and tactics in aquatics

UNIT-II TECHNICAL PREPARATION FOR SWIMMING

2.1 Motor abilities required 2.2 Technical preparation/shadow practice 2.3 Construction and maintenance of swimming pool 2.4 Physical, physiological and psychological preparation

UNIT-III SYSTEMATIZATION OF TRAINING PROCESS

3.1 Systematizing training process for swimmers – warming-up, cooling-down, supplementary exercises, basic skills, weight-training, circuit-training etc.

3.2 Training for beginners 3.3 Training for intermediate swimmers 3.4 Training for high performance swimmers

UNIT-IV SAFETY MEASURES, PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT OF INJURIES

4.1 Prevention of injuries and safety measures 4.2 Causes and remedies of injuries in swimming 4.3 First-aid, treatment and management of injured swimmers 4.4 Physiotherapy, rehabilitation, massage and fitness management

UNIT-V SPORTS NUTRITION

5.1 Meaning, definition, classification and components of nutrition 5.2 Energy requirements of swimmers 5.3 Nutritional requirements of swimmers : pre, during and post competition phases 5.4 Electrolytes – sports drinks & minerals etc. : pre, during and post competition

PRACTICALS

1. Warming-up (general and specific), cooling down, and supplementary exercises 2. Demonstration of techniques 3. Variations and combinations of techniques 4. Training of fundamentals of Aquatics 5. Visit to the facilities of the game

REFERENCES Aquatics

1. Jain, R., Play and Learn Swimming, New Delhi, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 2. Kumar, Naveen., Coaching Successfully, Sports Publication, Delhi 2002. 3. Nelson, R., Macnee, M.J.Ed., Olympic Fact book: A Spectator's Guide to the Summer games, New

York Visible, 1996. 4. Thani, Lokesh., Swimming, Delhi, Sports Publisher, 2000. 5. Thani, Lokesh., Skill & Tactics Swimming" Delhi, Sports Publication, 1995.

57

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I GAME OF SPECIALIZATION- BADMINTON

UNIT-I HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT AND MODERN TRENDS IN BADMINTON

1.1 Origin, historical perspectives and modern trends & development of Badminton 1.2 Structure and function of badminton association of India (BAI), International Badminton

Federation (IBF) and other associations 1.3 Orientation of the fundamental skills 1.4 Techniques and tactics 1.5 Individual and game strategies

UNIT-II TECHNICAL PREPARATION FOR BADMINTON 2.1 Training of motor components 2.2 Technical preparation – reflexes, perceptual sense, neuro-muscular coordination 2.3 Construction and maintenance of badminton court, equipments etc. 2.4 Physical and physiological preparation 2.5 Psychological preparation

UNIT-III SYSTEMATIZATION OF TRAINING PROCESS 3.1 Systematizing training process for badminton players – general warming-up, specific

warming-up and cooling-down 3.2 Supplementary exercises, basic skills, weight-training and circuit-training 3.3 Training for beginners 3.4 Training for intermediate players - advanced sportspersons 3.5 Training for seniors - high performance sportspersons

UNIT-IV SAFETY MEASURES, PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT OF INJURIES 4.1 Prevention of injuries 4.2 Safety measures 4.3 Specific injuries in Badminton and their causes 4.4 Management of injuries 4.5 Rehabilitation of injured players

UNIT-V DIET, NUTRITION AND SPORTS PERFORMANCE 5.1 Meaning, definition, classification and components of nutrition 5.2 Energy requirements of badminton players 5.3 Nutritional requirements of badminton players : pre, during and post competition

phases 5.4 Minerals 5.5 Sports drinks : pre, during and post competition

PRACTICALS 1. Demonstration of skills 2. Warming-up (general and specific), cooling down, and supplementary exercises 3. Training for foot work 4. Shadow practice and pressure training 5. Visit to a place where the facilities of Badminton exist

REFERENCES

Badminton 1. Ashok Kumar, Badminton, New Delhi Discovery, 2003. 2. Ballou, Palph B., Teaching Badminton, India, 1982. 3. Bloss, M.V & Hales, R.S., Badminton, WC Brown, 1994. 4. Davis, Pat, Badminton, S.A. David & Charles Inc., 1988. 5. Downey, J., How to Coach Badminton, London: Collins Pub., 1990. 6. Jain, Deepak, Teaching and Coaching –Badminton, Delhi: Khel S.K., 2001. 7. Kumar, Ashok, Badminton, Delhi: Discovery Pub., 1999. 8. Narang, P., Play and Learn Badminton, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 9. Singh, M.K., A to Z Badminton, New Delhi, Friends Pub., 2006.

58

10. Singh, M.K., Comprehensive Badminton, N.D. Friends Pub., 2007. 11. Talbot, Derlk, Top Coach Badminton, Britain: Q.A. Press, 1989.

59

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – BASKETBALL

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Historical development of basketball at international and national level 1.2 Modern trends and developments in basketball 1.3 Organization of IBF 1.4 The congress, the board of administration, executive committee, the international commissions, the

permanent secretariat, the continental confederations, the internal auditors 1.5 Organization and constitution of BFI and state bodies

UNIT-II RULES AND THEIR INTERPRETATIONS

2.1 Latest Rules, and their Interpretations UNIT-III PREPARATION AND TRAINING

3.1 Prerequisites of preparation and training o Theory of basketball training process o General & specific warming–up, cooling down (specific exercises for basketball)

3.2 Principles of warming up and cooling down and their effects 3.3 Basic skills and techniques

o Chest pass o Underhand pass o Dribbling o Shooting- long shooting, lay up shots

3.4 Preparation, pre-contact movement, contact Teaching progression 3.5 Coaching points 3.6 Tactical application 3.7 Drills for skill development (any five) 3.8 Defense patterns and drills (zone and man - man drill) 3.9 Lead up games for beginners in basketball 3.10 Teaching of basketball skill - preparing a lesson plan

UNIT-IV SPECIFIC TRAINING METHODS

4.1 Development of motor components with specific reference to basketball 4.2 Development of basketball specific fitness components 4.3 Specific training methods for different positions

UNIT-V MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION

5.1 Fitness tests 5.2 Skill Tests – AAHPERD, Johnson Basketball Test Battery, SAI Test Battery, Knox Test 5.3 Evaluation of team performance – observation techniques, statistical techniques,

scouting charts PRACTICAL

1. General and specific warm up 2. Teaching fundamental skills 3. Drills to develop fundamental skills 4. Drills for defense and offense system 5. Preparing and taking lesson plans for above 6. One on one measurement, development and evaluation of motor components 7. Preparing training load and schedule for basketball players 8. Executing : Fitness test, Knowledge test, Specific skill test

REFERENCES Basket Ball

1. Ambler, V., How to Play Basket Ball, Delhi: Paper Balls, 1984. 2. Pruitt, Jim, Play Better Basket Ball, Great Britain: Matchplan Books, 1983. 3. Prutti, Jim, Play Better Basket Ball, Matchplay Books, 1984. 4. Thani, Lokesh, Skills & Tactics of Basket Ball, ND: Sport Pub., 1995. 5. Nat B. B Conditioning Coaches Association, NBA Power Conditioning, Human Kinetics, 1997 6. Jain, Naveen Play and Learn Basket Ball, Khel Sahitya Kendra, New Delhi-2003 7. Sharma O.P. Basket Ball Skills and Rules, Khel Sahitya Kendra Delhi-2003 8. Thani, Yograj, Coaching Successfully Basket Ball, Sports Publisher, Delhi-2002

60

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – CRICKET

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Historical development of cricket at international and national level 1.2 Modern trends and developments in cricket 1.3 Organization of cricket at international and national level BCCI, ICC, DDCA, MCG, NCA etc. 1.4 Organizational setup and constitution of cricket and state bodies

UNIT-II RULES AND THEIR INTERPRETATIONS

2.1 Latest rules and their interpretations UNIT-III PREPARATION AND TRAINING

3.1 Prerequisites of preparation and training • Theory of cricket training process • General and specific warming up and cooling down

(specific exercises for cricketers) 3.2 Principles of warming up and cooling down and their effects 3.3 Basic skills and techniques

• Batting - forward defense, backward defense, all types of drives, glance, cut, pull, and sweep

• Bowling - medium pace, leg spin, off spin and their improvisation • Fielding - catching, ground fielding, close and deep fielding • Wicket keeping • Drills for skills development (any five)

3.4 Lead-up games for beginners in cricket 3.5 Teaching of cricket skill - preparing a lesson plan

UNIT- IV SPECIFIC TRAINING METHODS

4.1 Development of motor components with specific reference to cricket 4.2 Development of cricket specific fitness components 4.3 Specific training methods for different positions (slip catching, close fielding, fast

bowling) UNIT-V MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION

5.1 Fitness tests 5.2 Skill tests – beep test, running between the wickets, different kinds of catches and

throw 5.3 Evaluation of team performance – observation techniques, statistical techniques,

scouting charts PRACTICALS

1. General & specific warming-up 2. Training means for development of different components of physical & motor fitness

(a) Speed (b) Strength (c) Endurance (d) Flexibility (e) Coordination (f) Core stability (g) Agility

3. Game officiating 4. Coaching lesson - 5 (five) internal lessons

61

REFERENCES Cricket

1. Aibara, E.B., Cricket, Delhi: National Museum, 1993. 2. Amarnath, Mohinder, Learn to Play Good Cricket, ND: Ubspd, 1996. 3. Andrew, K., Handbook of Cricket, England: Perlham Book, 1989. 4. Brown, The Pictorial History of Cricket, Hong Kong, 1988. 5. Chugh, G.D., Laws of Cricket, N.D. D.V.S.Pub., 1993. 6. Dellor, R., How to Coach Cricket, London: Mandola, 1990. 7. Jain, R., Play and Learn Cricket, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 8. Kutty, S. K., Fielding Drills in Cricket, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 9. Morrison, I., How to Play Cricket, Competition R. Pri. Ltd., 1993. 10. Rachna, Coaching Successfully: Cricket, Delhi: Sports, 2002. 11. Rachna, Jain, Play & Learn Cricket, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 12. Rice P., How to Play Cricket, London: Guinness, 1988. 13. Sharangpani, R.C., Fitness Training in Cricket, Bombay: Marine Sports, 1992. 14. Sharma, Prahlad, Cricket, Jaipur: Shyam Prakashan, 2003. 15. Swpnronobe, E.W., Barclayas World of Cricket, London, Willow Book, 1986. 16. Thani, Vivek, Coaching Cricket, ND: Khel Sahitya, 1998. 17. Thasi, Y. [ed.], The Encyclopedia of Cricket, New Delhi, 1991. 18. Vic Marks, The Test Country Cricket Board Guide to Better Cricket, London, 1987. 19. Willis, Cricket, India, 1987.

62

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – FOOTBALL

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Historical development of football at international and national level

1.2 Modern trends and developments in football

1.3 Organization of FIFA and the confederations

1.4 The congress, the board of administration, executive committee, the international commissions, the permanent secretariat, the continental confederations, the internal auditors

1.5 Organization and constitution of AFFI and state bodies

UNIT-II RULES AND THEIR INTERPRETATIONS

2.1 Latest rules and their interpretations

UNIT-III PREPARATION AND TRAINING

3.1 Prerequisites of preparation and training • Theory of football training process • General and specific warming - up and cooling down (specific exercises for

football) o Principles of warming up and cooling down and their effects

3.2 Basic skills and techniques • Kicking • Receiving • Heading • Dribbling • Pyramid system – swiss bolt, three back system, 4-2-4 formation

3.3 Goal–keeping • Preparation, pre-contact movement, contact • Teaching progression • Coaching points • Tactical application • Drills for skill - development (any five)

3.4 The field defense – general characteristics, teaching progression and coaching tips, position specific and other defense drills

3.5 Lead - up games for beginners in football

3.6 Teaching of football skill - preparing a lesson plan

UNIT-IV SPECIFIC TRAINING METHODS

4.1 Development of motor components with specific reference to football

4.2 Development of football specific fitness components

4.3 Specific training methods for different positions

UNIT-V MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION

5.1 Fitness tests

5.2 Skill tests – Mcdonald test

5.3 Evaluation of team performance – observation techniques, statistical techniques, scouting charts

63

PRACTICAL Advanced movements with the ball

1. Kicking – basic action, requirement, classification and types of kicking

2. Receiving – with the feet, legs, inside the foot, outside and sole, thigh, stomach, abdomen and chest

3. Heading – types of heading, surface of impact, proper movements

4. Dribbling and shooting– types of skills

5. Goal keeping – receiving the ball on floor and in the air, diving skills, punching the ball

REFERENCES Football

1. Lau, S.K., Encyclopedia of Football, Delhi : Sport Pub., 1995. 2. N. Kumar, Play and Learn Football, New Delhi : K.S.K, 2003. 3. Reilly, T., Science and Football, London: E.N. Sport Ltd., 1988. 4. Sharma, O.P., Teaching and Coaching –Football, Delhi : Khel S.K., 2001. 5. Shellito, K., Personal Best Football, London: William Collins & Sons, 1988. 6. Thani, Yograj, Coaching Successfully Football, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2002. 7. Williams, J., The Roots of Football, London, 1988. 8. Wirhed, R., Training to Win Football, Europ : Wolfe Pub., 1992.

64

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – GYMNASTICS

UNIT-I HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF GYMNASTICS 1.1 Origin and development of gymnastics in India and Asia 1.2 Structure and function of FIG, GFI, AGU, AIU

UNIT-II PRE-REQUISITES OF A GOOD GYMNASTICS COACH AND A GOOD GYMNAST 2.1 Gymnastics coach

a. Qualifications, qualities and abilities b. Personality profiles of a gymnastics coach

2.2 Gymnast a. Kinanthropometrical demands (physique, body composition, somatotypes of

men and women gymnasts) b. Conditional and coordinative abilities c. Psycho-social abilities

2.3 Knowing gymnastics terminology a. Definition and principles of terminology b. Methods of naming various gymnastics terms c. Names and definition of some basic positions and movements d. Principles of teaching, coaching and training of gymnastics movements on

apparatus

UNIT-III DEVELOPMENT, MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION OF MOTOR ABILITIES 3.1 Role of various motor abilities in gymnastics 3.2 Means and methods of developing general motor abilities and their evaluation 3.3 Means and methods of developing specific motor abilities and their evaluation

UNIT-IV SAFETY MEASURES IN GYMNASTICS 4.1 Supporting techniques and their methods 4.2 Security – means and methods 4.3 Self security methods 4.4 Causes, prevention and remedies of injuries in gymnastics

UNIT-V THEORY OF VARIOUS FORMS OF GYMNASTICS 5.1 Rhythmic gymnastics : (i) basic exercises (throw, catch, jumps, turns, waves &

balance); and (ii) combination 5.2 Physical fitness in gymnastics : (i) through free hand exercises; (ii) through apparatus

i.e., medicine ball, skipping rope, wall bars, gymnastics bench, free weights, dumbles, multi gym, rope climbing, modern fitness equipment (treadmill, elliptical upright and recumbent bikes etc.)

5.3 Trampoline gymnastics : (i) jumps, (ii) somersaults (forward), (iii) twists/turns on small trampoline

PRACTICALS 1. Rhythmic gymnastics : (i) basic exercises (throw, catch, jumps, turns, waves & balance); and (ii)

combination 2. Physical fitness in gymnastics : (i) Free hand exercises; (ii) Use of apparatus - Medicine ball, skipping

rope, wall bars, gymnastics bench, free weights, dumbles, multi gym, rope climbing, modern fitness equipment (treadmill, elliptical upright and recumbent bikes etc.)

3. Trampoline gymnastics : (i) jumps, (ii) somersaults (forward), (iii) twists/turns on small trampoline 4. Visit to the gymnastics centre

65

REFERENCES Gymnastics

1. Chakraborty, S. and Sharma, Lalit, Fundamental of Gymnastics, N.D. D.V.S. Pub., 1995. 2. Chakraborty, S., Fundamental of Gymnastics, New Delhi: DVS Pub, 1995. 3. Chakraborty, S., Women's Gymnastics, Delhi : Friends Pub., 1998. 4. Code of Points Trampoline Gymnastics, Federation Int. De Gymnasics, 2005. 5. Derry, G., Personal Best Gymnastics, London : Willionm Colliv ., 1988. 6. Federation Internationale Gymnastics, Federation Int. De Gymnasics, 2006. 7. Harvey, F.J., Physical Exercises & Gymnastics, ND: Khel Sahitya, 1998. 8. Jain, R., Play and Learn Gymnastics, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 9. Jain, R., Play and Learn Gymnastics, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 10. Pearson, D., Play The Game Gymnastics, Britain : Ward Lock, 1991. 11. Smither, Graham, Behing The Scence of Gymnastics, London, 1980. 12. Turoff, Fred, Artistic Gymnastics, U.S.A : C. Brown, 1991.

66

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – HANDBALL

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION 1.1 Historical development of handball at international and national level 1.2 Modern trends and developments in handball 1.3 Organization of AHFI 1.4 The congress, the board of administration, executive committee, the international

commissions, the permanent secretariat, the continental confederations, the internal Auditors

1.5 Organization and & constitutions of HFI and state bodies UNIT-II RULES AND THEIR INTERPRETATIONS

2.1 Latest rules and their Interpretations UNIT-III PREPARATION AND TRAINING

3.1 Prerequisites of preparation and training • Theory of handball training process • General and specific warming up and cooling down (specific exercises for

handball) 3.2 Principles of warming up and cooling down and their effects 3.3 Basic Skills And Techniques

• Catching – chest level, head and reaching height, side, below waist, one hand, in air

• Passing – straight shoot pass (with and without blocking), underhand, wrist, push and bounce

• Shooting (throw on goal ) - straight shot with variation, jump shot with variation, jump shot long (near shot zone)

• Jump shot (long shot zone), penalty shot (7 m.), jump fall shot, side straight shot, back flick, lob

• Dribbling – high and low • Feints – system of feints, play round and off, offensive and defensive • Goal keeper

o Preparation, pre-contact movement, contact o Teaching progression o Coaching points o Tactical application o Drills for skill development (Any Five)

3.4 The Court Defense – general characteristics, teaching progression and coaching tips, position specific and other defense drills

3.5 Lead - up games for beginners in handball 3.6 Teaching of handball skill - preparing a lesson plan

UNIT-IV SPECIFIC TRAINING METHODS 4.1 Development of motor components with specific reference to handball 4.2 Development of handball specific fitness components 4.3 Specific training methods for different positions

UNIT-V MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION 5.1 Fitness tests 5.2 Skill tests (if any) 5.3 Evaluation of team performance – observation techniques, statistical techniques,

scouting charts REFERENCES

Handball 1. Jain, D., Play & Learn Handball, New Delhi, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 2. Kumar Ashok, Handball, New Delhi, Discovery Publishing House, 1999. 3. Lohar, A.R., Handball Basic Technology Bombay, The Marine Sports Publishing Division, 1998. 4. Schmottlach, N., Mcmanama, J., Physical Education Handbook. 9th Edition, London, Allyn &

Bacon, 1997.

67

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I GAMES OF SPECIALIZATION – HOCKEY

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION 1.1 Historical development of hockey at international and national level 1.2 Modern trends and developments in hockey 1.3 Organizational setup of IHF

• The congress, the board of administration, executive committee, the international commissions, the permanent secretariat, the continental confederations, the internal auditors

1.4 Organizational setup and constitution of HFI and state bodies UNIT-II RULES AND THEIR INTERPRETATIONS

2.1 Latest rules, and their interpretations UNIT-III PREPARATION AND TRAINING

3.1 Prerequisites of preparation and training • Theory of training process in hockey • General and specific warming up and cooling down (specific exercises for hockey)

3.2 Principles of warming-up and cooling down and their effects 3.4 Basic skills and techniques

• Hitting • Passing • Dribbling • Scoop • Bully • Grip • Flicking • Goalkeeping

Preparation, pre-contact movement, contact Teaching progression Coaching Points Tactical application Drills for skill development (any five)

3.5 The Field Defense – general characteristics, teaching progression and coaching tips, position specific and other defense drills

3.6 Lead - up games for beginners 3.7 Teaching of hockey skill - preparing a lesson plan

UNIT-IV SPECIFIC TRAINING METHODS 4.1 Development of motor components with specific reference to hockey 4.2 Development of hockey specific fitness components 4.3 Specific training methods for different positions

UNIT-V MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION 5.1 Fitness tests 5.2 Skill Tests – Schmithal’s French Field Test, Freidel Field Test, SAI Test 5.3 Evaluation of team performance – observation techniques, statistical techniques, scouting charts

PRACTICALS 1. Hitting – basic action, requirement, classification 2. Receiving 3. Dribbling and shooting– types of skills 4. Goal keeping – receiving the ball on floor and air, diving skills, punching the ball 5. Grip 6. Beating an opponent or dodging 7. Ball passing and tackling

REFERENCES

Hockey 1. Dubey, H.C. Hockey, New Delhi, Discovery Publishing House, 1999 2. International Hockey Federation, Rules of the Game of Hockey with Guidance for Players and Umpires. India,

International Hockey Federation, 2003. 3. Jain, D., Hockey Skills & Rules New Delhi, khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 4. Narang, P., Play & Learn Hockey, Khel Sahitya Kendra, New Delhi, 2003 5. Thani Yograj., Coaching Successfully Hockey, Delhi, Sports Publication, 2002.

68

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – JUDO UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO JUDO

1.1 Origin, historical perspectives, development in India and World, modern trends 1.2 Structure and function of Judo Federation of India (JFI), International Judo Federation

(IJF) 1.3 Fundamentals 1.4 Technique classification and tactics

UNIT-II TECHNICAL PREPARATION FOR JUDO

2.1 Required motor abilities 2.2 Technical preparation and grading system 2.3 Competition area, equipments etc. 2.4 Physical, physiological and psychological preparation

UNIT-III SYSTEMATIZATION OF TRAINING PROCESS

3.1 Systematizing training process for players – warming-up, cooling-down, supplementary exercises, basic skills, weight-training, circuit-training

3.2 Training for beginners 3.3 Training for intermediate players 3.4 Training for high performers

UNIT-IV SAFETY MEASURES, PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT OF INJURIES

4.1 Prevention of injuries and safety measures 4.2 Causes and remedies of injuries in judo 4.3 First-aid, treatment and management of injured athletes 4.4 Physiotherapy, rehabilitation, massage and fitness management

UNIT-V DIET, NUTRITION AND SPORTS PERFORMANCE

5.1 Meaning, definition, classification and components of nutrition 5.2 Energy requirements of Judokas 5.3 Nutritional guidelines for Judokas : pre, during and post competition phases 5.4 Nutritional supplements, special diet and ergogenic aids : pre, during and post

competition phases PRACTICAL

1. Warming-up (general and specific), cooling down, supplementary and stretching exercises 2. Demonstration of judo techniques 3. Variations and combination of judo techniques 4. Training of fundamentals of judo 5. Visit to a Judo Centre

REFERENCES

Judo 1. Caffary, B., Skilful Judo, London : A & C Black, 1992. 2. Dando, J., Play The Game Judo, Great Britain: Blandford, 1994. 3. Harrison, E.J., Coaching Successfully Judo, Delhi: Sports, 2002. 4. Harrison, J., Teaching & Coaching Judo, ND: Sport Pub., 1998. 5. Holme, P., Get to Gripe With Judo, London : Blandford, 1995. 6. Holme, Peter, Competition Judo, London: Ward Lock, 1996. 7. Jain, D., Play and Learn Judo, New Delhi : K.S.K, 2003. 8. Kumar, Mukesh, Action Judo, Delhi : Sport Publication, 1994. 9. Marwood, D., Critical Judo, ND : A.I.T.B.S. Pub., 1995.

69

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I

GAMES OF SPECIALIZATION - KABADDI

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION 1.1 Historical development of Kabaddi at Asian and national level 1.2 Modern trends and developments in Kabaddi 1.3 Organization of KFI and affiliated units 1.4 The congress, the board of administration, executive committee, the Asian

commissions, the permanent secretariat, the internal auditors

UNIT-II RULES AND THEIR INTERPRETATIONS 2.1 Latest rules and their Interpretations

UNIT-III PREPARATION AND TRAINING

3.1 Prerequisites of preparation and training o Theory of Kabaddi training process o General and specific warming up and cooling down (specific exercises for Kabaddi)

3.2 Principles of warming up and cooling down and their effects 3.3 Basic skills and techniques

o Raid – mule kick, corner chain break, shoulder jumping o Catching – ankle hold, waist hold, chain formations o Bonus

• Preparation, pre-contact movement, contact • Teaching progression • Coaching points • Tactical application • Drills for skill development (any five)

3.4 The court defense – general characteristics, teaching progression and coaching tips, position specific and other defense drills

3.5 Lead-up games for beginners in Kabaddi 3.6 Teaching of Kabaddi skill - preparing a lesson plan

UNIT-IV SPECIFIC TRAINING METHODS

4.1 Development of motor components with specific reference to Kabaddi 4.2 Development of Kabaddi specific fitness components 4.3 Specific training methods for different positions

UNIT-V MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION

5.1 Fitness tests 5.2 Skill tests 5.3 Evaluation of team performance – observation techniques, statistical techniques,

scouting charts

REFERENCES Kabaddi

1. Rao, C. V., Kabaddi, New Delhi: Oxford Press, 1982. 2. Rao, E.P., Modern Coaching in Kabaddi, D.V.S.Pub, 1994. 3. Rao, C.V., Kabaddi; Native Indian Sports, Patiala Nis Publisher, 1983. 4. Rao, E.P., Modern Coaching in Kabaddi D.U.S.Pub, 1994

70

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION - KHO-KHO

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION 1.1 Historical development of Kho-kho at national level 1.2 Modern trends and developments in Kho-kho 1.3 Organization of KKFI and the confederations 1.4 The congress, the board of administration, executive committee, the permanent

secretariat, the internal auditors

1.5 Organization and constitution of KKFI and Affiliated Units UNIT-II RULES AND THEIR INTERPRETATIONS

2.1 Latest Rules, and their Interpretations

UNIT-III PREPARATION AND TRAINING 3.1 Prerequisites of preparation and training

o Theory of Kho-kho training process o General & specific warming up and cooling down (specific exercises for Kho-kho)

3.2 Principles of warming up and cooling down and their effects 3.3 Basic skills and techniques

o Running – chain game - single chain, double chain 3-3-2 o Feint o Dosing o Oval o Chasing – pole dive – sitting, running, fake and pole dive o Sitting and block o Dive – air dive, sitting dive, flat dive

3.4 Preparation, pre-contact movement, contact 3.5 Teaching progression 3.6 Coaching points 3.7 Tactical application 3.8 Drills for skill development (any five) 3.9 The court defense – general characteristics, teaching progression and coaching tips,

position specific and other defense drills 3.10 Lead - up games for beginners in Kho-kho 3.11 Teaching of Kho-kho skill - preparing a lesson plan

UNIT-IV SPECIFIC TRAINING METHODS

4.1 Development of motor components with specific reference to Kho-kho 4.2 Development of Kho-kho specific fitness components 4.3 Specific training methods for different positions

UNIT-V MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION

5.1 Fitness tests 5.2 Skill tests 5.3 Evaluation of team performance – observation techniques, statistical techniques,

scouting charts

REFERENCES Kho-Kho

1. Chakrabarty, G., Kho - Kho Aveloken, Delhi, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2002. 2. Panday, L., Kho - Kho Sarvaswa, New Delhi Metropolitan, 1982.

71

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – TABLE TENNIS

UNIT-I HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT AND MODERN TRENDS IN TABLE TENNIS

1.1 Origin, historical perspectives and modern trends & development of Table Tennis 1.2 Structure and function of Table Tennis Federation of India (TTFI), International Table

Tennis Federation (ITTF) and other associations 1.3 Orientation of the fundamental skills 1.4 Techniques and tactics 1.5 Individual and game strategies

UNIT-II TECHNICAL PREPARATION FOR TABLE TENNIS 2.1 Training of motor components 2.2 Technical preparation – reflexes, perceptual sense, neuro-muscular coordination 2.3 Construction and maintenance of Table Tennis hall, equipments etc. 2.4 Physical and physiological preparation 2.5 Psychological preparation

UNIT-III SYSTEMATIZATION OF TRAINING PROCESS 3.1 Systematizing training process for Table Tennis players – general warming-up, specific

warming-up and cooling-down 3.2 Supplementary exercises, basic skills, weight-training and circuit-training 3.3 Training for beginners 3.4 Training for intermediate players - advanced sportspersons 3.5 Training for seniors - high performance sportspersons

UNIT-IV SAFETY MEASURES, PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT OF INJURIES 4.1 Prevention of injuries 4.2 Safety measures 4.3 Specific injuries in Table Tennis and their causes 4.4 Management of injuries 4.5 Rehabilitation of injured players

UNIT-V DIET, NUTRITION AND SPORTS PERFORMANCE 5.1 Meaning, definition, classification and components of nutrition 5.2 Energy requirements of Table Tennis players 5.3 Nutritional requirements of Table Tennis players : pre, during and post competition

phases 5.4 Minerals 5.5 Sports drinks : pre, during and post competition

PRACTICALS 1. Demonstration of skills 2. Warming-up (general and specific), cooling down, and supplementary exercises 3. Training for foot work 4. Shadow practice and pressure training 5. Visit to a place where the facilities of Table Tennis exist

REFERENCES Table Tennis

1. Jain, Deepak, Teaching and Coaching -Table Tennis, Delhi : Khel S.K., 2001. 2. Narang, P., Play & Learn Table Tennis, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 3. Narang, P., Play and Learn Table Tennis, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 4. Parker, D., Take Up Table Tennis, Springfield Books Ltd., 1989. 5. Simpson, Peter, Successful Table Tennis, London: Charles Letts, 1980. 6. Taylor, R., Sports Action-Table Tennis, London, 1989. 7. Thani, Lokesh, Skills and Tactics Table Tennis, Delhi: Sports, 1998.

72

73

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – VOLLEYBALL

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Historical development of Volleyball at international and national level 1.2 Modern trends and developments in volleyball 1.3 Organization of FIVB and the confederation 1.4 The congress, the board of administration, executive committee, the international

commissions, the Permanent Secretariat, the continental confederations, the internal auditors

1.5 Organization and constitution of VFI and state bodies UNIT-II RULES AND THEIR INTERPRETATIONS

2.1 Latest rules, and their interpretations UNIT-III PREPARATION AND TRAINING

3.1 Prerequisites of preparation and training Theory of volleyball training process General and specific warming up and cooling down (specific exercises for

volleyball) Principles of warming up and cooling down and their effects

3.2 Basic skills and techniques o The serve – underhand, tennis, jump and serve, overhead float o Forearm passing o Overhead passing o Spiking / attack o Blocking

• Preparation, pre-contact movement, contact • Teaching progression • Coaching points • Tactical application • Drills for skill development (any five)

3.3 The court defense – general characteristics, teaching progression and coaching tips, position specific and other defense drills

3.4 Lead - up games for beginners in volleyball 3.5 Teaching of volleyball skill - preparing a lesson plan

UNIT-IV SPECIFIC TRAINING METHODS

4.1 Development of motor components with specific reference to volleyball 4.2 Development of volleyball specific fitness components 4.3 Specific training methods for different positions

UNIT-V MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION

5.1 Fitness tests 5.2 Skill Tests – AAHPER, Rusell lunge, Brady volleyball tests 5.3 Evaluation of team performance – observation techniques, statistical techniques,

scouting charts

REFERENCES Volley Ball

1. American…. Program, Coaching Youth Volley Ball, Campaigon, H.K., 1996. 2. FIVB, Backcourt Spiking in Modern Volley Ball, Chennai : FIVB, 1996. 3. Saggar, S.K., Cosco Skills Stactics - Volley Ball, Delhi : Sport Publication, 1994. 4. Scates, A.E., Winning Volley Ball, WC Brown, 1993.

74

PAPER NO. – III (i) Module-I

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – YOGA

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO YOGA :

1.1 Meaning, definition and scope of yoga, limitations and misconceptions, importance of yoga in education and other fields

UNIT-II PHILOSOPHICAL FOUNDATIONS OF YOGA :

2.1 Pre-vedic and Vedic period; upnishada, sutra period, patanjali yoga sutra; hatha yoga tantra

UNIT-III SYSTEMATIZATION OF TRAINING PROCESS:

3.1 Asanas : padmasana, vajrasana, sidhasana, paschimottanasa, halasana, sarvangasana, shalabhasana, ardh-matsyendrasana, bhujangasana, tadasana, vrikshasana, matsyasana, gomukhasana, ushtrasana, shavasana, makarasana, vrishchikasana, dhanurasana, purna matsyendrasana, chakrasana, vatyayanasana, ek pad sikandasana, bakasana, mayurasana, shirshasana

3.2 Pranayam : anulom-vilom, bhastrika, naddi shodhan, sheetali, sheetkari, bhramari, ujjayi

3.3 Shatkarma : neti, dhauti, nauli, basti, kunjal, kapal bhati, shankh prakshalana 3.4 Bandhas : jalandhar, uddyana, mool bandha

UNIT-IV PREPARATION FOR COMPETITION :

4.1 Environment 4.2 Costume and dress 4.3 Systematic preparation for competition, sequence 4.4 Causes and remedies of injuries, physiotherapy, rehabilitation and massage

UNIT-V SPORTS NUTRITION

5.1 Meaning, definition, classification and components of nutrition, nutrients 5.2 Yogic diet 5.3 Role of fluids - sports drinks & minerals etc. : pre, during and post competition

PRACTICALS

1. Prayer 2. Asanas, pranayama, shatkarma, bandha (as mentioned in theory) 3. Yoga-nidra/relaxation techniques 4. Visit to yoga centre

REFERENCES

Yoga 1. Anand, Omprarkash. Yog Dawra Kaya Kalp, Kanpur, Sewasth Sahitya Perkashan, 2001. 2. Sarin, N., Yoga Dawara Ragoon Ka Upchhar, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 3. Sri, Swami Rama, Breathing, Rishikesh, Sadhana Mandir Trust, 2001. 4. Swami, Ram., Yoga & Married Life, Rishikesh Sadhana Mandir Trust, 2000. 5. Swami, Veda Bharti., Yoga, Polity, Economy and Family, Rishikesh Sadhana Mandir Trust, 2000.

75

PAPER NO. – IV (i) Module-I

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION

COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course provides an introduction to neuromuscular concepts, energy metabolism and hormonal control that occur in response to exercise. Emphasis is placed on the cardio respiratory responses to exercise, environmental aspects of work performance, Special Population in exercise, optimizing performance and principles of exercise testing and prescription for the sedentary class and sports men. The course prepares students for teaching, training and research in exercise physiology. COURSE OBJECTIVES:

1. To understand the physiology of the neuromuscular response to exercise 2. To analyse the acute and chronic adaptation to exercise by various systems. 3. To explore the environmental considerations during work/ performance 4. To gain an understanding of role of exercise for Special Population 5. To understand the method of exercise testing and prescription for the sedentary class 6. To acquire knowledge of the protocols of physiological sport specific testing of players. 7. To learn the various aspects that contribute in optimizing fitness and performance 8. To gain lab experience that shall enforce and expand concepts addressed in the course.

76

PAPER NO. – IV (i) Module-I

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION -EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY UNIT-1 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISING MUSCLE

1.1 (a) Structure and function of muscles: microscopic structure of the myofibril and contractile mechanism, chemical composition, molecular basis of contraction of skeletal muscle, fuel for muscular work.

(b) Neural control of exercising muscle: - acute response and chronic adaptation, neuron, motor unit, neuromuscular junction, neuron –neural nerve to nerve synapse junction neural transmission and motor response

1.2 Fuel for Exercising Muscle: Metabolism and its physiological adaptation

Metabolism and Bioenergetics (a) Aerobic and anaerobic components of physical activities/ sports (b) Primary energy scale.

Metabolic adaptation to training (a) Metabolic adaptation to endurance training (b) Metabolic adaptation to strength /speed training

UNIT-2 EXERCISE TRAINING

2.1 Principles of Exercise Training: • General training principles • Overtraining, detraining, retention of training effects. • Resistance training program • Aerobic and anaerobic training program • Role of Slow Twitch Fibre and Fast Twitch Fibre in sports.

2.2 Acute Response and Chronic Adaptation of the;

• Cardiovascular System • Respiratory System • Musculo-skeletal system and other systems

UNIT-3 PRESCRIPTION OF EXERCISE FOR HEALTH AND FITNESS 3.1 Prerequisites for Exercise Prescription

• Medical Clearance • Stop test indicators • Health Appraisal flow chart • Administrative guidelines for pre-testing situation

3.2 Formulation and guidelines of Exercise Program

• Consent form • Steps for program formulation • Rationale for formulating an individualized exercise program • Protocol Guidelines • Monitoring exercise intensity • Administrative guidelines for testing situation

UNIT-4 MUSCULAR FLEXIBILITY

4.1 Muscular flexibility for fitness and preventive health care • Importance of flexibility for sedentary, normal and active people • Factor affecting flexibility • Assessment of flexibility (lab and field methods)

77

• Methods of developing flexibility. 4.2 Physiological approach to enhance flexibility.

• Principles of developing flexibility • Preventing and rehabilitating low back pain

UNIT-5 PHYSIOLOGY OF HEALTH RELATED AND SKILL RELATED FITNESS .

5.1 Health Related Fitness • Components • Benefits • Development

5.2 Skill-Related Fitness

• Components • Benefits • Development.

PRACTICAL:

1. Assessment of resting physiological parameters- Heart rate, respiratory rate and blood pressure. 2. Assessment of flexibility (Lab and Field test) 3. Assessment of cardio respiratory fitness- Harvard step test, Cooper’s 12min run/walk. 4. Assessment of skill related fitness components 5. Assessing heart rate response to selected exercise (maximal and sub-maximal). 6. Assessment the steady state of oxygen consumption 7. Assessment anaerobic power. (Sargeant Jump). 8. Use of the Readiness to Exercise Questionnaire (PAR-Q)

REFERENCES

1. Hoeger, Werner W.K, Hoegen,Sharon A. Principles and Labs for fitness and wellness. 7thed 2004. Thomson Warsworth.

2. Kang, Jie. Bioenergetics Primer for Exercise Science .2008. Human kinetics.

3. Richardson, Seano, Anderson, Mark B: Overtraining Athletes: Personal Journey in Sports.2008. Human Kinetics

4. Wilmore, Jack H and Costill, David L. Physiology of Sports and Exercise. Human kinetics. 1994. human kinetics

5. Wilmore, Jack H and Costill, David L.Kenny W. Physiology of Sports and Exercise. 4thed. 2008. Human kinetics

78

PAPER NO. – IV (i) Module-I SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION - SPORTS BIO-MECHANICS

UNIT - I THE STUDY AND ANALYSIS OF HUMAN MOVEMENT Kinesiology and Biomechanics: Areas of study, Approaches for studying movement, Importance of biomechanics in Physical Education and Sports Research in and out of the Laboratory INTRODUCTION TO BIOMECHANICS INSTRUMENTATION Overview of instrumentation and its uses Clocks and times Stroboscopy Cinematography and computer assisted analysis Videography and computer assisted analysis Force measuring instrumentation Accelerometry Electorogoniometry Electromyography Using micro computers for collecting and analyzing data UNIT-II LOOKING AT MOVEMENT: SOME MECHANICAL CONCEPTS Types of motion Distance and Displacement Speed, Velocity and uniform acceleration Acceleration and uniform acceleration Force and momentum Pressure Mass and weight Gravity Center of gravity Work Power Energy Forces and Movement Forces acting on a system Reaction forces Friction force Centripetal and centripetal forces Elastic force Internal and external forces Motive and Resistive forces Force diagrams and Vectors Torque and moment of inertia The effect of two or more torques on a system Vector Composition of torque Torque and the body’s center of gravity location Other Kinetics Lever, types of levers and their mechanical advantage and disadvantage with special reference to physical education and sports application. Friction, types of friction and their mechanical advantage and disadvantage with special reference to physical education and sports application. UNIT-III BODY BALANCE AND STABILITY CONTROL Balance Equilibrium and stability Controlling balance in static positions

79

Controlling balance during movement NEWTONS LAWS OF MOTION Law of Inertia (Linear Motion) Law of moment of Inertia (Angular Motion) Law of Momentum (Linear Motion) Law of Angular Momentum (Angular Motion) Law of Action and Reaction (Linear Motion) Law of Action and Reaction (Angular Motion)

UNIT-4 OBSERVING AND ANALYZING PERFORMANCE The Nature of skills Overall performance objective of skill The analysis process Projectile – Related Activities Properties of motion related to projecting for vertical distance Projecting for vertical distance with a horizontal component Projecting for horizontal distance Projecting for accuracy Principles derived from Projectile Motion

FLUID FORCES Fluid drag force Fluid lift force Application of Arrangement in Sport Effective of dragon the body and objects in sport Effects of life in sport Life force produced by spin: The Magnus effect.

Application of Hydrodynamics in Swimming Buoyancy & flotation Resistive forces in swimming skills Propulsive forces in swimming skills Swimming speed & efficiency UNIT-V STRUCTURE OF MOTOR ACTION Structure of cyclic & acidic motor action and movement combination Functional relationship of different phases of motor action Qualities of Motor Movements Movement rhythm Movement coupling Movement flow Movement precision Movement amplitude Biomechanical principles: Principles of initial force Principles of optimum path of acceleration Principles of conservation of momentum. Principles of Action and Reaction

PRACTICAL 1. Development of a Velocity time graph from a cinematographically and/video system and/photo

specially recorded sprint and / Vertical jump and / analysis movement. 2. Determination of centre of Gravity by Reaction Board Method. 3. Determination of centre of Gravity by Joint- point – method. 4. Determination of centre of Gravity of Main- point method. 5. Determination of combined center of Gravity (joint-point method). 6. Demonstration of the Principle conservation of Augular momentum.

80

7. Demonstration of Principle of action and reaction. 8. Biomechanical analysis of a given technique. (Qualitative)

REFERENCES

1. Atha, J., Current Research in Sports Biomechanics, Switzerland: Karger, 1987.

2. Burstein, A.H & Wright, T, M., Fundamental of Orthopaedic Biomechanics, Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins, 1994.

3. Gheluwe, B.N. and Atha, J. [Ed], Medicine & Sport Science: Current Research & Sports Biomechanics, London: Karger, 1987.

4. Gowitzke, B.A. and Milner, M. (1988). Scientific Bases of Human Movement. (3rd. Ed.) Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins.

5. Grabiner, M. D. Current Issues in Biomechanics, New Delhi, 1993.

6. Grimshaw, Paul., Lees, Adrian., Flower, Neil.,&Burden, Adrian. Sports and Exercise Biomechanics. Taylor & Francis.

7. Groves, R and Camaine, D. (1983). Concepts in Kinesiology. (2nd. Ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders College Publishing.

8. Hall, S.J., Basic Biomechanics, London, Mosby, 1991.

9. Hay, J. (1978). The biomechanics of sport techniques. (2nd. Ed.). Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.

10. Hay, J. & Reid, J. (1982). The Anatomical and Mechanical Bases of Human Motion. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.

11. Kreighbaum & Barthels, Biomechanics, NY: Macmillan, 1985.

12. Luttegens, Kathryn., Deutsch, Helga., Hamilton, Nancy. Kinesiology-Scientific Basis of Human Motion. 8th Ed, Brown & Bench mark.

13. Mood, S.D., Beyond Biomechanics, New York: Taylor, 1996.

14. Nordin, M. & Frankel, V. (1990). Basic Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger.

15. Northrip, J., Logan, G. & McKinney, W. (1983). Analysis of Sport Motion. (3rd. Ed). Dubuque: William C. Brown.

16. Rasch, P. (1989). Kinesiology and Applied Anatomy. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger.

17. Shaw, D., Mechanical Basis of Biomechanics, Delhi : Sport Pub., 2000.

18. Shaw, D., Mechanical Basis of Biomechanics, London : A&C, 2003.

19. Shaw, D, Pedagogic Kinesiology, Khel Sahitya Kendra 2007.

20. Thompson, C. (1985). Manual of Structural Kinesiology. (10th Ed.). St. Louis: Times Mirror/ Mosby College Publishing.

21. Shaw, Dhanonjoy, Kinsiology and Biomechanics of Human Motion, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 1998.

81

PAPER NO. – IV (i) Module-I

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION - EXERCISE & SPORT PSYCHOLOGY

UNIT- I INTRODUCTION TO SPORT PSYCHOLOGY 1.1 Meaning & scope of sport psychology 1.2 Division of sport psychology 1.3 Landmarks in the development of exercise and sport psychology 1.4 Place of sport psychology in sports sciences hierarchy. 1.5 Importance of sport psychology to-

- Teachers - Coaches and trainers - Sportspersons - Administrators

1.6 Methods of sport psychology - Observation - Introspection - Experimental - Clinical case study - Psychoanalysis - Interview - Questionnaire

UNIT-II LEARNING

2.1 Concept and meaning of learning 2.2 Types of learning

2.3 Theories of learning - Classical and operant conditioning - Information processing

- Observational learning 2.4 Feed back –biofeedback, augmented (teacher) feedback 2.5 Motor-skill acquisition and factors affecting it

UNIT-III GROWTH & DEVELOPMEMT

3.1 Concept of growth & development 3.2 Genetic & environmental influences on growth & development 3.3 Physical, mental, social and emotional characteristics of infants, children and adolescents 3.4 Ensuring wholesome growth through physical activity

UNIT-IV MOTIVATION

4.1 Meaning and concept of motivation 4.2 Theories of motivation : internal process theories - drive, need, optimal arousal, and

external process theories - incentive, expectancy theory 4.3 Perceived competence 4.4 Achievement motivation 4.5 Goal-setting in sport

UNIT-V SENSORY, PERCEPTUAL AND COGNITIVE PROCESS 5.1 Meaning and concept of sensory, perceptual and cognitive processes 5.2 Theories of cognitive process 5.3 Factors affecting perception with special reference to physical activity 5.4 Thinking, imagination and memory 5.5 Action-regulation - meaning, mechanism, classification and stages

82

REFERENCES Psychology

1. Aggarwal, J.C., Basic Ideas in Educational Psychology, Delhi: Sipra, 2003. 2. Bhatia, Hans Raj, Test Book of Educational Psychology, Delhi: Macmillan, 2003. 3. Cashmore, Ellis, Key Concepts in Sport Psychology, London, Routledge, 2004. 4. Cox, R. H., Sport Psychology Ed 5 Th., London, Mcgraw Hill, 2002. 5. Dewey, John, Psychology, New Delhi: K.S.K., 2003. 6. Jain, D., Introduction to Psychology, New Delhi: K.S.K., 2003. 7. Jain, Piyush and Tomar, C.S., History, Foundation of Physical Education and Educational

Psychology, New Delhi, Friends, 2006. 8. Kamlesh, M.L, Educational Sport Psychology, New Delhi, Friends Pub., 2006. 9. Kamlesh, M.L., Key Ideas in Sport Psychology, New Delhi, Friends Pub., 2007.

Kutty, S.K., Foundations of Sports & Exercise Psychology, New Delhi: Sports, 2004. 10. Levinthal, Charles F., Introduction to Physiological Psychology, N.D. Prentice Hall, 2005. 11. Seashore, C.E., Elementary Experiments in Psychology, ND: Sports Pub., 2001. 12. Shaw, D., An Encyclopedia of Test and Measurement in Sports Exercise Psychology, New Delhi,

2001. 13. Woodworth, R.S., Basic Facts in Psychology, ND: Sports Pub., 2001.

83

PAPER NO. – IV (i) Module-I

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION - PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION AND CURRICULUM DESIGN OBJECTIVES

• To develop an understanding of professional preparation in physical education. • To develop skills to meet professional requirements. • To understand the need for professional development. • To acquire skill and competencies for professional development. • To gain knowledge of curriculum development. • To acquire skill to analyze, develop and evaluate curriculum.

FUNDAMENTALS OF PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION UNIT-I HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 1.1 Professional Preparation in India

- Pre Independence perspective - Post Independence perspective

1.3 Comparative analysis of professional preparation program in U.S., Europe and China

UNIT-II PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION POLICY PERSPECTIVE 2.1 Role and responsibilities of Centre and State in the implementation of policies on

education and physical education. 2.2 Compulsions and constrains affecting planning and implementation of educational

policies and programs.

UNIT-III PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND PROFESSIONALISM 3.1 Concept and meaning of Profession, Professional and Professionalism. 3.2 Physical education as a profession.

UNIT-IV CAREER AVENUES & JOB OPPORTUNITIES IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION & SPORTS

4.1 Career avenues after under graduation and post graduation and research degrees. 4.2 Exploring and venturing into new avenues: challenges and opportunities in physical

education 4.3 Inter-relationship among various careers in physical education and sports 4.4 Planning for a career : self-assessment, motivational dynamics, decision making,

counseling and guidance UNIT-V PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION PROGRAMMES

5.1 Foundation: need, objectives and characteristic of professional preparation programmes

5.2 Courses available in physical education and sports. 5.3 Level of study : undergraduate preparation, graduate study, post-graduate study,

advance professional study 5.4 Laboratory experience, teaching practice, field work, non-curricular preparation 5.5 Role of physical education teacher and institutes in professional preparation

programmes PRACTICALS :

1. Case study on national sports policy/national education policy

REFERENCES 1. Adams William C. Foundation of Physical Education Exercise and Sports Sciences, Philadelphia, 1991 2. Gupta Rakesh, Sharma Akhilesh, and Sharma Santosh, Professional Preparation and Curriculum Design

in Physical Education & sports Sciences, New Delhi, Friends Publications, 2004 3. Hoover. Kenneth H., The Professional Teacher’s Handbook, Boston, Allyn and Bacoon, 1972 4. Krik David, Physical Education and Curriculum Study, Kent, Croom Helm, 1988 5. Sandhu Kiran, Professional Preparation and Career Development in Physical Education, New Delhi,

Friends Publications, 2004 6. Sandhu Kiran, Trends and Development in Professional Preparation in Physical Education, New Delhi,

Friends Publication, 2006 7. Wessel Janet A, and Kelly Luke, Achievement-Based Curriculum Development in Physical Education,

Philadepia, Lea and Febiger, 1986 8. Zeigler E.F, Professional and Scholarly Foundation of Physical Education and Kinesiology, Sports

Educational Technologies, 2007

84

PAPER NO. – IV (i) Module-I SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION - SPORT SOCIOLOGY

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO SPORT SOCIOLOGY 1.1 Meaning and concept of sport sociology

1.2 Sports and society 1.3 Current status of sports sociology in India and abroad. 1.4 Sports sociology as a science of social relationships. (Structural and functional,

conflict, critical, interactionary theories) UNIT-II SPORTS SOCIOLOGY THEORIES 2.1 Theories in sports sociology 2.2 Implications of social theories in sports

2.3 Comparative analysis of different theories of sport sociology UNIT-III SOCIAL ROOTS OF SPORT IN ANCINT SOCIETY

3.1 Sports as man’s cultured heritage 3.2 Sport in ancient times - Greece and Rome

3.3 Spectacles and gladiator contests 3.4 Approach to sport and physical activity through ages in India and abroad. 3.5 Sports among various classes of different civilizations

UNIT-IV CHANGES IN SPORT IN MODERN SOCIETY 4.1 Emergence of modern sport

4.2 Traditional recreation to rational recreation 4.3 Industrial Revolution and changes in sport dynamics 4.4 Capitalistic and socialistic view - point on sport 4.5 Professionalism versus amateurism in sport 4.6 Commercialism in sport

UNIT-V METHODS AND METHODOLGY

5.1 Research techniques in social sciences 5.2 Positivism and field research 5.3 Inductive and deductive methods.

5.4 Empirical and analytical techniques 5.5 Semiotics, and phenomenology, Hermeneutics 5.6 Identifying research problems in sport sociology

PRACTICALS AND ASSIGNMENTS

1. Social loafing scale and socioeconomic status scale 2. Prepare a paper on sports sociological work done in India by scrutinizing literature and compare

and evaluate with the studies done at international level 3. Analyze the significant sports events in view of phenomenology, hermeneutics, semiotics etc 4. Evaluate current status and nature of sports among India and other countries

REFERENCES

Sociology 1. Bhusan, V. and Sachdeva, An Introduction to Sociology, Delhi: Kitab, 2003. 2. IGNOU, The Study of Society - Understanding Sociology, Delhi - IGNOU, 2007. 3. Inkeles, A. Ed., What Is Sociology, ND : Prentice Hall, 1997. 4. Jain, Rachna, Sports Sociology, New Delhi: KSK, 2005. 5. Kanwal Jeet, S., Sport Sociology, ND : Friends Pub., 2000. 6. Mitchell, G.D. Ed., Dictionary of Sociology, U.K : Routledge, 1999. 7. Sharma, R. N, Urban Sociology, ND : Surjeet Pub., 1993. 8. Singh, Bhupinder, Sports Sociology, New Delhi : Friends, 2004. 9. Turner, B., Cambridge Dictionary of Sociology, U.K., Cambridge, U.N. Press., 2006

85

10. SPORT IN SOCIETY, ISSUES AND CONTROVERSIES by Joy. J. Coaplay. Mcgraw Hill International edition 1997

11. THE SOCIAL SIGNIFICANCE OF SPORT B.D.Mc Pherson, J.E.Curtis, and J.W. Loy Human Kinetics books Champaign Illinois U.S.A.1989

12. UNDERTAKING SPORT – AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIOLOGY AND CULTURAL ANALYSIS OF SPORT J.Hosue, A. Tomlinson, G. Whannel, Routbdge, New York 1999

13. SPORT AND SOCIAL SYSTEMS, A GUIDE TO THE ANALYSIS PROBLEMS LITRETURE by J.W. Loy, B.D. Mc pherson , G. Kenyon, Addison wesley publishing company Messachuslls 1978

14. WORLD WIDE TRENDS IN YOUTH SPORT, P.D. Knop, L.M. Engstrow, B. Sbisstadd M.R.Uleiss Human Kinetics 1996

15. POWER AND RADIOLOGY IN AMERICAN SPORT, A CRITICAL PERSPECTIVE, G.H Sege Human Kinetics 1998

16. SOCIOLOGY, THE BASICS by M.Abrow Roulledge London 2001

17. SAMAAJSHASTRA AVDHARANAAYE AUR SIDHAANT, Dr. J.P. Singh, Prentis Hall of India New Delhi 1999

18. SAMAAJSHASTRA KE SIDHAANT, Writer Vidhyabhushan, Dr. D.R. Sachdeva, Kitaab Mahal Ellahabad 1979

19. Sociology Basic concepts by H.K. Rawat, Rawat Publication 2007

20. Learning Experience in Sociology of Sport by Lusan L. Greendoefor, C.A. Hasbroob, Human Kinetics Books Champaign, Illions U.S.A. 1991

21. Moping Sense of Sports, by Ellis Cashmore Routeedge, New York, 2000

22. Dictionary of sociology, Penguine reference

23. Social issues in Sports by Ronald B. Woods Human Kinetics 2007

24. Stanly eitzan and George H. Sage, Sociology of world American Sports, Bastow, M. A: W C B/Mcgraw Hill 1997

25. Sports in Contemporary Society: An ethnology worth publications, New York-2001

26. Sport and Society by N.I. panomaryow, progress publication Moscow-1981

27. Sport and Social Order: Contributions to the sociology of sports by Donald. W. Ball and John W. Joy, Addison Wesley Publishing company 1975

28. Sport and Politics- Edited by G. Redmond Human Kinetics publishers, In Champaign, Illinois 1986

29. Women in Sports, a selected biography by M. Shoebridge, Mansell publishing Ltd. London and New York 1987

30. Theory, Sport and Society by J. Maguire and K. Young JAI, Elsevier Ltd. 2005

31. Sport in South Asian Society Past and Present edited by B. Majuardar and J. A. Morgan Reutledge, New York and London 2005

32. Social aspect of Sport by E.E. Snyder and Prentis Hall Jersey 1978

33. Sports beyond the iron curtain by freeman. S. and Boyes R. London Protcus Publishing Company 1980

34. Sport Spectators by A. Gultmann Colombia University, New York 1986

86

PAPER NO. – IV (i) Module-I

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – SPORT MANAGEMENT BASICS OF SPORTS MANAGEMENT UNIT–I

1.1 Meaning and definition of sports management 1.2 Historical perspective of sports management in India 1.3 Nature and scope of sports management 1.4 Aims and objectives of sports management

UNIT-2

2.1 Guiding principles of sports management 2.2 Leaderships 2.3 Identification of resources 2.4 Planning

UNIT-3

3.1 Significance of sports management in present day world 3.2 International perspectives in sports management- China and India 3.3 Sports medicine 3.4 Sports coaches

UNIT-4

4.1 Definition and meaning of planning 4.2 Need and importance of planning 4.3 Principal of planning 4.4 Steps involved in planning process.

UNIT-5 5.1 Job specification of manager, physical educational professional 5.2 Career avenues and professional preparation 5.3 Doping 5.4 Press and electronic media

REFERENCES

Sport Management 1. Chakraborty, S. Sports Management Delhi, Sports Publications, 1998. 2. Kamlesh, M. L. Management Concept in Physical Education and Sport, New Delhi Metropolitan

Book Co. Pvt. Ltd, 2000. 3. Roy, S.S. Sports Management Delhi, Friends Publications, 1995. 4. Sivia, G.S. Sports Management in Universities, New Delhi: A.I.U. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya

Marg, 1991.

87

SEMESTER-II S.

No. Paper

No. Module Title of the Paper

1. I (ii) II Research Process and Statistical Techniques in Physical Education

2. V Educational Technology and Pedagogy Techniques in Physical Education

3. III (ii) II Game of Specialization (One to be selected from the list) 1. Athletics 2. Aquatics (Swimming, Diving & Water-polo) 3. Badminton 4. Basketball 5. Cricket 6. Football 7. Gymnastics 8. Handball 9. Hockey 10. Judo 11. Kabaddi 12. Kho-Kho 13. Aquatics (Swimming, Diving & Water-polo) 14. Table Tennis 15. Volleyball 16. Yoga

4. IV (ii) II Subject Specialization (One to be selected from the list) 1. Exercise Physiology 2. Sport Biomechanics 3. Exercise & Sport Psychology 4. Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design 5. Sport Sociology 6. Sport Management

88

PAPER NO. – I (ii) Module-II

RESEARCH PROCESS AND STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

UNIT-I EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH

1.1 Scientific method and experimental research 1.2 Characteristics of experimental method 1.3 Experimental control 1.4 Experimental design

Single group design Repeated measure design Static group comparison Random groups design Post-test only random group design Related groups design Rotation group design Factorial design

UNIT-II AREAS OF RESEARCH

2.1 Research in exercise and sport physiology 2.2 Motor learning and motor control 2.3 Psychological studies 2.4 Bio mechanical research 2.5 Growth and development research

UNIT-III PREPARATION OF RESEARCH REPORT

3.1 Formulating and submitting research proposal 3.2 Organization of thesis report 3.3 Technical aspects of writing research report 3.4 Use of illustrative material 3.5 Considerations in writing report and abstract

UNIT-IV PROBABILITY CURVE

4.1 Meaning and principles of normal curve 4.2 Binominal expansion and properties of normal curve 4.3 Comparison of various scales

UNIT-V RELATIONSHIP AND COMPARATIVE STATISTICS

5.1 Principles of relationship 5.2 Coefficient of correlation 5.3 Product moment correlation 5.4 t-ratio – independent and paired 5.5 ANOVA – one way and two way

REFERENCES

1. Author’s guide: Research Methods applied to Health Physical and Recreation, Washington, D.C. 1991.

2. Best John & Kahni, J.V. Research in Education, New Delhi. Prentice Hall of India (Pvt.) Ltd., 1992.

3. Clarke, H.H., The Application of Measurement in Health and Physical Education, 1992. 4. Shaw, Dhananjoy., Fundamental statistics in physical Education & Sports sciences, sports

Publication, 2007.

89

PAPER NO. – V Module-II

EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY AND PEDAGOGY TECHNIQUES IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION OBJECTIVES

- To understand teaching as a process. - To know and apply the knowledge of methods and techniques of teaching. - To develop lesson plan for different activities and population. - To get acquainted with the developmental aspects of motor and skill development. - To understand the use of technology in physical education. - To familiarize with the use of ICT in physical education.

UNIT-I TEACHING PROCESS 1.1 Effective teaching and teacher responsibilities. 1.2 A review of methods of teaching. 1.3 Techniques of presentation and class management skills. UNIT-II PLANNING LESSON 2.1 Structure and stages of lesson plan 2.2 Preparing for a lesson plan 2.3 Finding material and tapping resources

2.4 Feed back: teachers self evaluation, student feed back on lesson content and lesson effectiveness

UNIT-III DEVELOPMENTAL PROGRAM 3.1 Developmental curriculum 3.2 Physical education content 3.3 Movement skill development

- Stability skills - Manipulative skills - Locomotor and non-locomotor skills

3.4 Developmental games, modified games, dance and gymnastics

UNIT-IV TECHNOLOGY IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORTS 4.1 Initiating technology

4.2 Use of Audio/Video technology 4.3 Image analysis

4.4 Technological devices used in Physical activity, sports (adobe premier, underwater camera, various measuring tools, wind gauges, foul indicators, electronic gadgets, adobe Photoshop, Microsoft animation, laser beam technology, LCD display, software for different game and sports)

UNIT-V USE OF ICT IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5.1 Computer analysis instructional software

- Assessing student learning - Using technology to improve instructional process - Use of World Wide Web

5.2 Power point presentation

REFERENCES 1. Adams William C. Foundation of Physical Education Exercise and Sports Sciences, Philadelphia, 1991 2. Gupta Rakesh, Sharma Akhilesh, and Sharma Santosh, Professional Preparation and Curriculum Design

in Physical Education & sports Sciences, New Delhi, Friends Publications, 2004 3. Hoover. Kenneth H., The Professional Teacher’s Handbook, Boston, Allyn and Bacoon, 1972 4. Krik David, Physical Education and Curriculum Study, Kent, Croom Helm, 1988 5. Sandhu Kiran, Professional Preparation and Career Development in Physical Education, New Delhi,

Friends Publications, 2004 6. Sandhu Kiran, Trends and Development in Professional Preparation in Physical Education, New Delhi,

Friends Publication, 2006 7. Wessel Janet A, and Kelly Luke, Achievement-Based Curriculum Development in Physical Education,

Philadepia, Lea and Febiger, 1986 8. Zeigler E.F, Professional and Scholarly Foundation of Physical Education and Kinesiology, Sports

Educational Technologies, 2007

90

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – ATHLETICS

FOCUSED ATHLETIC EVENTS: Running: Middle Distance, Long Distance, Cross Country, Race Walking Jumps: High Jump & Pole Vault Throws: Javelin & Hammer

UNIT-I TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATIONS 1.1 Important motor components 1.2 Structure and process of improvement in performance 1.3 Principles of training load and various training methods 1.4 Causes, symptoms and management of overload

UNIT-II TECHNICAL PREPARATION FOR FOCUSED ATHLETIC EVENTS 2.1 Motor abilities required 2.2 Technical preparation 2.3 Marking, construction and maintenance of track & field 2.4 Physical, physiological, psychological and sociological preparation of athletes

UNIT-III COMPETITION PLANNING AND PERIODIZATION 3.1 Types of competition planning

(long term & short term) and preparatory, competition and transition periods/season 3.2 Cyclic process of training : micro, meso and macro cycles of training 3.3 Preparation of training schedules 3.4 Tactical efficiency

UNIT-IV TEST, MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION 4.1 Physical fitness tests 4.2 Motor ability tests 4.3 Keeping performance record

UNIT-V TEACHING LESSONS 5.1 Means, methods and process of classroom teaching 5.2 Preparation of teaching lesson-plans : characteristics & principles 5.3 Stages of teaching 5.4 Use of teaching aids

PRACTICALS

1. Different techniques of specified events : running (middle distance, long distance, cross country race and walking); jumps (high jump & pole vault); throws (javelin & hammer)

2. Practical applications of tactics 3. Training means for development of strength, speed, endurance, flexibility, coordinative abilities 4. Observing and assessing the video/tournament recording/movie and preparing a report 5. Teaching lessons

91

REFERENCES Athletics

1. Chauhan, B.S., Khel Jagat Mein Athletics, Jalandhar : A.P. Pub., 1999. 2. Evans, D.A., Teaching Athletics, London : Hodder, 1984. 3. Fox, E.L., Physiological Basis of Physical Education and Athletics, Brown Pub., 1989. 4. Frost, R.B. and others, Administration of Physical Education and Athletics, Delhi : Universal Book,

1992. 5. Gothi, Ekta, Teaching & Coaching Athletics, ND : Sport Pub., 1997. 6. Knight, T. and Troop, N., Sackville Illustrated Dictionary of Athletics, Jackvillie, 1988. 7. Knigt, T., Athletics, Backville Book, 1988. 8. Renwick, G.R., Play Better Athletics, Delhi: Sports Pub., 2001. 9. Shri Vastav, Abhay Kumar, Athletics, S & S Parkashan, 1997. 10. Singh, Granth, Track and Field Athletics, Delhi: Ashoka, 1998. 11. Thani, Lokesh., Skills and Tactics Track Athletics, Delhi : Sports Pub., 1995. 12. Thani, Y. ed., Encyclopedia of Athletics, Delhi, Gian Pub, 1991. 13. Turbbull, S., Sports Views Guide Athletics, London : David & Charles, 1989. 14. Warden, P., Take Up Athletics, Springfield Books Ltd., 1990. 15. Weaver, T., Personal Best : Athletics, London : Willionm Colliv ., 1988.

92

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – AQUATICS (SWIMMING, DIVING & WATER-POLO)

UNIT-I TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATIONS 1.1 Important motor components 1.2 Structure and process of improvement of performance 1.3 Principles of training load and various training methods 1.4 Causes, symptoms and management of overload

UNIT-II SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE 2.1 Anatomical and physiological considerations 2.2 Biomechanical considerations 2.3 Psychological environment 2.4 Scientific research reviews

UNIT-III COMPETITION PLANNING AND PERIODIZATION 3.1 Long term and short term planning, main and build-up competitions 3.2 Cyclic process of training : micro, meso and macro cycles 3.3 Preparation of training schedules for all the three seasons 3.4 Tactical efficiency

UNIT-IV TEST, MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION 4.1 Fitness tests 4.2 Skill tests 4.3 Periodical assessment of performance

UNIT-V TEACHING LESSONS 5.1 Means, methods and process of classroom teaching 5.2 Preparation of teaching lesson-plans : characteristics & principles 5.3 Different stages/phases of technique learning/teaching, their applications and principles 5.4 Use of teaching aids

PRACTICALS

1. Practical applications of techniques and tactics 2. Training means for development and measurement of strength, speed, endurance, flexibility and

coordinative abilities 3. Observing and assessing the video/tournament recording/movie and preparing a report 4. Teaching lessons

REFERENCES

Aquatics 1. Jain, R., Play and Learn Swimming, New Delhi, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 2. Kumar, Naveen., Coaching Successfully, Sports Publication, Delhi 2002. 3. Nelson, R., Macnee, M.J.Ed., Olympic Fact book: A Spectator's Guide to the Summer games,

New York Visible, 1996. 4. Thani, Lokesh., Swimming, Delhi, Sports Publisher, 2000. 5. Thani, Lokesh., Skill & Tactics Swimming" Delhi, Sports Publication, 1995.

93

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – BADMINTON

UNIT-I TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATIONS 1.1 Important motor components 1.2 Structure and process for improvement of performance 1.3 Various training methods and principles of training load 1.4 Causes and symptoms of overload 1.5 Management of overload

UNIT-II SCIENTIFIC CONSIDERATIONS FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE 2.1 Anatomical considerations 2.2 Physiological considerations 2.3 Biomechanical considerations 2.4 Psychological consideration 2.5 Scientific research reviews

UNIT-III COMPETITION PLANNING AND PERIODIZATION 3.1 Long term and short term planning for competition 3.2 Cyclic process of training : micro, meso and macro cycles 3.3 Preparation of training schedules 3.4 Tactical efficiency 3.5 Build-up and main competitions

UNIT-IV TEST, MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION 4.1 Introduction, importance of test, measurement and evaluation in badminton 4.2 Fitness tests 4.3 Skill tests 4.4 Knowledge tests 4.5 Periodical assessment of performance

UNIT-V TEACHING LESSONS 5.1 Means & methods 5.2 Teaching lessons, process of classroom teaching 5.3 Preparation of teaching lesson-plans : characteristics & principles 5.4 Stages of teaching 5.5 Use of teaching aids

PRACTICALS 1. Practical applications of tactics and strategies 2. Training means for development and measurement of strength, speed, endurance, flexibility and

coordinative abilities 3. Observing and assessing the video/tournament recording/movie and preparing a report 4. Teaching lessons

REFERENCES Badminton

1. Ashok Kumar, Badminton, New Delhi Discovery., 2003. 2. Ballou, Palph B., Teaching Badminton, India, 1982. 3. Bloss, M.V & Hales, R.S., Badminton, WC Brown, 1994. 4. Davis, Pat, Badminton, S.A. David & Charles Inc., 1988. 5. Downey, J., How to Coach Badminton, London: Collins Pub., 1990. 6. Jain, Deepak, Teaching and Coaching –Badminton, Delhi : Khel S.K., 2001. 7. Kumar, Ashok, Badminton, Delhi : Discovery Pub., 1999. 8. Narang, P., Play and Learn Badminton, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 9. Singh, M.K., A to Z Badminton, New Delhi, Friends Pub., 2006. 10. Singh, M.K., Comprehensive Badminton, N.D. Friends Pub., 2007.

94

11. Talbot, Derlk, Top Coach Badminton, Britain : Q.A. Press, 1989.

95

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – BASKETBALL

UNIT-I COACHING PHILOSOPHY

1.1 Principles and objectives of coaching 1.2 Techniques of coaching – pep talk, coaching- pre match, during and post match, individual and

group coaching 1.3 Coaching schedule – seasonal, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly 1.4 Talent identification to select the winning combination – the offense and the defense 1.5 Team building 1.6 Coaching lesson plan

UNIT-II COMPETITION PLANNING

2.1 Long - term and short - term preparation for the decisive basketball competitions 2.2 Psychological qualities and preparation of a basketball player 2.3 Team system and tactical training

Offensive system in play Defense system in play Dribbling and shooting pattern Individual , group and team tactics

2.4 Diet and nutrition for a basketball player 2.5 The coordination among the coach, doctor, psychologist and the players

UNIT-III SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS

3.1 Anthropometrical and physiological considerations 3.2 Biomechanical analysis of skills

UNIT-IV TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATION

4.1 Principles of load and adaptation 4.2 Fatigue, recovery and super compensation 4.3 Overload and its management

UNIT-V INJURIES IN BASKETBALL

5.1 Ankle sprain, jammed thumb, shoulder dislocation, wrist twist, rib injuries 5.2 Preventive and safety measures 5.3 Rehabilitation

PRACTICAL

1. Scouting for various teams o Direct scouting o Indirect scouting

2. Officiating practice 3. Assisting the physiotherapy department in injury management

REFERENCES

Basket Ball 1. Ambler, V., How to Play Basket Ball, Delhi : Paper Balls, 1984. 2. Pruitt, Jim, Play Better Basket Ball, Great Britain: Matchplan Books, 1983. 3. Prutti, Jim, Play Better Basket Ball, Matchplay Books, 1984. 4. Thani, Lokesh, Skills & Tactics of Basket Ball, ND : Sport Pub., 1995. 5. Nat B. B Conditioning Coaches Association, NBA Power Conditioning, Human Kinetics, 1997 6. Jain, Naveen Play and Learn Basket Ball, Khel Sahitya Kendra, New Delhi-2003 7. Sharma O.P. Basket Ball Skills and Rules, Khel Sahitya Kendra Delhi-2003 8. Thani, Yograj, Coaching Successfully Basket Ball, Sports Publisher, Delhi-2002

96

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – CRICKET

UNIT-I COACHING PHILOSOPHY

1.1 Principles and objectives of coaching 1.2 Techniques of coaching – pep talk, coaching- pre-match, during and post-match,

individual and group coaching 1.3 Coaching schedule – seasonal, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly 1.4 Talent-identification to select the winning combination 1.5 Team building 1.6 Coaching lesson plan

UNIT- II COMPETITION PLANNING

2.1 Long-term and short-term preparation for the decisive cricket competitions 2.2 Psychological qualities and preparation of a cricketer 2.3 Team system and tactical training

• Offensive system in play • Defense system in play • Individual group and team tactics

2.4 Diet and nutrition for a cricketer 2.5 The coordination among the coach, doctor, psychologist and players

UNIT-III SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS

3.1 Anthropometrical and physiological considerations 3.2 Biomechanical analysis of skills

UNIT-IV TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATION

4.1 Principles of load and adaptation 4.2 Fatigue, recovery and super-compensation 4.3 Overload and its management

UNIT-V INJURIES IN CRICKET

5.1 Ankle sprain, finger injuries, shoulder dislocation, knee displacement, rotator’s cuff

5.2 Preventive and safety measures 5.3 Rehabilitation

PRACTICALS

1. Practical efficiency in performance & demonstration of different advanced techniques Basic Skills and Techniques: Batting - forward defense, backward defense, all types of drives, glance, cut, pull, sweep a. Bowling - medium pace, leg spin, off spin and their improvisation b. Fielding - catching, ground fielding, close and deep fielding c. Wicket-keeping

2. Practical application of different tactics 3. Test, measurement & evaluation

(a) Skill tests (throwing ability, running between wicket, target hitting) (b) Tests for different fitness components

4. Coaching lesson - 5 (five) internal lessons

97

REFERENCES Cricket

1. Aibara, E.B., Cricket, Delhi : National Museum, 1993. 2. Amarnath, Mohinder, Learn to Play Good Cricket, ND : Ubspd, 1996. 3. Andrew, K., Handbook of Cricket, England : Perlham Book, 1989. 4. Brown, The Pictorial History of Cricket, Hong Kong, 1988. 5. Chugh, G.D., Laws of Cricket, N.D. D.V.S.Pub., 1993. 6. Dellor, R., How to Coach Cricket, London: Mandola, 1990. 7. Jain, R., Play and Learn Cricket, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 8. Kutty, S. K., Fielding Drills in Cricket, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 9. Morrison, I., How to Play Cricket, Competition R. Pri. Ltd., 1993. 10. Rachna, Coaching Successfully: Cricket, Delhi: Sports, 2002. 11. Rachna, Jain, Play & Learn Cricket, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 12. Rice P., How to Play Cricket, London: Guinness, 1988. 13. Sharangpani, R.C., Fitness Training in Cricket, Bombay : Marine Sports, 1992. 14. Sharma, Prahlad, Cricket, Jaipur: Shyam Prakashan, 2003. 15. Swpnronobe, E.W., Barclayas World of Cricket, London, Willow Book, 1986. 16. Thani, Vivek, Coaching Cricket, ND: Khel Sahitya, 1998. 17. Thasi, Y. [ed.], The Encyclopedia of Cricket, New Delhi, 1991. 18. Vic Marks, The Test Country Cricket Board Guide to Better Cricket, London, 1987. 19. Willis, Cricket, India, 1987.

98

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – FOOTBALL

UNIT-I COACHING PHILOSOPHY

1.1 Principles and objectives of coaching 1.2 Techniques of coaching – pep talk, coaching- pre match, during and post match,

individual and group coaching 1.3 Coaching schedule – seasonal, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly 1.4 Talent identification to select the winning combination – the offense and the

defense 1.5 Team building 1.6 Coaching lesson plan

UNIT-II COMPETITION PLANNING 2.1 Long - term and short - term preparation for the decisive football competitions 2.2 Psychological qualities and preparation of a football player 2.3 Team system and tactical training

• Offensive system in play • Defense system in play • Dribbling and reception pattern • Individual , group and team tactics

2.4 Diet and nutrition for a football player 2.5 The coordination among the coach, doctor, psychologist and the players

UNIT-III SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS 3.1 Anthropometrical and physiological considerations 3.2 Biomechanical analysis of skills

UNIT-IV TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATION 4.1 Principles of load and adaptation 4.2 Fatigue, recovery and super – compensation 4.3 Overload and its management

UNIT-V INJURIES IN FOOTBALL 5.1 Ankle sprain, finger injuries, shoulder dislocation, knee displacement and head

injuries 5.2 Preventive and safety measures 5.3 Rehabilitation

PRACTICAL 1. Tackling the ball – basic, slide, shoulder charge 2. Feinting – with the ball, without the ball, with an opponent behind and alongside the dribble 3. Correct skill of throw in – throwing a ball, faults occurring, required instruction 4. Goal keeping - throwing a ball with one hand, rolling the ball along the ground, ground kick, air kick 5. Penalty kick

REFERENCES Football

1. Lau, S.K., Encyclopedia of Football, Delhi : Sport Pub., 1995. 2. N. Kumar, Play and Learn Football, New Delhi : K.S.K, 2003. 3. Reilly, T., Science and Football, London: E.N. Sport Ltd., 1988. 4. Sharma, O.P., Teaching and Coaching –Football, Delhi : Khel S.K., 2001. 5. Shellito, K., Personal Best Football, London: William Collins & Sons, 1988. 6. Thani, Yograj, Coaching Successfully Football, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2002. 7. Williams, J., The Roots of Football, London, 1988. 8. Wirhed, R., Training to Win Football, Europ : Wolfe Pub., 1992.

99

100

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – GYMNASTICS

UNIT-I PSYCHOLOGICAL PREPARATION AND CHILDREN TRAINING IN GYMNASTICS 1.1 Psychological preparation of a gymnast

Principles and methods of development of mental pre-requisite for training Mental preparation for competition Mental training during competition Attention and its role in gymnastics

1.2 Children training in gymnastics Aims and objectives Principles and procedure of training Construction of an exercise/routines for various levels of competitions

UNIT-II SPORTS NUTRITION 2.1 Nutrition in gymnastics

Meaning, definition and classification of nutrition Basic components of nutrition Energy requirements and body composition in gymnastics Role of diet in pre-competition, during competition and off-session phases

2.2 Fluid and its role in gymnastics Pre-session In-session During competition Off-session

UNIT-III WORLD GYMNASTICS PARTICIPATION GUIDELINES AND REGULATIONS 3.1 World Gymnasstrada participation guidelines

The meaning of World Gymnasstrada The goals of World Gymnasstrada World Gymnasstrada as an inducement for purposeful national federation

activities World Gymnasstrada programmed Training of instructors for World Gymnasstrada participation Safety – physiological and morpho-functional aspect, technical aspect, aspect of

direct assistance (spotting) 3.2 World Gymnasstrada regulations (Application- World Gymnasstrada - objectives, powers,

implementation, scope and programme, participation and registration, facilities and scheduling, general organisation, finance, complementary events, conducting provisions)

UNIT-IV DEVELOPMENT OF CODE OF POINTS AND EVALUATION OF DEGREE OF DIFFICULTY

4.1 Development of code of conduct of point : rhythmic gymnastics, sports aerobics, trampoline gymnastics, sports acrobatic

Qualifications, rights and duties of president of MTC, TC members, chair of the jury, judges for Jury A, technical assistant, judges of Jury B, team judges and service personnel

Generalities of evaluation of exercises 4.2 Evaluation of degree of difficulty in rhythmic gymnastics, sports aerobic gymnastics,

trampoline gymnastics, sports acrobatic gymnastics

UNIT-V THEORY OF: 5.1 Sports Aerobics Gymnastics

Group-A : Dynamic strength

101

Group-B : Static strength Group-C : Jumps and leaps Group-D : Balance and flexibility

5.2 Sports Acrobatic Gymnastics Mixed Men double Women double Quadrapt – four men

5.3 Professional preparation in Gymnastics Outline a proposal of starting gymnastics in school, college and club Prepare a detailed orientation/clinic/workshop in gymnastics

5.4 Teaching lessons (preparation, stages of teaching and use of teaching aids)

PRACTICAL 1. Sports Aerobics Gymnastics

Group-A : Dynamic strength Group-B : Static strength Group-C : Jumps and leaps Group-D : Balance and flexibility

2. Sports Acrobatic Gymnastics Mixed Men double Women double Quadrapt – four men

3. Assignment/Project Professional preparation in gymnastics

o Outline a proposal of starting gymnastics in school, college and club o Prepare a detailed orientation/clinic/workshop in gymnastics

Observing and assessing the video/tournament recording/movie and preparing a report 4. Teaching lessons (preparation, stages of teaching and use of teaching aids)

REFERENCES

Gymnastics 1. Chakraborty, S. and Sharma, Lalit, Fundamental of Gymnastics, N.D. D.V.S. Pub., 1995. 2. Chakraborty, S., Fundamental of Gymnastics, New Delhi: DVS Pub, 1995. 3. Chakraborty, S., Women's Gymnastics, Delhi : Friends Pub., 1998. 4. Code of Points Trampoline Gymnastics, Federation Int. De Gymnasics, 2005. 5. Derry, G., Personal Best Gymnastics, London : Willionm Colliv ., 1988. 6. Federation Internationale Gymnastics, Federation Int. De Gymnasics, 2006. 7. Harvey, F.J., Physical Exercises & Gymnastics, ND: Khel Sahitya, 1998. 8. Jain, R., Play and Learn Gymnastics, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 9. Jain, R., Play and Learn Gymnastics, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 10. Pearson, D., Play The Game Gymnastics, Britain : Ward Lock, 1991. 11. Smither, Graham, Behing The Scence of Gymnastics, London, 1980. 12. Turoff, Fred, Artistic Gymnastics, U.S.A : C. Brown, 1991.

102

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – HANDBALL

UNIT-I COACHING PHILOSOPHY

1.1 Principles and objectives of coaching 1.2 Techniques of coaching – pep talk, coaching- pre match, during and post match,

individual and group coaching 1.3 Coaching schedule – seasonal, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly 1.4 Talent identification to select the winning combination – the offense and the defense 1.5 Team building 1.6 Coaching lesson plan

UNIT-II COMPETITION PLANNING

2.1 Long-term and short-term preparation for the decisive handball competitions 2.2 Psychological qualities and preparation of a handball player 2.3 Team system and tactical training

• Offensive system in play

• Defense system in play

• Individual , group and team tactics 2.4 Diet and nutrition for a handball player 2.5 The coordination among the coach, doctor, psychologist and players

UNIT-III SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS

3.1 Anthropometrical and physiological considerations 3.2 Biomechanical analysis of skills

UNIT-IV TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATION

4.1 Principles of load and adaptation 4.2 Fatigue, recovery and super compensation 4.3 Overload and its management

UNIT-V INJURIES IN HANDBALL

5.1 Ankle sprain, finger injuries, shoulder dislocation, knee displacement, rotator’s cuff 5.2 Preventive and safety measures 5.3 Rehabilitation

REFERENCES Handball

1. Jain, D., Play & Learn Handball, New Delhi, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 2. Kumar Ashok, Handball, New Delhi, Discovery Publishing House, 1999. 3. Lohar, A.R., Handball Basic Technology Bombay, The Marine Sports Publishing Division, 1998. 4. Schmottlach, N., Mcmanama, J., Physical Education Handbook. 9th Edition, London, Allyn &

Bacon, 1997.

103

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – HOCKEY

UNIT-I COACHING PHILOSOPHY

1.1 Principles and objectives of coaching 1.2 Techniques of coaching – pep talk, coaching- pre-match, during and post match, individual and

group coaching 1.3 Coaching schedule – seasonal, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly 1.4 Talent - identification to select the winning combination – the offense and the defense 1.5 Team – building 1.6 Coaching lesson plan

UNIT-II COMPETITION PLANNING

2.1 Long - term and short term preparation for the decisive hockey competitions 2.2 Psychological qualities and preparation of a hockey player 2.3 Team system and tactical training

• Offensive system in play • Defense system in play • Hitting and receiving pattern • Individual , group and team tactics

2.4 Diet and nutrition for a hockey player 2.5 Coordination among team management personnel - the coach, doctor,

psychologist, coach and the players

UNIT-III SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS 3.1 Anthropometrical and physiological considerations 3.3 Biomechanical analysis of skills

UNIT-IV TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATION

4.1 Principles of load and adaptation 4.2 Fatigue, recovery and super – compensation 4.3 Overload and its management

UNIT-V INJURIES IN HOCKEY

5.1 Ankle sprain, shoulder dislocation, knee displacement, cuts 5.2 Preventive and safety measures 5.3 Rehabilitation

PRACTICALS

1. Tackling– basic, slide 2. Feinting – with the ball, with an opponent behind and alongside the dribble 3. Goal keeping 4. Penalty kick

REFERENCES Hockey

1. Dubey, H.C. Hockey, New Delhi, Discovery Publishing House, 1999 2. International Hockey Federation, Rules of the Game of Hockey with Guidance for Players and Umpires. India,

International Hockey Federation, 2003. 3. Jain, D., Hockey Skills & Rules New Delhi, khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 4. Narang, P., Play & Learn Hockey, Khel Sahitya Kendra, New Delhi, 2003 5. Thani Yograj., Coaching Successfully Hockey, Delhi, Sports Publication, 2002.

104

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – JUDO

UNIT-I TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATIONS 1.1 Important motor components 1.2 Structure and process of improvement of performance 1.3 Principles of training load and various training methods 1.4 Causes, symptoms and management of overload

UNIT-II SCIENTIFIC CONSIDERATIONS FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE 2.1 Anatomical and physiological considerations 2.2 Biomechanical considerations 2.3 Psychological considerations 2.4 Scientific research reviews

UNIT-III COMPETITION PLANNING AND PERIODIZATION 3.1 Long term and short term panning, main and build-up competitions 3.2 Cyclic process of training : micro, meso and macro cycles 3.3 Preparation of training schedules 3.4 Tactical efficiency

UNIT-IV TEST, MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION 4.1 Fitness tests 4.2 Skill tests 4.3 Knowledge tests 4.4 Assessment of performance for better efficiency or performance analysis

UNIT-V TEACHING LESSONS 5.1 Means, methods and process of classroom teaching 5.2 Preparation of teaching lesson-plans : characteristics and principles 5.3 Different stages/phases of technique learning/teaching, their applications and principles 5.4 Use of teaching aids

PRACTICALS

1. Practical applications of techniques and tactics 2. Training means for development and measurement of strength, speed, endurance, flexibility and

coordinative abilities 3. Observing and assessing the video/tournament recording/movie and preparing a report 4. Teaching lessons

REFERENCES

Judo 1. Caffary, B., Skilful Judo, London : A & C Black, 1992. 2. Dando, J., Play The Game Judo, Great Britain: Blandford, 1994. 3. Harrison, E.J., Coaching Successfully Judo, Delhi: Sports, 2002. 4. Harrison, J., Teaching & Coaching Judo, ND: Sport Pub., 1998. 5. Holme, P., Get to Gripe With Judo, London : Blandford, 1995. 6. Holme, Peter, Competition Judo, London: Ward Lock, 1996. 7. Jain, D., Play and Learn Judo, New Delhi : K.S.K, 2003. 8. Kumar, Mukesh, Action Judo, Delhi : Sport Publication, 1994. 9. Marwood, D., Critical Judo, ND : A.I.T.B.S. Pub., 1995.

105

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – KABADDI

UNIT-I COACHING PHILOSOPHY 1.1 Principles and objectives of coaching 1.2 Techniques of coaching – pep talk, coaching- pre match, during and post match,

individual and group coaching 1.3 Coaching schedule – seasonal, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly 1.4 Talent- identification to select the winning combination – the offense and the defense 1.5 Team building 1.6 Coaching - lesson plan

UNIT-II COMPETITION PLANNING

2.1 Long - term and short term preparation for the decisive Kabaddi competitions 2.2 Psychological qualities and preparation of a Kabaddi player 2.3 Team system and tactical training

Offensive system in play Defense system in play Raid and save pattern Individual, group and team tactics

2.4 Diet and nutrition for a Kabaddi player 2.5 The coordination among the coach, doctor, psychologist and players

UNIT-III SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS

3.1 Anthropometrical and physiological considerations 3.2 Biomechanical analysis of skills

UNIT-IV TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATION

4.1 Principles of load and adaptation 4.2 Fatigue, recovery and super – compensation 4.3 Overload and its management

UNIT-V INJURIES IN KABADDI

5.1 Ankle sprain, foot injuries, shoulder dislocation, knee displacement, wrist displacement 5.2 Preventive and safety measures 5.3 Rehabilitation

REFERENCES

Kabaddi 1. Rao, C. V., Kabaddi, New Delhi: Oxford Press, 1982. 2. Rao, E.P., Modern Coaching in Kabaddi, D.V.S.Pub, 1994. 3. Rao, C.V., Kabaddi; Native Indian Sports, Patiala Nis Publisher, 1983. 4. Rao, E.P., Modern Coaching in Kabaddi D.U.S.Pub, 1994

106

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – KHO-KHO

UNIT-I COACHING PHILOSOPHY

1.1 Principles and objectives of coaching 1.2 Techniques of coaching – pep talk, coaching- pre match, during and post match,

individual and group coaching

1.3 Coaching schedule – seasonal, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly 1.4 Talent identification to select the winning combination – the offense and the defense 1.5 Team building 1.6 Coaching lesson plan

UNIT-II COMPETITION PLANNING

2.1 Long-term and short - term preparation for the decisive volleyball competitions 2.2 Psychological qualities and preparation of a volleyball player 2.3 Team system and tactical training

Offensive system in play Defense system in play Individual, group and team tactics

2.4 Diet and nutrition for a Kho-kho player 2.5 Coordination among the coach, doctor, psychologist and players

UNIT-III SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS

3.1 Anthropometrical and physiological considerations 3.2 Biomechanical analysis of skills

UNIT-IV TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATION

4.1 Principles of load and adaptation 4.2 Fatigue, recovery and super compensation 4.3 Overload and its management

UNIT-V INJURIES IN KHO-KHO

5.1 Ankle sprain, shoulder dislocation, knee displacement 5.2 Preventive and safety measures 5.3 Rehabilitation

REFERENCES

Kho-Kho 1. Chakrabarty, G., Kho - Kho Aveloken, Delhi, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2002. 2. Panday, L., Kho - Kho Sarvaswa, New Delhi Metropolitan, 1982.

107

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – TABLE-TENNIS

UNIT-I TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATIONS 1.1 Important motor components 1.2 Structure and process for improvement of performance 1.3 Various training methods and principles of training load 1.4 Causes and symptoms of overload 1.5 Management of overload

UNIT-II SCIENTIFIC CONSIDERATIONS FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE 2.1 Anatomical considerations 2.2 Physiological considerations 2.3 Biomechanical considerations 2.4 Psychological consideration 2.5 Scientific research reviews

UNIT-III COMPETITION PLANNING AND PERIODIZATION 3.1 Long term and short term planning for competition 3.2 Cyclic process of training : micro, meso and macro cycles 3.3 Preparation of training schedules 3.4 Tactical efficiency 3.5 Build-up and main competitions

UNIT-IV TEST, MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION 4.1 Introduction, importance of test, measurement and evaluation in Table Tennis 4.2 Fitness tests 4.3 Skill tests 4.4 Knowledge tests 4.5 Periodical assessment of performance

UNIT-V TEACHING LESSONS 5.1 Means & methods 5.2 Teaching lessons, process of classroom teaching 5.3 Preparation of teaching lesson-plans : characteristics & principles 5.4 Stages of teaching 5.5 Use of teaching aids

PRACTICALS

1. Practical applications of tactics and strategies 2. Training means for development and measurement of strength, speed, endurance, flexibility and

coordinative abilities 3. Observing and assessing the video/tournament recording/movie and preparing a report 4. Teaching lessons

REFERENCES

Table Tennis 1. Jain, Deepak, Teaching and Coaching -Table Tennis, Delhi : Khel S.K., 2001. 2. Narang, P., Play & Learn Table Tennis, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 3. Narang, P., Play and Learn Table Tennis, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 4. Parker, D., Take Up Table Tennis, Springfield Books Ltd., 1989. 5. Simpson, Peter, Successful Table Tennis, London : Charles Letts, 1980. 6. Taylor, R., Sports Action-Table Tennis, London, 1989. 7. Thani, Lokesh, Skills and Tactics Table Tennis, Delhi: Sports, 1998

108

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – VOLLEYBALL

UNIT-I COACHING PHILOSOPHY

1.1 Principles and objectives of coaching 1.2 Techniques of coaching – pep talk, coaching- pre match, during and post match,

individual and group coaching 1.3 Coaching schedule – seasonal, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly 1.4 Talent identification to select the winning combination – the offense and the defense 1.5 Team building 1.6 Coaching lesson plan

UNIT-II COMPETITION PLANNING

2.1 Long - term and short - term preparation for the decisive volleyball competitions 2.2 Psychological qualities and preparation of a volleyball player 2.3 Team system and tactical training

Offensive system in play Defense system in play Service and reception pattern Individual, group and team tactics

2.4 Diet and nutrition for a volleyball player 2.5 Coordination among the coach, doctor, psychologist and players

UNIT-III SCIENTIFIC APPLICATIONS

3.1 Anthropometrical and physiological considerations 3.2 Biomechanical analysis of skills

UNIT-IV TRAINING LOAD AND ADAPTATION

4.1 Principles of load and adaptation 4.2 Fatigue, recovery and super compensation 4.3 Overload and its management

UNIT-V INJURIES IN VOLLEYBALL

5.1 Ankle sprain, finger injuries, shoulder dislocation, knee displacement 5.2 Preventive and safety measures 5.3 Rehabilitation

REFERENCES Volley Ball

1. American…. Program, Coaching Youth Volley Ball, Campaigon, H.K., 1996. 2. FIVB, Backcourt Spiking in Modern Volley Ball, Chennai : FIVB, 1996. 3. Saggar, S.K., Cosco Skills Stactics - Volley Ball, Delhi : Sport Publication, 1994. 4. Scates, A.E., Winning Volley Ball, WC Brown, 1993.

109

PAPER NO. – III (ii) Module-II GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – YOGA

UNIT-I SCHOOLS OF YOGA : 1.1 Ashtanga yoga, hatha yaga, laya yoga, mantra yoga, bhakti yoga, karma yoga,

jan yoga, raj yoga

UNIT-II PATANJALI ASHTANGA YOGA : 2.1 Bahiranga yoga : yama, niyama, asana, pranayama, pratyahara 2.2 Antaranga yoga: dharna, dhyana, samadhi

UNIT-III APPLIED ASPECTS OF YOGA : 3.1 Yoga and sport 3.2 Yoga and research 3.3 Yoga in external climatic conditions

UNIT-IV YOGA AND HEALTH : 4.1 Corporate yoga 4.2 Yoga for healthy lifestyle 4.3 Common diseases and their yogic treatment

UNIT-V TEACHING LESSONS : 5.1 Yoga – teaching methodology 5.2 Teaching practice, techniques and modules 5.3 Preparing teaching lessons in yoga

PRACTICALS 1. Repetition of syllabus of Semester-I 2. Tests of flexibility, concentration, VO2 max., balance 3. Observing and assessing the video/tournament recording/movie and preparing a report 4. Teaching lessons

REFERENCES

Yoga

1. Anand, Omprarkash. Yog Dawra Kaya Kalp, Kanpur, Sewasth Sahitya Perkashan, 2001. 2. Sarin, N., Yoga Dawara Ragoon Ka Upchhar, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 3. Sri, Swami Rama, Breathing, Rishikesh, Sadhana Mandir Trust, 2001. 4. Swami, Ram., Yoga & Married Life, Rishikesh Sadhana Mandir Trust, 2000. 5. Swami, Veda Bharti., Yoga, Polity, Economy and Family, Rishikesh Sadhana Mandir Trust, 2000.

110

PAPER NO. – IV (ii) Module-II

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY

UNIT-1 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS DURING EXERCISE

1.1 Exercise in Hot and Cold conditions • Thermoregulatory mechanism • Exercise in the Hot and Cold conditions: Physiological response, fluid

electrolyte balance during exercise, Health Risks Associated with Exposure to heat and cold.

• Acclimatization. 1.2 Exercise in Space, Altitude & Underwater:

• Space and exercise: problems of exercise/work at space (zero gravity), physiological alteration with chronic microgravity exposure.

• High altitude exercise: physiological response and associated health risk, acclimatization, high altitude training.

• Under water exercise: Physiological response and Health risks

UNIT-2 SPECIAL POPULATION IN EXERCISE AND SPORT

2.1 Children and Adolescents in Sport and Exercise • Growth and development of tissues • Physical activity and fitness promotion • Recognizing limits in training • Physical performance in young athlete

2.2 Women in Sports and Exercise

• Specific issues: gynecological considerations: body size/dimensions and physiological differences with male counterpart.

• Female athlete triad • Sports performance • Acute response and chronic adaptation • Expectant mother and exercise guidelines

UNIT-3 PHYSIOLOGY OF WEIGHT MANAGEMENT

3.1 • Exercise: The Key to Weight Management, Physiological foundation of

obesity • Role of exercise, dieting and combination of exercising and dieting in

weight loss • Low intensity versus high- intensity exercise for weight loss • Healthy weight loss • Weight loss myths • Physiological guidelines of losing weight. • Diet monitoring

UNIT-4 EXERCISE PRESCRIPTIONS FOR FITNESS COMPONENTS

4. 1 Cardio respiratory exercise prescription • Intensity of exercise • Mode of exercise • Duration • Frequency • Fitness benefit • Physiological factors affecting development of cardio respiratory fitness

111

4. 2 Physiology of Strength-Training

• Factors affecting strength development • Principles of strength training • Plyometrics • Core strength training • Exercise guidelines, assessment at initial stage, quantum of load/

prevention of injury. UNIT-5 PRESCRIPTION FOR INITIALCONDITIONING, IMPROVEMENTAND MAINTENANCE

5.1 Stimulus for Adaptation to Cardiovascular and Musclo Skeletal System • Training session components • General versus Individualized exercise prescription: • Cardio respiratory fitness: exercise intensity

1. Percentage of heart rate reserve Percent VO2 max reserve

• Energy expenditure • Flexibility • Muscular strength/endurance • Progression through exercise prescription

5.2 Assessing Goals and Commitment To Exercise:

• Assessment of health-related fitness • Modification of behavior • Monitoring behavior • Periodic re-evaluation of the three steps above

PRACTICAL:

1. Assessment of muscular strength/endurance (lab/field) 2. Calculating exercise intensity by Heart rate reserve and VO2 max reserve. 3. Assessment of body composition in children, men and women. 4. Testing flexibility (different joints :wrist , arm, &back). 5. Testing muscular strength by isometric/isokinetic contraction. 6. Assessment of speed.

REFERENCES

1. Anderson, Ross E. Obesity: Etiology, Assessment, treatment, Prevention Human Kinetics 2003.

2. Ann.F Lowlin. Women’s Fitness Program Development. Human Kinetics. 2002.

3. Rowland, Thomas W. children’s Exercise Physiology. 2nd Edition Human Kinetics. 2005

4. Wilmore, Jack H and Costill, David L. Physiology of Sports and Exercise. Human kinetics. 1994.

112

PAPER NO. – IV (ii) Module-II

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – SPORTS BIO-MECHANICS UNIT – I 1. THE STUDY OF RELATED SUBJECTS

The Skeletal system and its Articulations. The skeletal system, articulations and properties.

Biomechanics and related subjects Kinanthropometric characteristics effecting the mechanics of human movement

2. NEUROMUSCULAR ASPECTS OF MOVEMENT Functional aspects of the muscular system Types and functions of muscular of tension

All and none law Strength of contraction Group action of Muscles Reciprocal innervation Muscular Fatigue UNIT - II 3. BIOMECHANICS OF THE MUSCULOSKELETAL SYSTEM Lever like arrangements, wheel and axle like arrangements, Pulley like arrangements, general consideration of muscular skeletal machines.

4. APPLICATION OF BIOMECHANICS TO NEUROMUSCULAR FITNESS ACTIVITIES Aspects of fitness, resistance devices used in training, strength, muscular endurance, muscular power, flexibility.

UNIT - III 5. LINEAR MOVEMENT RESPONSES TO APPLIED FORCES

Linear speed and velocity, linear acceleration, the relationship of force, mass and linear acceleration, centripetal force and radial acceleration.

LINEAR MOVEMENT AND KINETIC ENERGY Linear momentum, linear impulse, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy.

6. ROTARY MOVEMENT RESPONSE TO APPLIED TORQUES Angular speed and velocity, linear velocity of a point on a rotating body, angular acceleration, the relationship of torque, rotational inertia and angular acceleration.

ANGULAR MOMENTUM Angular momentum, angular impulse, conservation of angular momentum within a system, vector resolution of angular momentum.

UNIT - IV 7. ANALYSIS OF ACTIVITIES IN WHICH THE BODY ROTATES FREE OF SUPPORT The human body in rotary motion, initiating rotations, analysis of rotations while airborne.

ANALYSIS OF ACTIVITIES IN WHICH THE BODY ROTATES WHILE SUPPORTED The human body in supported rotary motion, conservation of segmental momentum in a supported system, application of angular momentum principles to a supported body.

8. PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF THROW LIKE MOVEMENTS Biomechanics of throw like patterns, analysis of sport skills using the kinetic link principle, comparisons of similar skills within the same pattern, performance errors: teaching and coaching applications, developmental patterns: teaching implications.

113

PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF PUSH LIKE MOVEMENTS Force activities, power activities, and accuracy activities.

UNIT – V : 9. BIOMECHANICAL ANALYSIS OF MOVEMENTS MOVEMENT ANALYSIS

definition of kinesiological analysis, mechanical analysis, and biomechanical analysis brief knowledge about qualitative analysis and quantitative analysis. ANALYSIS OF FUNDAMENTAL SKILLS Walking, Running, Jumping, Throwing, Lifting, Pulling, Pushing, Catching, Climbing Method of one fundamental skill will be taught Other skill will be given as assignment ANALYSIS OF SPORTS SKILL Athletics, Gymnastics, Swimming, Football, Hockey, Basketball, Volleyball, Cricket & Judo method of one of the sports skill will be taught Other skill will be given as assignment

PRACTICAL 1. Evaluation of dynamogram recorded from force place and/ or force Transducers of a simple

movement i.g. Vertical jump. 2. Use of bio- feed back in basic human movement. 3. Use of Different type of direct measurement techniques in basic human movement (Goniomtre). 4. Measurement of Muscle Anthropomety (cross sectional area, change of muscle length during

movement, force per unit cross sectional etc). 5. Use of computer programme for determining length of throw in jump or shot put. 6. Use of computer programme for determining optimum angle of a projection in throw or jump. 7. Use of Electromyography of Isometric Tension and / muscle shortening and lengthening and/

fatigue. 8. Evaluation of dynamogram to draw a velocity-time graph, distance- time graph.

REFERENCES

1. Basis of Human Motion. 8th ed, Brown & Bench mark. 2. Gowitzke, B.A. and Milner, M. (1988). Scientific Bases of Human Movement. (3rd. ed.), Baltimore:

Williams and Wilkins. 3. Grimshaw, Paul., Lees, Adrian., Flower, Neil.,& Burden, Adrian. Sports and Exercise

Biomechanics.Taylor & Francis. 4. Groves, R and Camaine, D. (1983). Concepts in Kinesiology. (2nd. ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders

College Publishing. 5. Hall, Susan J. Basic Biomechanics. Mosby Year Book 6. Hay, J. (1978). The biomechanics of sport techniques. (2nd. ed.). Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. 7. Hay, J. & Reid, J. (1982). The Anatomical and Mechanical Bases of Human Motion. Englewood Cliffs:

Prentice-Hall. 8. Luttegens, Kathryn., Deutsch, Helga., Hamilton, Nancy. Kinesiology-Scientific 9. Nordin, M. & Frankel, V. (1990). Basic Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, Philadelphia:

Lea & Febiger. 10. Northrip, J., Logan, G. & McKinney, W. (1983). Analysis of Sport Motion. (3rd. ed). Dubuque: William

C. Brown. 11. Rasch, P. (1989). Kinesiology and Applied Anatomy. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger. 12. Shaw, D., Mechanical Basis of Biomechanics, Delhi: Sport Pub., 2000. 13. Shaw, D., Mechanical Basis of Biomechanics, London: A&C, 2003. 14. Shaw, D, Pedagogic Kinesiology, Khel Sahitya Kendra 2007.

114

15. Thompson, C. (1985). Manual of Structural Kinesiology. (10th Ed.). St. Louis: Times Mirror/ Mosby College Publishing.

115

PAPER NO. – IV (ii) Module-II

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – EXERCISE & SPORT PSYCHOLOGY UNIT-I PERSONALITY & SPORT

1.1 Concept and definition of personality 1.2 Personality theories - (trait, psychoanalysis, behavioral, biological & social learning

theory, humanistic theory) 1.3 Personality traits of elite athletes 1.4 Personality an sport interactionism

UNIT-II ANXEITY & AROUSAL

2.1 Concept and categories of emotions 2.2 Neurophysiological basis of anxiety and arousal 2.3 Role of autonomic nervous system in anxiety and arousal states 2.4 Effect of anxiety and arousal on performance in sport 2.5 Anxiety and arousal theories

Inverted - U theory Drive theory Fazey & Hardy’s catastrophe model Apter’s reversal theory

UNIT-III PSYCHOLOGICAL SKILLS IN SPORTS

3.1 Meaning and concept of psychological skills 3.2 Implication of psychological skills 3.3 Various psychological skills

Attention Concentration Confidence Imagery Anxiety management Independence

UNIT-IV SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

4.1 Concept & theory of affiliation 4.2 Social isolation & affiliation in sports 4.3 Concept of self-efficacy, self-esteem and self - concept 4.4 Audience effect - social facilitation, home ground advantage 4.5 Aggregation in sport 4.6 Concept and theories of aggregation instinct, frustration aggregation, social

learning theory acquired 4.7 Sport aggression - innate and acquired 4.8 Individual differences in aggression

UNIT-V COUNSELLING AND MENTAL HEALTH OF PARTICIPANTS AND ATHLETES

5.1 Concept of counseling 5.2 Expectation of different athletes 5.3 Counseling process 5.4 Exercise and sport as promoters of good mental health 5.5 Mental health & mental hygiene perspective 5.6 Principles of mental health 5.7 Level of aspiration & achievement – a mental health perspective

116

REFERENCES Psychology

1. Aggarwal, J.C., Basic Ideas in Educational Psychology, Delhi: Sipra, 2003. 2. Bhatia, Hans Raj, Test Book of Educational Psychology, Delhi: Macmillan, 2003. 3. Cashmore, Ellis, Key Concepts in Sport Psychology, London, Routledge, 2004. 4. Cox, R. H., Sport Psychology Ed 5 Th., London, Mcgraw Hill, 2002. 5. Dewey, John, Psychology, New Delhi: K.S.K., 2003. 6. Jain, D., Introduction to Psychology, New Delhi: K.S.K., 2003. 7. Jain, Piyush and Tomar, C.S., History, Foundation of Physical Education and Educational

Psychology, New Delhi, Friends, 2006. 8. Kamlesh, M.L, Educational Sport Psychology, New Delhi, Friends Pub., 2006. 9. Kamlesh, M.L., Key Ideas in Sport Psychology, New Delhi, Friends Pub., 2007.

Kutty, S.K., Foundations of Sports & Exercise Psychology, New Delhi: Sports, 2004. 10. Levinthal, Charles F., Introduction to Physiological Psychology, N.D. Prentice Hall, 2005. 11. Seashore, C.E., Elementary Experiments in Psychology, ND: Sports Pub., 2001. 12. Shaw, D., An Encyclopedia of Test and Measurement in Sports Exercise Psychology, New Delhi,

2001. 13. Woodworth, R.S., Basic Facts in Psychology, ND: Sports Pub., 2001.

117

PAPER NO. – IV (ii) Module-II

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION & CURRICULUM DESIGN

PROFESSIONAL REQUIREMENTS

UNIT-I HIERARCHY OF SPORTS ORGANIZATIONS, FUNCTIONS OF SPORTS BODIES- GOVERNMENTAL AND NON-GOVERNMENTAL.

UNIT-II ACADEMIC (SCIENTIFIC) INTERACTION:

2.1 Conferences, seminars, symposium, workshops etc. -Preparation of abstracts -Writing and presentation of papers -Poster presentation

2.2 Conducting a scientific session (Role of chairperson, co- chairperson, reporters) UNIT-III PROFESSIONAL RELATION

3.1 Principles and philosophy of democratic relation 3.2 Intra and inter relationship among administrators, colleagues, Student/client group,

Community

UNIT-IV METHODS OF TEACHING AND INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP 4.1 Principles influencing physical education teaching 4.2 Methods of teaching

- Command Style - Demonstration Method - Task Method - Exploration Method - Problem solving Method

4.3 Developing teacher competencies 4.4 Developing qualitative of researcher

UNIT-V VALUES AND ETHICS 5.1 Developing code of conduct 5.2 Developing departmental policies 5.3 Prevailing Licensing trends in physical education and sports, its implication in the

Indian reference 5.4 Professional commitments

PRACTICAL 1. Write a brief report/proposal on sports – event/activity 2. Developing an abstract or a research paper or a poster presentation

REFERENCES

1. Adams William C. Foundation of Physical Education Exercise and Sports Sciences, Philadelphia,

1991 2. Gupta Rakesh, Sharma Akhilesh, and Sharma Santosh, Professional Preparation and Curriculum

Design in Physical Education & sports Sciences, New Delhi, Friends Publications, 2004 3. Hoover. Kenneth H., The Professional Teacher’s Handbook, Boston, Allyn and Bacoon, 1972 4. Krik David, Physical Education and Curriculum Study, Kent, Croom Helm, 1988 5. Sandhu Kiran, Professional Preparation and Career Development in Physical Education, New

Delhi, Friends Publications, 2004 6. Sandhu Kiran, Trends and Development in Professional Preparation in Physical Education, New

Delhi, Friends Publication, 2006 7. Wessel Janet A, and Kelly Luke, Achievement-Based Curriculum Development in Physical

Education, Philadepia, Lea and Febiger, 1986 8. Zeigler E.F, Professional and Scholarly Foundation of Physical Education and Kinesiology,

Sports Educational Technologies, 2007

118

PAPER NO. – IV (ii) Module-II SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION –SPORT SOCIOLOGY

UNIT-I SOCIETY AND IMPACT OF SPORT

1.1 Definition and concept of society 1.2 Type of society and sport 1.3 Sports in human society (ancient, feudal, capitalistic and socialistic) 1.4 Structure of various sports group 1.5 Cohesiveness in various sports

UNIT-II CULTURE AND SUB CULTURE

2.1 Culture and sport culture 2.2 Components and mechanism of sport culture 2.3 Cultural relativism and culture lag 2.4 Sport as a social phenomenon 2.5 Sports as a commodity

UNIT-III SPORT AND ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL INSTITUTION

3.1 Sport and business 3.2 Psycho-social implications of revenue generation and revenue sharing among

various stakeholders in sport organizations 3.3 Sponsorship in sport 3.4 Political ideology and sport 3.5 Politics in sport

UNIT-IV SPORTS AND STRATIFICATION

4.1 Sport and stratification (classes, castes, genders, age) 4.2 Social stratification and mobility 4.3 Social classes and primary and secondary involvement in sport 4.4 Individual personality, identity, action in sport 4.5 Moral character and sport

UNIT-V SPORT AND DISCOURSE

5.1 Power play and sport 5.2 Sports culture in colonial period in India 5.3 Amateurism and professionalism 5.4 Structuralism and post structuralism

PRACTICAL AND ASSIGNMENT

1. Scale of cultural determination and modernization scale.

2. Prepare a paper on topic from any unit of your choice with at least 15 references.

3. Present a paper on any topic from any unit other than assignments given above by adopting empirical (data-based) and analytical approach.

4. Construct an open pedagogical design of team preparation for an inter-college competition in game if your choice.

REFERENCES

Sociology 1. Bhusan, V. and Sachdeva, An Introduction to Sociology, Delhi: Kitab, 2003. 2. IGNOU, The Study of Society - Understanding Sociology, Delhi - IGNOU, 2007. 3. Inkeles, A. Ed., What Is Sociology, ND: Prentice Hall, 1997. 4. Jain, Rachna, Sports Sociology, New Delhi: KSK, 2005. 5. Kanwal Jeet, S., Sport Sociology, ND: Friends Pub., 2000. 6. Mitchell, G.D. Ed., Dictionary of Sociology, U.K: Routledge, 1999. 7. Sharma, R. N, Urban Sociology, ND: Surjeet Pub., 1993.

119

8. Singh, Bhupinder, Sports Sociology, New Delhi: Friends, 2004. 9. Turner, B., Cambridge Dictionary of Sociology, U.K., Cambridge, U.N. Press., 2006 10. SPORT IN SOCIETY, ISSUES AND CONTROVERSIES by Joy. J. Coaplay. Mcgraw Hill International

edition 1997 11. THE SOCIAL SIGNIFICANCE OF SPORT B.D.Mc Pherson, J.E.Curtis, and J.W. Loy Human

Kinetics books Champaign Illinois U.S.A.1989 12. UNDERTAKING SPORT – AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIOLOGY AND CULTURAL

ANALYSIS OF SPORT J.Hosue, A. Tomlinson, G. Whannel, Routbdge, New York 1999 13. SPORT AND SOCIAL SYSTEMS, A GUIDE TO THE ANALYSIS PROBLEMS LITRETURE by J.W.

Loy, B.D. Mc pherson , G. Kenyon, Addison wesley publishing company Messachuslls 1978 14. WORLD WIDE TRENDS IN YOUTH SPORT, P.D. Knop, L.M. Engstrow, B. Sbisstadd M.R.Uleiss

Human Kinetics 1996 15. POWER AND RADIOLOGY IN AMERICAN SPORT, A CRITICAL PERSPECTIVE, G.H Sege

Human Kinetics 1998 16. SOCIOLOGY, THE BASICS by M.Abrow Roulledge London 2001 17. SAMAAJSHASTRA AVDHARANAAYE AUR SIDHAANT, Dr. J.P. Singh, Prentis Hall of India New

Delhi 1999 18. SAMAAJSHASTRA KE SIDHAANT, Writer Vidhyabhushan, Dr. D.R. Sachdeva, Kitaab Mahal

Ellahabad 1979 19. Sociology Basic concepts by H.K. Rawat, Rawat Publication 2007 20. Learning Experience in Sociology of Sport by Lusan L. Greendoefor, C.A. Hasbroob, Human

Kinetics Books Champaign, Illions U.S.A. 1991 21. Moping Sense of Sports, by Ellis Cashmore Routeedge, New York, 2000 22. Dictionary of sociology, Penguine reference 23. Social issues in Sports by Ronald B. Woods Human Kinetics 2007 24. Stanly eitzan and George H. Sage, Sociology of world American Sports, Bastow, M. A: W C

B/Mcgraw Hill 1997 25. Sports in Contemporary Society: An ethnology worth publications, New York-2001 26. Sport and Society by N.I. panomaryow, progress publication Moscow-1981 27. Sport and Social Order: Contributions to the sociology of sports by Donald. W. Ball and John W.

Joy, Addison Wesley Publishing company 1975 28. Sport and Politics- Edited by G. Redmond Human Kinetics publishers, In Champaign, Illinois 1986 29. Women in Sports, a selected biography by M. Shoebridge, Mansell publishing Ltd. London and

New York 1987 30. Theory, Sport and Society by J. Maguire and K. Young JAI, Elsevier Ltd. 2005 31. Sport in South Asian Society Past and Present edited by B. Majuardar and J. A. Morgan Reutledge,

New York and London 2005 32. Social aspect of Sport by E.E. Snyder and Prentis Hall Jersey 1978 33. Sports beyond the iron curtain by freeman. S. and Boyes R. London Protcus Publishing Company

1980 34. Sport Spectators by A. Gultmann Colombia University, New York 1986

120

PAPER NO. – IV (ii) Module-II

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – SPORT MANAGEMENT HUMAN RESOURCE MANAEGMENT UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Meaning and concept of human resource in sports 1.2 Role of sports professionals in developing humans resources in society 1.3 Public relations 1.4 Group dynamics

UNIT-II PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

2.1 Recruitment sources 2.2 Selection process 2.3 Training-methods 2.4 Appraisal and career advancement

UNIT-III LEADERSHIP

3.1 Meaning and changing concepts of leadership in sports 3.2 Need and significance of leadership 3.3 Leadership traits and types of leadership 3.4 Opportunities for inculcation of leadership skills and traits

UNIT-IV COMMUNICATION

4.1 Meaning and concept of communication 4.2 Channels of communication 4.3 Types and tools of communication 4.4 Communication with media and public

UNIT-V MOTIVATION

5.1 Meaning and concept of motivation 5.2 Type of motivation 5.3 Need and theories of motivation 5.4 Creating and maintenance of motivation

REFERENCES

Sport Management

1. Allen, L.A. Management & Organization. Kogakusha Co. Tokyo, 1988. 2. Hert, Renis, New Patterns of Management, McGraw Hill, 1961. 3. Sivia, G.S. Sports Management in Universities, New Delhi: A.I.U. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya

Marg, 1991. 4. Sandhu, K. Sports Dynamics: Psychology, Sociology and Management

121

122

SEMESTER-III

S. No.

Paper No.

Module Title of the Paper

1. VI Athlete’s Care and Rehabilitation

2. III (iii) III Game of Specialization (One to be selected from the list) 1. Athletics 2. Aquatics (Swimming, Diving & Water-polo) 3. Badminton 4. Basketball 5. Cricket 6. Football 7. Gymnastics 8. Handball 9. Hockey 10. Judo 11. Kabaddi 12. Kho-Kho 13. Table Tennis 14. Volleyball 15. Yoga

3. VII Optional Group-I (One to be selected from the list) 1. Fundamentals of Sport Sociology 2. Fundamentals of Sport Psychology 3. Fundamentals of Health Education 4. Fundamentals of Sports Biomechanics 5. Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology 6. Fundamentals of Sport Management & Administration

4. IV (iii) III Subject Specialization (One to be selected from the list) 1. Exercise Physiology 2. Sport Biomechanics 3. Exercise & Sport Psychology 4. Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design 5. Sport Sociology 6. Sport Management

123

PAPER NO. – VI Module-III

ATHLETE’S CARE AND REHABILITATION UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Meaning and definition of related terminologies Athlete, fitness, wellness, performance Care Rehabilitation Sports Medicine Sports Medicine

1.2 Aim, objectives and scope of ACR/SM 1.3 Principles of care and rehabilitation 1.4 Role of physical educators in athletic care and Rehabilitation 1.5 Exercise as a preventive measure for disease

UNIT-II SPORTS INJURIES

2.1 Introduction: meaning, definition 2.2 Various classification of Sports Injuries 2.3 Causes/reasons of sports injuries 2.4 Prevention of sports injuries 2.5 Treatment and management of sports injuries

UNIT-III AGE AND GENDER CONSIDERATION IN SPORTS

3.1 Biological, chronological age and age determination 3.2 Suitability of sports at various stages of growth 3.3 Special problems women and sports performance 3.4 Exercise benefits at various stages of life 3.5 Physical, physiological, bio-chemical and bio-mechanical difference between

men & women UNIT-IV ENVIRONMENT & SPORTS PERFORMANCE INTRODUCTION 4.1 Various types of environmental conditions 4.2 Medical problems due to environment and their symptoms 4.3 Treatment of medical problem and acclimatization in temperature 4.4 Training in different temperature and altitude (high & low Pressure)

4.5 Training of different surface UNIT-V ERGOGENIC AIDS & DOPING IN SPORTS

5.1 Meaning, definition, classification benefits of ergogenic 5.2 Nutrition and sports Performance 5.3 Definition, classes, method of doping 5.4 Side effects, detection and sanction against doping 5.5 IOC, FIMS , WADA, NADO, RADO

PRACTICALS 1. First Aid for:

Soft tissue, bone & joint injuries 2. Therapeutic Modalities

(i) Cryotherapy (ii) Thermotherapy

I/R lamps Wax bath

(iii) Electrotherapy

TENS Short wave diatherapy Microwave diatherapy

124

Ultra sound (iv) Hydrotherapy (v) Exercise therapy

Isometric exercise Isotonic exercise Manual massage therapy

REFERENCES

1. Davies, J.E., Essentials of Sports Medicine, New Delhi, 1986. 2. Ellison, A.E. and others, Athletic Training & Sports Medicine, American Academy, 1984. 3. Eriksson, B.O.[et.al.], Sports Medicine, Great Britain: Guiness Pub., 1990. 4. Irvin, R. and others, Sports Medicine, USA : Allyn and Bacon, 1998. 5. Jain, Rachna, Sports Medicine, New Delhi: KSK, 2002. 6. Khanna, G.L & Jayprakash, C.S., Exercise Physiology & Sports Medicine, Lucky, 1990. 7. Khanna, G.L., Exercise Physiology & Sports Medicine, Lucky Enterprises, 1990. 8. Komi, P.V., Encyclopaedia of Sports Medicine, Blackwell, 1992. 9. Pande, P.K., Sports Medicine, ND; Khel Sahitya Kendra, 1998. 10. Pandey, P.K., Outline of Sports Medicine, Delhi: J.P. Brothers, 1987. 11. Prentice, W.E., Therapeutic Modalities in Sports Medicine, Times Mirror, 1990. 12. Renstrom, Encyclopaedia of Sports Medicine, Blackwell, 1993. 13. Roy and Irvin, Sports Medicine, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1983. 14. Shephard and Astrand, Encyclopaedia of Sports Medicine, Blackwell, 1992. 15. Shephard, R.J. & Astrand, P.O., Encyclpedia of Sports Medicine, Blackwell, Sc. Pub., 1992. 16. Shephard, R.J., Yearbook of Sports Medicine, Mosby Yearbook, 1990. 17. Torg, J.S. and others, Current Therapy in Sports Medicine, New Delhi, 1996. 18. Vijay Ed., Handbook of Sports Medicine, Delhi: Friends Pub, 2001.

125

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – ATHLETICS

FOCUSED ATHLETIC EVENTS: Hurdles : For Men - 110m & 400m; For Women – 100m& 400m Relays : 4 x 100 m., 4 x 400 m. Combined Events : Heptathlon & Decathlon UNIT-I RULES AND REGULATIONS

1.1 As specified by the IAAF and AFI 1.2 Role and contributions of SGFI and AIU 1.3 Role of International Olympic Committee (IOC)

UNIT-II TECHNICAL PREPARATION FOR FOCUSED ATHLETIC EVENTS

2.1 Required motor abilities and their technical preparation 2.2 Technical and tactical preparation 2.3 Physical, physiological, psychological and sociological characteristics of athletes

UNIT-III OFFICIATING AND COACHING

3.1 Qualities and duties/responsibilities of a coach 3.2 Duties/responsibilities of respective technical officials – jury of appeal, judges at the

finish, time keepers, lap scorers, judges at baton exchange zone, marshalls etc. 3.3 Role of sports psychologists & sports physiotherapists

UNIT-IV ORGANIZATION OF THE ATHLETICS MEET

4.1 Structure and organization of the athletics meet 4.2 Budgeting, purchase of equipments 4.3 Preparation, execution and conclusion of the respective events 4.4 Protocols and ceremonies

UNIT-V COACHING LESSONS

5.1 Guidelines for preparing coaching lessons in athletics 5.2 Preparation of coaching lesson-plans 5.3 Use of teaching aids

PRACTICALS

1. Different techniques of specified events : hurdles (for men - 110m & 400m; for women – 100m & 400m), relays (4 x 100m & 4 x 400m), combined events (heptathlon & decathlon)

2. Practice and training of selected events 3. Organization and planning in specified events 4. Project on researches in athletics and records of events 5. Coaching lessons

REFERENCES Athletics

1. Chauhan, B.S., Khel Jagat Mein Athletics, Jalandhar: A.P. Pub., 1999. 2. Evans, D.A., Teaching Athletics, London: Hodder, 1984. 3. Fox, E.L., Physiological Basis of Physical Education and Athletics, Brown Pub., 1989. 4. Frost, R.B. and others, Administration of Physical Education and Athletics, Delhi: Universal Book,

1992. 5. Gothi, Ekta, Teaching & Coaching Athletics, ND: Sport Pub., 1997. 6. Knight, T. and Troop, N., Sackville Illustrated Dictionary of Athletics, Jackvillie, 1988. 7. Knigt, T., Athletics, Backville Book, 1988. 8. Renwick, G.R., Play Better Athletics, Delhi: Sports Pub., 2001. 9. Shri Vastav, Abhay Kumar, Athletics, S & S Parkashan, 1997. 10. Singh, Granth, Track and Field Athletics, Delhi: Ashoka, 1998. 11. Thani, Lokesh., Skills and Tactics Track Athletics, Delhi : Sports Pub., 1995. 12. Thani, Y. ed., Encyclopedia of Athletics, Delhi, Gian Pub, 1991. 13. Turbbull, S., Sports Views Guide Athletics, London: David & Charles, 1989. 14. Warden, P., Take Up Athletics, Springfield Books Ltd., 1990.

126

15. Weaver, T., Personal Best: Athletics, London: Willionm Colliv., 1988.

127

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – AQUATICS (SWIMMING, DIVING & WATER-POLO)

UNIT-I RULES, REGULATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.1 Specified by the FINA 1.2 Latest changes and developments in rules and regulations, techniques and tactics,

officiating and coaching etc.

UNIT-II OFFICIATING AND COACHING 2.1 Qualifications, qualities and responsibilities of a coach, Philosophy of coaching 2.2 Qualifications and responsibilities/functions of technical officials 2.3 Protocols of technical officials 2.4 Role of sports psychologists, sports physiotherapists and fitness trainers

UNIT-III ORGANISATION OF THE COMPETITION 3.1 Planning for the competition 3.2 Organisation of the competition 3.3 Selection of men, material and management 3.4 Concluding the competition – submission of accounts, preparing report 3.5 Protocols and ceremonies

UNIT-IV PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION FOR : 4.1 Coaching a team 4.2 Organising a competition 4.3 Officiating in a competition 4.4 Conducting a workshop/seminar/clinic

UNIT-V COACHING LESSONS 5.1 Guidelines for preparing a coaching lesson in swimming 5.2 Preparation of coaching lesson-plans 5.3 Use of teaching aids

PRACTICALS 1 Planning for competitions 2 Organisation of a competition/seminar/workshop/clinic 3 Project on research in aquatics/record of events 4 Coaching lessons

REFERENCES

Aquatics 1. Jain, R., Play and Learn Swimming, New Delhi, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 2. Kumar, Naveen., Coaching Successfully, Sports Publication, Delhi 2002. 3. Nelson, R., Macnee, M.J.Ed., Olympic Fact book: A Spectator's Guide to the Summer games, New

York Visible, 1996. 4. Thani, Lokesh., Swimming, Delhi, Sports Publisher, 2000. 5. Thani, Lokesh., Skill & Tactics Swimming" Delhi, Sports Publication, 1995.

128

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – BADMINTON

UNIT-I RULES, REGULATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.1 As specified by the Badminton Association of India (BAI) 1.2 As per the International Badminton Federation (IBF) 1.3 Latest developments 1.4 Latest amendments 1.5 Interpretations

UNIT-II OFFICIATING AND COACHING 2.1 Duties/responsibilities, qualifications and qualities of a coach 2.2 Philosophy of coaching 2.3 Qualifications and responsibilities/functions of technical officials 2.4 Protocols of referees, judges, umpires 2.5 Role of sports psychologists, sports physiotherapists and fitness trainers

UNIT-III ORGANISATION OF THE COMPETITION 3.1 Planning for the competition 3.2 Selection of men, material and management 3.3 Concluding the competition – submission of accounts, preparing report 3.4 Protocols and ceremonies

UNIT-IV PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION FOR : 4.1 Coaching a team 4.2 Organising a competition 4.3 Officiating in a competition 4.4 Conducting a workshop/seminar/clinic 4.5 Professional aspects of badminton

UNIT-V COACHING LESSONS 5.1 Preparing coaching lessons in badminton 5.2 Use of teaching aids 5.3 Conduct of regular coaching 5.4 Concluding aspects of the coaching lesson 5.5 Assimilation

PRACTICALS 1. Planning for competitions 2. Organisation of a competition/seminar/workshop/clinic 3. Project on research in badminton 4. Coaching lessons

REFERENCES Badminton

1. Ashok Kumar, Badminton, New Delhi Discovery., 2003. 2. Ballou, Palph B., Teaching Badminton, India, 1982. 3. Bloss, M.V & Hales, R.S., Badminton, WC Brown, 1994. 4. Davis, Pat, Badminton, S.A. David & Charles Inc., 1988. 5. Downey, J., How to Coach Badminton, London: Collins Pub., 1990. 6. Jain, Deepak, Teaching and Coaching –Badminton, Delhi : Khel S.K., 2001. 7. Kumar, Ashok, Badminton, Delhi : Discovery Pub., 1999. 8. Narang, P., Play and Learn Badminton, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 9. Singh, M.K., A to Z Badminton, New Delhi, Friends Pub., 2006. 10. Singh, M.K., Comprehensive Badminton, N.D. Friends Pub., 2007.

129

11. Talbot, Derlk, Top Coach Badminton, Britain : Q.A. Press, 1989.

130

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – BASKETBALL

UNIT-I ORGANISATION 1.1 Selection of a team and conduct of a camp 1.2 Playfield technology- planning, construction and maintenance of a basketball court 1.3 Conduct of a tournament 1.4 Short-term and long-term planning for organization of a competition 1.5 Report writing, photography, analysis and commentary

UNIT-II MATCH ANALYSIS

2.1 Evaluation of players performance during matches 2.2 Video analysis of skills and techniques 2.3 Assessment of prospective opponents

UNIT-III OFFICIATING

3.1 Duties and responsibilities of officials 3.2 Mechanism of officiating and scoring

UNIT-IV MANAGEMENT

4.1 Managing team during competitions 4.2 Information and publicity concerning the competition 4.3 Office management – correspondence and maintenance of records 4.4 Facility management – quality control of equipment and player’s kit 4.5 Risk management - medical check up, medical aid and insurance 4.6 Personnel management – interpersonal communication skills

UNIT-V MARKETING AND PLAYER PROFILE

5.1 Event identification and event profile development 5.2 Projection of the event and marketing strategy – pamphlets, door - door, newspaper,

electronic media 5.3 Writing press release and reports 5.4 Sponsor identification, fund raising 5.5 Building of player portfolio, development of a contract and understanding of laws

PRACTICAL

1. Organizing basketball tournaments 2. One month internship with a leading newspaper for sports press releases

REFERENCES Basket Ball

1. Ambler, V., How to Play Basket Ball, Delhi: Paper Balls, 1984.

2. Pruitt, Jim, Play Better Basket Ball, Great Britain: Matchplan Books, 1983.

3. Prutti, Jim, Play Better Basket Ball, Matchplay Books, 1984.

4. Thani, Lokesh, Skills & Tactics of Basket Ball, ND: Sport Pub., 1995.

5. Nat B. B Conditioning Coaches Association, NBA Power Conditioning, Human Kinetics, 1997

6. Jain, Naveen Play and Learn Basket Ball, Khel Sahitya Kendra, New Delhi-2003

7. Sharma O.P. Basket Ball Skills and Rules, Khel Sahitya Kendra Delhi-2003

8. Thani, Yograj, Coaching Successfully Basket Ball, Sports Publisher, Delhi-2002

131

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – CRICKET

UNIT-I ORGANIZATION 1.1 Selection of a team and conduct of a camp 1.2 Playfield technology - planning, construction and maintenance of the cricket field 1.3 Conduct of a Tournament 1.4 Short-term and long-term planning for organization of a competition 1.5 Report writing, photography, analysis and commentary

UNIT-II MATCH ANALYSIS

2.1 Evaluation of players’ performance during matches 2.2 Video-analysis of skills and techniques, importance of a third umpire 2.3 Assessment of prospective opponents

UNIT-III OFFICIATING

3.1 Duties and responsibilities of officials 3.2 Mechanism of officiating and scoring

UNIT-IV MANAGEMENT

4.1 Managing team during competitions 4.2 Information and publicity concerning competition 4.3 Office management – correspondence and maintenance of records 4.4 Facility management – quality control of equipment and player’s kit 4.5 Risk management - medical check-up, medical aid and insurance 4.6 Personnel management – communication and inter-personnel skills

UNIT-V MARKETING AND PLAYER PROFILE

5.1 Event identification and event profile development 5.2 Projection of the event and marketing strategy – pamphlets, door-to-door,

newspaper, electronic media 5.3 Writing press releases and reports 5.4 Sponsor identification, fund raising 5.5 Building of player-portfolio, preparing/drawing a contract and understanding pertinent

laws PRACTICALS 1. Advancement of different techniques

1.1 Video-analysis 1.2 Net Session

2. Organize intramurals in the institution 3. Organizing camping, scouting & giving commentary 4. Coaching lesson – 5 (five) internal lessons

132

REFERENCES Cricket

1. Aibara, E.B., Cricket, Delhi : National Museum, 1993. 2. Amarnath, Mohinder, Learn to Play Good Cricket, ND : Ubspd, 1996. 3. Andrew, K., Handbook of Cricket, England : Perlham Book, 1989. 4. Brown, The Pictorial History of Cricket, Hong Kong, 1988. 5. Chugh, G.D., Laws of Cricket, N.D. D.V.S.Pub., 1993. 6. Dellor, R., How to Coach Cricket, London: Mandola, 1990. 7. Jain, R., Play and Learn Cricket, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 8. Kutty, S. K., Fielding Drills in Cricket, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 9. Morrison, I., How to Play Cricket, Competition R. Pri. Ltd., 1993. 10. Rachna, Coaching Successfully: Cricket, Delhi: Sports, 2002. 11. Rachna, Jain, Play & Learn Cricket, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 12. Rice P., How to Play Cricket, London: Guinness, 1988. 13. Sharangpani, R.C., Fitness Training in Cricket, Bombay: Marine Sports, 1992. 14. Sharma, Prahlad, Cricket, Jaipur: Shyam Prakashan, 2003. 15. Swpnronobe, E.W., Barclayas World of Cricket, London, Willow Book, 1986. 16. Thani, Vivek, Coaching Cricket, ND: Khel Sahitya, 1998. 17. Thasi, Y. [ed.], The Encyclopedia of Cricket, New Delhi, 1991. 18. Vic Marks, The Test Country Cricket Board Guide to Better Cricket, London, 1987. 19. Willis, Cricket, India, 1987.

133

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – FOOTBALL

UNIT-I ORGANISATION

1.1 Selection of a team and conduct of a camp 1.2 Playfield technology - planning, construction and maintenance of football field 1.3 Conduct of a tournament 1.4 Short-term and long-term planning for organization of a competition 1.5 Report writing, photography, analysis and commentary

UNIT-II MATCH ANALYSIS 2.1 Evaluation of player’s performance during matches 2.2 Video analysis of skills and techniques 2.3 Assessment of prospective opponents

UNIT-III OFFICIATING 3.1 Duties and responsibilities of officials 3.2 Mechanism of officiating and scoring

UNIT-IV MANAGEMENT 4.1 Team management during competitions 4.2 Information and publicity concerning the competition 4.3 Office management – correspondence and maintenance of records 4.4 Facility management – quality control of equipment and player’s kit 4.5 Risk management- medical check up, medical aid and insurance 4.6 Personnel management – interpersonal, interpersonnel communication skills

UNIT-V MARKETING AND PLAYER PROFILE 5.1 Event identification and event profile development 5.2 Projection of the event and marketing strategy – pamphlets, door - door, newspaper,

electronic media Writing press release and reports Sponsor identification, fund raising Building of player portfolio, preparing (drawing) a contract and understanding of

laws PRACTICAL

1. Applied tactics of defense – positioning by a defender, defensive attacker, interchanging of position 2. Attacking tactics- shooting and heading at goal, place changing, special method-attack with two

center forward 3. Refining of skills

• Kicking • Receiving • Heading • Dribbling • Tackling • Goal keeping

4. Taking advantage of offside rule - attack and defense 5. Match officiating

Referee Linesmen Table officials Play field preparation guide/organizer

REFERENCES Football

1. Lau, S.K., Encyclopedia of Football, Delhi : Sport Pub., 1995. 2. N. Kumar, Play and Learn Football, New Delhi : K.S.K, 2003. 3. Reilly, T., Science and Football, London: E.N. Sport Ltd., 1988. 4. Sharma, O.P., Teaching and Coaching –Football, Delhi : Khel S.K., 2001. 5. Shellito, K., Personal Best Football, London: William Collins & Sons, 1988. 6. Thani, Yograj, Coaching Successfully Football, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2002. 7. Williams, J., The Roots of Football, London, 1988. 8. Wirhed, R., Training to Win Football, Europ : Wolfe Pub., 1992.

134

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – GYMNASTICS

UNIT-I PLANNING AND PERIODIZATION OF TRAINING IN GYMNASTICS 1.1 Planning

i. Annual plan ii. Long term plan – aims and contents of training methods and means of training

o Periodisation of training for different events Single Periodisation Double Periodisation Multi Periodisation

1.2 Aims and contents of trainings in various periods, Elements in different periods UNIT-II SCHEDULE OF TRAINING AND PLANNING FOR COMPETITION 2.1 Training schedules

Daily schedules Weekly schedules Monthly schedules

2.2 Planning for competition Meaning and concept Preparation for competition schedule Order of events Sequence of gymnast

UNIT-III BIOMECHANICAL PRINCIPLES AND THEIR APPLICATION IN GYMNASTICS 3.1 Newton’s laws of motion and their application 3.2 Body levers and their application 3.3 Linear and angular momentum 3.4 Centripetal and centrifugal forces

UNIT-IV CODE OF POINTS FOR ARTISTIC GYMNASTICS 4.1 Code of points for men Artistic Gymnastics

o Evaluation of an exercise routine on : Floor exercise Pommel horse Roman rings Parallel bar Horizontal bar Vaulting table

Tables of difficulty on : Floor exercise Pommel horse Roman rings Parallel bars Horizontal bar Table vaults

4.2 Code of points for women artistic gymnastics i. Evaluation of exercise on :

a. Floor exercise b. Uneven bars c. Balance beam d. Table vault

Tables of difficulty on : o Floor exercise o Uneven bars

135

o Balance beam o Table vaults

Unit-V THEORY OF : 5.1 Teaching and training of advance elements on all men and women apparatus

Floor exercises (men & women) Pommel horse Roman rings Parallel bars/uneven bars Table vaults (men & women) Horizontal bar Balancing beam

5.2 Pedagogic practice Warm-up exercises and class organization Teaching, training and coaching of basic and advance elements on all apparatus

(men & women) Officiating

5.3 Assignments/Projects Prepare a budgetary proposal for purchase of gymnastics equipment Organization of a competition/seminar/workshop/clinic at school/district/state level

5.4 Project on research in gymnastics 5.5 Coaching lessons

PRACTICALS 1. Teaching and training of advance elements on all men and women apparatus i. Floor exercises (men & women) ii. Pommel horse iii. Roman rings iv. Parallel bars/uneven bars v. Table vaults (men & women) vi. Horizontal bar vii. Balancing beam 2. Pedagogic practice i. Warm-up exercises and class organization ii. Teaching, training and coaching of basic and advance elements on all apparatus (men & women) iii. Officiating 3. Assignments/Projects i. Prepare a budgetary proposal for purchase of gymnastics equipment ii. Organization of a competition/seminar/workshop/clinic at school/district/state level 4. Project on research in gymnastics 5. Coaching lessons

REFERENCES Gymnastics

1. Chakraborty, S. and Sharma, Lalit, Fundamental of Gymnastics, N.D. D.V.S. Pub., 1995. 2. Chakraborty, S., Fundamental of Gymnastics, New Delhi: DVS Pub, 1995. 3. Chakraborty, S., Women's Gymnastics, Delhi : Friends Pub., 1998. 4. Code of Points Trampoline Gymnastics, Federation Int. De Gymnasics, 2005. 5. Derry, G., Personal Best Gymnastics, London : Willionm Colliv ., 1988. 6. Federation Internationale Gymnastics, Federation Int. De Gymnasics, 2006. 7. Harvey, F.J., Physical Exercises & Gymnastics, ND: Khel Sahitya, 1998. 8. Jain, R., Play and Learn Gymnastics, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 9. Jain, R., Play and Learn Gymnastics, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 10. Pearson, D., Play The Game Gymnastics, Britain : Ward Lock, 1991.

136

11. Smither, Graham, Behing The Scence of Gymnastics, London, 1980. 12. Turoff, Fred, Artistic Gymnastics, U.S.A : C. Brown, 1991.

137

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – HANDBALL

UNIT-I ORGANISATION 1.1 Selection of a team and conduct of a camp 1.2 Playfield technology planning, construction and maintenance of the handball court 1.3 Conduct of a tournament 1.4 Short term and long term planning for organisation of a competition 1.5 Report writing, photography, analysis and commentary

UNIT-II MATCH ANALYSIS

2.1 Evaluation of players performance during matches 2.2 Video analysis of skills and techniques 2.3 Assessment of prospective opponents

UNIT-III OFFICIATING

3.1 Duties and responsibilities of officials 3.2 Mechanism of officiating and scoring

UNIT-IV MANAGEMENT

4.1 Team management during competitions 4.2 Information and publicity concerning the competition 4.3 Office management – correspondence and maintenance of records 4.4 Facility management – quality control of equipment and player’s kit 4.5 Risk management - medical check-up, medical aid and insurance 4.6 Personnel management – interpersonal and inter-personnel communication skills

UNIT-V MARKETING AND PLAYER PROFILE 5.1 Event identification and profile development of the event 5.2 Projection of the event and marketing strategy – pamphlets, door to door, newspaper,

electronic media 5.3 Writing press release and reports 5.4 Sponsor identification, fund-raising 5.5 Building of player portfolio, preparing/drawing of a contract and understanding of

laws

REFERENCES Handball

1. Jain, D., Play & Learn Handball, New Delhi, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 2. Kumar Ashok, Handball, New Delhi, Discovery Publishing House, 1999. 3. Lohar, A.R., Handball Basic Technology Bombay, The Marine Sports Publishing Division, 1998. 4. Schmottlach, N., Mcmanama, J., Physical Education Handbook. 9th Edition, London, Allyn &

Bacon, 1997.

138

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – HOCKEY

UNIT-I ORGANISATION 1.1 Selection of a team and conduct of a camp 1.2 Playfield technology - planning, construction and maintenance of a hockey field 1.3 Conduct of a tournament 1.4 Short term and long term - planning for content of a competition 1.5 Report writing, photography, analysis and commentary

UNIT-II MATCH ANALYSIS

2.1 Evaluation of player performance during matches 2.2 Video - analysis of skills and techniques 2.3 Assessment of prospective opponents

UNIT-III OFFICIATING

3.1 Duties and responsibilities of officials 3.2 Mechanism of officiating and scoring

UNIT-IV MANAGEMENT

4.1 Managing during competitions 4.2 Information and publicity concerning the competition 4.3 Office management – correspondence and maintenance of records 4.4 Facility management – quality control of equipment and player’s kit 4.5 Risk management - medical check up, medical aid and insurance 4.6 Personnel management – interpersonal and inter personnel communication skills

UNIT-V MARKETING AND PLAYER PROFILE

5.1 Event identification and event profile development 5.2 Projection of the event and marketing strategy – pamphlets, door - door, newspaper,

electronic media 5.3 Writing press release and reports 5.4 Sponsor identification, fund raising 5.5 Building of player portfolio, preparing/drawing of a contract and understanding of laws

PRACTICALS

1. Applied tactics of defense – positioning by a defender, defensive attacker, interchanging of position 2. Attacking tactics - shooting and heading at goal, place changing, special method-attack with two centre

forward 3. Refining of skills

a. Kicking b. Receiving c. Heading d. Dribbling e. Tackling f. Goal - keeping

4. Taking advantage of offside rule - attack and defense 5. Match officiating

a. Referee b. Linesmen c. Table Officials d. Play field preparation guide / organizer

REFERENCES

Hockey 1. Dubey, H.C. Hockey, New Delhi, Discovery Publishing House, 1999 2. International Hockey Federation, Rules of the Game of Hockey with Guidance for Players and

Umpires. India, International Hockey Federation, 2003. 3. Jain, D., Hockey Skills & Rules New Delhi, khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 4. Narang, P., Play & Learn Hockey, Khel Sahitya Kendra, New Delhi, 2003 5. Thani Yograj., Coaching Successfully Hockey, Delhi, Sports Publication, 2002.

139

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – JUDO

UNIT-I RULES, REGULATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.1 Specified by the Judo Federation of India 1.2 Specified by the International Judo Federation 1.3 Latest changes and developments in rules and regulations, techniques and tactics,

officiating and coaching etc.

UNIT-II OFFICIATING AND COACHING 2.1 Qualifications, qualities and responsibilities of a coach, philosophy of coaching 2.2 Qualifications and responsibilities/functions of technical officials 2.3 Protocols of referees, judges, technical officials 2.4 Role of sport psychologists, sport physiotherapists, fitness trainers and doctors

UNIT-III ORGANISATION OF THE COMPETITION 3.1 Planning for the competition 3.2 Selection of men, material and management 3.3 Concluding the competition – submission of accounts, preparing report 3.4 Protocols and ceremonies

UNIT-IV PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION FOR 4.1 Coaching a team 4.2 Organising a competition 4.3 Officiating in a competition 4.4 Conducting a workshop/seminar/clinic

UNIT-V COACHING LESSONS 5.1 Guidelines for preparing a coaching lesson in Judo 5.2 Preparation of coaching lesson-plans 5.3 Use of teaching aids

PRACTICALS

1. Planning for competitions 2. Organisation of a competition/seminar/workshop/clinic 3. Project on research in judo/record of events 4. Coaching lessons

REFERENCES

Judo 1. Caffary, B., Skilful Judo, London : A & C Black, 1992. 2. Dando, J., Play The Game Judo, Great Britain: Blandford, 1994. 3. Harrison, E.J., Coaching Successfully Judo, Delhi: Sports, 2002. 4. Harrison, J., Teaching & Coaching Judo, ND: Sport Pub., 1998. 5. Holme, P., Get to Gripe With Judo, London : Blandford, 1995. 6. Holme, Peter, Competition Judo, London: Ward Lock, 1996. 7. Jain, D., Play and Learn Judo, New Delhi : K.S.K, 2003. 8. Kumar, Mukesh, Action Judo, Delhi : Sport Publication, 1994. 9. Marwood, D., Critical Judo, ND : A.I.T.B.S. Pub., 1995.

140

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – KABADDI

UNIT-I ORGANIZATION

1.1 Selection of a team and conduct of a camp

1.2 Playfield technology planning, construction and maintenance of Kabaddi court

1.3 Conduct of a tournamentp

1.4 Short-term and long - term planning for organization of a competition

1.5 Report writing, photography, analysis and commentary

UNIT-II MATCH ANALYSIS

2.1 Evaluation of players performance during matches

2.2 Video analysis of skills and techniques

2.3 Assessment of prospective opponents

UNIT-III OFFICIATING

3.1 Duties and responsibilities of officials

3.2 Mechanism of officiating and scoring

UNIT-IV MANAGEMENT

4.1 Managing during competitions

4.2 Information and publicity concerning the competition

4.3 Office management – correspondence and maintenance of records

4.4 Facility management – quality control of equipment and player’s kit

4.5 Risk management - medical check up, medical aid and insurance

4.6 Personnel management – interpersonal communication skills

UNIT-V MARKETING AND PLAYER PROFILE

5.1 Event identification and event profile development

5.2 Projection of the event and marketing strategy – pamphlets, door-to-door, newspaper, electronic media

5.3 Writing press release and reports

5.4 Sponsor identification, fund raising

5.5 Building of player portfolio, preparing (drawing) a contract and understanding of laws

REFERENCES Kabaddi

1. Rao, C. V., Kabaddi, New Delhi: Oxford Press, 1982. 2. Rao, E.P., Modern Coaching in Kabaddi, D.V.S.Pub, 1994. 3. Rao, C.V., Kabaddi; Native Indian Sports, Patiala Nis Publisher, 1983. 4. Rao, E.P., Modern Coaching in Kabaddi D.U.S.Pub, 1994

141

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – KHO-KHO

UNIT-I ORGANISATION

1.1 Selection of a team and conduct of a camp

1.2 Playfield technology planning, construction and maintenance of Kho-kho court

1.3 Conduct of a tournament

1.4 Short-term and long-term planning for organization of a competition

1.5 Report writing, photography, analysis and commentary

UNIT-II MATCH ANALYSIS

2.1 Evaluation of player’s performance during matches

2.2 Video analysis of skills and techniques

2.3 Assessment of prospective opponents

UNIT-III OFFICIATING

3.1 Duties and responsibilities of officials

3.2 Mechanism of officiating and scoring

UNIT-IV MANAGEMENT

4.1 Managing during competitions

4.2 Information and publicity concerning the competition

4.3 Office management – correspondence and maintenance of records

4.4 Facility management – quality control of equipment and player’s kit

4.5 Risk management - medical check up, medical aid and insurance

4.6 Personnel management – interpersonal communication skills

UNIT-V MARKETING AND PLAYER PROFILE

5.1 Event identification and event profile development

5.2 Projection of the event and marketing strategy – pamphlets, door - door, newspaper, electronic media

5.3 Writing press release and reports

5.4 Sponsor identification, fund raising

5.5 Building of player portfolio, preparing (drawing) a contract and understanding of laws

REFERENCES Kho-Kho

1. Chakrabarty, G., Kho - Kho Aveloken, Delhi, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2002. 2. Panday, L., Kho - Kho Sarvaswa, New Delhi Metropolitan, 1982.

142

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – TABLE TENNIS

UNIT-I RULES, REGULATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1.1 As specified by the Table Tennis Federation of India (TTFI) 1.2 As per the International Table Tennis Federation (ITTF) 1.3 Latest developments 1.4 Latest amendments 1.5 Interpretations

UNIT-II OFFICIATING AND COACHING 2.1 Duties/responsibilities, qualifications and qualities of a coach 2.2 Philosophy of coaching 2.3 Qualifications and responsibilities/functions of technical officials 2.4 Protocols of referees, judges, umpires 2.5 Role of sports psychologists, sports physiotherapists and fitness trainers

UNIT-III ORGANISATION OF THE COMPETITION 3.1 Planning for the competition 3.2 Selection of men, material and management 3.3 Concluding the competition – submission of accounts, preparing report 3.4 Protocols and ceremonies

UNIT-IV PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION FOR : 4.1 Coaching a team 4.2 Organizing a competition 4.3 Officiating in a competition 4.4 Conducting a workshop/seminar/clinic 4.5 Professional aspects of Table Tennis

UNIT-V COACHING LESSONS 5.1 Preparing coaching lessons in Table Tennis 5.2 Use of teaching aids 5.3 Conduct of regular coaching 5.4 Concluding aspects of the coaching lesson 5.5 Assimilation

PRACTICALS 1. Planning for competitions 2. Organization of a competition/seminar/workshop/clinic 3. Project on research in Table Tennis

4. Coaching lessons REFERENCES

Table Tennis 1. Jain, Deepak, Teaching and Coaching -Table Tennis, Delhi : Khel S.K., 2001. 2. Narang, P., Play & Learn Table Tennis, Khel Sahitaya Kendra, 2005. 3. Narang, P., Play and Learn Table Tennis, New Delhi: K.S.K, 2003. 4. Parker, D., Take Up Table Tennis, Springfield Books Ltd., 1989. 5. Simpson, Peter, Successful Table Tennis, London : Charles Letts, 1980. 6. Taylor, R., Sports Action-Table Tennis, London, 1989.

143

7. Thani, Lokesh, Skills and Tactics Table Tennis, Delhi: Sports, 1998. PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – VOLLEYBALL

UNIT-I ORGANIZATION

1.1 Selection of a team and conduct of a camp 1.2 Playfield technology - planning, construction and maintenance of the Volleyball court 1.3 Conduct of a tournament 1.4 Short-term and long-term planning for organization of a competition 1.5 Report writing, photography, analysis and commentary

UNIT-II MATCH ANALYSIS

2.1 Evaluation of player’s performance during matches 2.2 Video analysis of skills and techniques 2.3 Assessment of prospective opponents

UNIT-III OFFICIATING

3.1 Duties and responsibilities of officials 3.2 Mechanism of officiating and scoring

UNIT-IV MANAGEMENT

4.1 Managing during competitions 4.2 Information and publicity concerning the competition 4.3 Office management – correspondence and maintenance of records 4.4 Facility management – quality control of equipment and player’s kit 4.5 Risk management- medical check up, medical aid and insurance 4.6 Personnel management – interpersonal communication skills

UNIT-V MARKETING AND PLAYER PROFILE

5.1 Event identification and profile development of the event 5.2 Projection of the event and marketing strategy – pamphlets, door - door, newspaper,

electronic media 5.3 Writing press release and reports 5.4 Sponsor identification, fund raising 5.5 Building of player portfolio, preparing (drawing) of a contract and understanding of laws

REFERENCES Volley Ball

1. American…. Program, Coaching Youth Volley Ball, Campaigon, H.K., 1996. 2. FIVB, Backcourt Spiking in Modern Volley Ball, Chennai : FIVB, 1996. 3. Saggar, S.K., Cosco Skills Stactics - Volley Ball, Delhi : Sport Publication, 1994. 4. Scates, A.E., Winning Volley Ball, WC Brown, 1993.

144

PAPER NO. – III (iii) Module-III

GAME OF SPECIALIZATION – YOGA

UNIT-I RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR YOGA CHAMPIONSHIPS :

1.1 State, national, international, SGFI, AIU etc.

UNIT-II OFFICIATING AND COACHING :

2.1 Qualifications, qualities and responsibilities of a coach

2.2 Duties/responsibilities of technical official

2.3 Scoring system and judgment criteria

2.4 Protocols for referees, judges and officials

UNIT-III ORGANISATION OF YOGA COMPETITION :

3.1 Structure and organisation of yoga competition

3.2 Preparation, execution and closing of the competition

3.3 Protocols and ceremonies

UNIT-IV MEDITATION :

4.1 Different techniques of meditation and their practice on shat chakras, preksha and leshya dhyana, and vipashyana, concentrating on music (nad), and tratak

4.2 Importance or meditation : physical, mental, social, emotional and spiritual

UNIT-V COACHING LESSONS :

5.1 Guidelines for preparing coaching lessons in Yoga

5.2 Preparation of coaching lesson-plans

5.3 Use of teaching aids

PRACTICALS

1. Planning for a Yoga competition

2. Organisation of a Yoga competition

3. Project on researches in Yoga

4. Officiating in Yoga competitions

5. Coaching lessons

REFERENCES

Yoga 1. Anand, Omprarkash. Yog Dawra Kaya Kalp, Kanpur, Sewasth Sahitya Perkashan, 2001. 2. Sarin, N., Yoga Dawara Ragoon Ka Upchhar, Khel Sahitya Kendra, 2003. 3. Sri, Swami Rama, Breathing, Rishikesh, Sadhana Mandir Trust, 2001. 4. Swami, Ram., Yoga & Married Life, Rishikesh Sadhana Mandir Trust, 2000. 5. Swami, Veda Bharti., Yoga, Polity, Economy and Family, Rishikesh Sadhana Mandir Trust, 2000.

145

PAPER NO. – VII (a)

OPTIONAL GROUP-I FUNDAMENTALS OF SPORT SOCIOLOGY

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO SPORT SOCIOLOGY

1.1 Meaning and concept of sport sociology 1.2 Importance of its study 1.3 Current status of sport sociology in India and abroad. 1.4 Trends in sport sociology. 1.5 Theories in sociology 1.6 Theories about sports and society (structured and functionalism; 1.7 Critical, conflict, gender and interactionism theories) 1.8 A comparative analysis of sociological theories in sports

UNIT-II SOCIETY AND CULTURE

2.1 Definition and concept of society 2.2 Sports in human societies (ancient, feudal, capitalistic and socialistic). 2.3 Sport as a part of social, structural and functional system 2.4 Sociological differences in ancient and modern sports. 2.5 Meaning and concept of culture-sub-culture (Material and immaterial) 2.6 Sport as a cultural phenomenon 2.7 Cultural symbols in sport

UNIT-III STRATIFICATION AND SOCIALIZATION

3.1 Definition of stratification (classes, caste, age, gender in sports) 3.2 Stratification and social mobility 3.3 Stratification and popularity of sport 3.4 Theories of socialization and sport 3.5 Facilitation and debilitation of sport socialization in genders. 3.6 Desociolization from sport

UNIT-IV SPORT AND GENDER

4.1 Definition and theories of gender 4.2 Gender disparity and discrimination, and equity 4.3 Gender involvement in sports and masculinity 4.4 Deviance & aggregation in players 4.5 Spectator, fans and violence 4.6 Influence of spectators in dynamics of sports

UNIT-V COMMUNICATION AND RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

5.1 Mass communication and its implication in sports 5.2 Commercialization in sports 5.3 Amateurism versus professionalism 5.4 Recent social research methodologies (phenomenology, Hermeneutics, semiotics) 5.5 Qualitative and quantitative research 5.6 Participant observation and interview method in research 5.7 Impact of privatization and globalization on sports

PRACTICALS & ASSIGNEMENT: 1 Sociometric, cultural determination & socio economic status 2 Analyzing sports programmes programmes and policies in India with special reference structural,

conflict, gender and critical theories. 3 Evaluate the level of commercial aspects prevailing in different sports in India 4 Critically analyze the topics & methods used in previous session 5 How to identify and understand the themes in qualitative research.

146

REFERENCES

Sociology 1. Bhusan, V. and Sachdeva, An Introduction to Sociology, Delhi: Kitab, 2003. 2. IGNOU, The Study of Society - Understanding Sociology, Delhi - IGNOU, 2007. 3. Inkeles, A. Ed., What Is Sociology, ND : Prentice Hall, 1997. 4. Jain, Rachna, Sports Sociology, New Delhi: KSK, 2005. 5. Kanwal Jeet, S., Sport Sociology, ND : Friends Pub., 2000. 6. Mitchell, G.D. Ed., Dictionary of Sociology, U.K : Routledge, 1999. 7. Sharma, R. N, Urban Sociology, ND : Surjeet Pub., 1993. 8. Singh, Bhupinder, Sports Sociology, New Delhi : Friends, 2004. 9. Turner, B., Cambridge Dictionary of Sociology, U.K., Cambridge, U.N. Press., 2006 10. SPORT IN SOCIETY, ISSUES AND CONTROVERSIES by Joy. J. Coaplay. Mcgraw Hill International

edition 1997 11. THE SOCIAL SIGNIFICANCE OF SPORT B.D.Mc Pherson, J.E.Curtis, and J.W. Loy Human Kinetics

books Champaign Illinois U.S.A.1989 12. UNDERTAKING SPORT – AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIOLOGY AND CULTURAL ANALYSIS

OF SPORT J.Hosue, A. Tomlinson, G. Whannel, Routbdge, New York 1999 13. SPORT AND SOCIAL SYSTEMS, A GUIDE TO THE ANALYSIS PROBLEMS LITRETURE by J.W. Loy,

B.D. Mc pherson , G. Kenyon, Addison wesley publishing company Messachuslls 1978 14. WORLD WIDE TRENDS IN YOUTH SPORT, P.D. Knop, L.M. Engstrow, B. Sbisstadd M.R.Uleiss

Human Kinetics 1996 15. POWER AND RADIOLOGY IN AMERICAN SPORT, A CRITICAL PERSPECTIVE, G.H Sege Human

Kinetics 1998 16. SOCIOLOGY, THE BASICS by M.Abrow Roulledge London 2001 17. SAMAAJSHASTRA AVDHARANAAYE AUR SIDHAANT, Dr. J.P. Singh, Prentis Hall of India New Delhi

1999 18. SAMAAJSHASTRA KE SIDHAANT, Writer Vidhyabhushan, Dr. D.R. Sachdeva, Kitaab Mahal Ellahabad

1979 19. Sociology Basic concepts by H.K. Rawat, Rawat Publication 2007 20. Learning Experience in Sociology of Sport by Lusan L. Greendoefor, C.A. Hasbroob, Human Kinetics

Books Champaign, Illions U.S.A. 1991 21. Moping Sense of Sports, by Ellis Cashmore Routeedge, New York, 2000 22. Dictionary of sociology, Penguine reference 23. Social issues in Sports by Ronald B. Woods Human Kinetics 2007 24. Stanly eitzan and George H. Sage, Sociology of world American Sports, Bastow, M. A: W C B/Mcgraw

Hill 1997 25. Sports in Contemporary Society: An ethnology worth publications, New York-2001 26. Sport and Society by N.I. panomaryow, progress publication Moscow-1981 27. Sport and Social Order: Contributions to the sociology of sports by Donald. W. Ball and John W. Joy,

Addison Wesley Publishing company 1975 28. Sport and Politics- Edited by G. Redmond Human Kinetics publishers, In Champaign, Illinois 1986 29. Women in Sports, a selected biography by M. Shoebridge, Mansell publishing Ltd. London and New

York 1987 30. Theory, Sport and Society by J. Maguire and K. Young JAI, Elsevier Ltd. 2005 31. Sport in South Asian Society Past and Present edited by B. Majuardar and J. A. Morgan Reutledge, New

York and London 2005 32. Social aspect of Sport by E.E. Snyder and Prentis Hall Jersey 1978 33. Sports beyond the iron curtain by freeman. S. and Boyes R. London Protcus Publishing Company 1980 34. Sport Spectators by A. Gultmann Colombia University, New York 1986

147

PAPER NO. – VII (b)

OPTIONAL GROUP-I FUNDAMENTALS OF SPORT PSYCHOLOGY

COURCE OBJECTIVE: - Provide concrete understanding of techniques for overall behavioral development of an individual so that the physical help in solving the problems of an individual. UNIT- I 1. INTRODUCTION TO SPORT PSYCHOLOGY 1.1 Meaning and scope of sport psychology 1.2 Divisions of sport psychology 1.3 Place of sports psychology in sports sciences heirachy. 1.4 Importance of sport psychology

2. SENSORY PERCEPTUAL PROCESS

2.1 Meaning, mechanism and stages of sensory perceptual process 2.2 Classification of senses and sensory perceptual process. 2.3 Factors in perception 2.4 Implication of sensory-perceptual process in exercise and sport

UNIT-II 1. MOTOR DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING

1.1 Understanding motor development and motor learning 1.2 Motor development and learning in infants and children. 1.3 Factors affecting motor development and motor learning

2. PSYCHOLOGICAL SKILLS AND THEIR INFLUENCE ON SPORTS PERFORMANCE

2.1 Attention 2.2 Concentration 2.3 Confidence 2.4 Imagery

UNIT-III 1. PERSONALITY 1.1 Concept and definition of personality 1.2 Modern perspective, trait, humanistic, social cognitive and biological

theories) 1.3 Dynamics of personality in activity and sport

2. ANXIETY IN SPORT

2.1 Concept, definition and types of anxiety 2.2 Anxiety and arousal 2.3 Effect of anxiety on physical performance

UNIT-IV 1. MOTIVATION IN ACTIVITY AND SPORT

1.1 Concept, definition and types of motivation 1.2 Theories of motivation (drive, need and instinct theories) 1.3 Motivation in activity and sports

148

2. PSYCHOLOGICAL PREPARATION AND COMPETITION

2.1 Phenomenon of competition sport 2.2 Psychological preparation for competition UNIT-V SOCIO-PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF ACTIVITY AND SPORT

2 SOCIO-CULTURE FACTORS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE

1.1 Social ethics and sport 1.2 Attitude towards activity and sport 1.3 Team (group) cohesion

3 SPECTATORS AND PERFORMANCE

2.1 Types of spectators- crowd, fans 2.2 Facilitation and debilitative effects of spectators on performance.

PRACTICALS To administer the following tests, and process and interpret their data.

1. Eysenck personality questionnaire (EPQ). 2. Sport competitive anxiety test-1 3. Depth perception test 4. Reaction time

SUGGESTED READINGS

1 Alderman, R.B Psychological behaviour in Sports (Philadelphia London, Saunders Company).

2 But, Lusen Dorrcas, Psychological of Sports (Network Van Nostra and Reinhold company) Edn.

3 Cratty, Brayant. J. Movement Behaviour and Motor Learning (Philadelphia Lea and Febiger, Edn 3

4 Cratty, Brayant. J Psychology and Physical Activity (New Jersey Englewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall Inc.

5 Gold Stein and Joffery H. (Ed) Sports Games and Play Social and Psychological Veiw Points (Lowerence Eribanm Associates Publishers R.J.

149

PAPER NO. – VII (c) OPTIONAL GROUP-I

FUNDAMENTALS OF HEALTH EDUCATION

UNIT-I HEALTH EDUCATION

1.1 Meaning and definition 1.2 Importance of health education 1.3 Need and scope of health education 1.4 Method and media of health education 1.5 Health education in prevention of non-communicable disease

UNIT-II HEALTH 2.1 Meaning, definition and dimension of Health 2.2 Interrelationship among various dimensions 2.3 Factors effecting health 2.4 Substance abuse (smoking, tobacco, chewing etc) 2.5 Preventive measures and rehabilitation

UNIT-III COMMUNICABLE DISEASE 3.1 Meaning and concepts of communicable disease 3.2 Source of infection, reservoir of infection, susceptible host, incubation period carriers

etc 3.3 Mode of spread infection, 3.4 Prevention of communicable diseases 3.5 Cause, symptoms, and signs of cholera, STD, AIDS, Typhoid, whooping cough,

tuberculosis and malaria, hepatitis UNIT-IV SCHOOL HEALTH SERVICES

4.1 Need and importance SHS 4.2 Components school health services 4.3 School health programme 4.4 Guidance and counselling

UNIT-V FITNESS & WELLNESS 5.1 Definition, meaning of fitness & wellness 5.2 Components of wellness

5.3 Hygiene - meaning, need & importance 5.4 Nutrition – macro & micronutrients 5.5 Weight management/obesity control PRACTICALS

1. Collection of the educational materials (posters, pamphlets, CDs etc) 2. Preparation of school health programmes 3. Collection of vaccination/immunization data of children under - 5 4. Organizing the health awareness programmes 5. Determination of status of weight

HT & WT approach BMI approach Percentage of fat

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

1 Even,A WILLA EVERYDAY SAFETY Chicago lyors & carnahao 1990 2 FIRST AID TO THE INJURED. New Delhi: st. john ambulance association, 1989 3 Ghosh B.N.A TREATISE ON PREVENTIVE & SOCIAL MEDICINE, Calcutta: scientific 4 HYGIENIC AND PUBLIC HEALTH AND PUBLIC HEALTH, 1991 5 Hanlon john. J.PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC HEALTH ADMINISTERATION, 1992 6 Jonson, ALTH IN ACTION. Halt bhincment and Winston, 1977 7 MOSS ET AL HEALTH EDUCATION, NATIONAL EDUCATION, education association of U.T.A.1986 8 Nemir. A. THE SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION, new York: Harper and brother, 1991 9 Obertenterfer, D.SCHOOL EDUCATION , new York: Harper and brother, 1992 10 Park, J.E.Park K. TEXT BOOK OF PREVENTIVE AND SOCIAL MEDICINE, 1991 11 ROYAPPA, DR.DAISY JOSEPH AND DR.L.K Govinder julu SAFETY EDUCATION 1996 12 Stack, harbet j. duke ELKOW EDUCATION FOR SAFE LIVING Englewood cliffs: new jersey prentice hall-inc

1991 13 SAFE SCHOOL (EDUCATION PAMPHLET NUMBER 53) London: her majesty’s S. stationery office. 14 Turner, C.E THE SCHOOL HEALTH AND HEALTH EDUCATION St. Louis, The C.V. Mossy Co. 1976

150

15 Turner G.L. PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH 1990

151

PAPER NO. – VII (d) OPTIONAL GROUP-I

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPORT BIO-MECHANICS UNIT - I THE STUDY AND ANALYSIS OF HUMAN MOVEMENT

Kinesiology and Biomechanics: Areas of study, Approaches for studying movement, Importance of biomechanics in Physical Education and Sports Research in and out of the Laboratory

INTRODUCTION TO BIOMECHANICS INSTRUMENTATION

Overview of instrumentation and its uses Clocks and times Stroboscopy Cinematography and computer assisted analysis Videography and computer assisted analysis Force measuring instrumentation Accelerometry Electorogoniometry Electromyography Using micro computers for collecting and analyzing data

UNIT-II LOOKING AT MOVEMENT: SOME MECHANICAL CONCEPTS

Types of motion Distance and Displacement Speed, Velocity and uniform acceleration Acceleration and uniform acceleration Force and momentum Pressure Mass and weight Gravity Center of gravity Work Power Energy

Forces and Movement

Forces acting on a system Reaction forces Friction force Centripetal and centripetal forces Elastic force Internal and external forces Motive and Resistive forces Force diagrams and Vectors

Torque and moment of inertia The effect of two or more torques on a system Vector Composition of torque Torque and the body’s center of gravity location Other Kinetics

Lever, types of levers and their mechanical advantage and disadvantage with special reference to physical education and sports application.

152

Friction, types of friction and their mechanical advantage and disadvantage with special reference to physical education and sports application.

UNIT-III BODY BALANCE AND STABILITY CONTROL

Balance Equilibrium and stability Controlling balance in static positions Controlling balance during movement

NEWTONS LAWS OF MOTION

Law of Inertia (Linear Motion) Law of moment of Inertia (Angular Motion) Law of Momentum (Linear Motion) Law of Angular Momentum (Angular Motion) Law of Action and Reaction (Linear Motion) Law of Action and Reaction (Angular Motion)

UNIT-IV OBSERVING AND ANALYZING PERFORMANCE

The Nature of skills Overall performance objective of skill The analysis process

Projectile – Related Activities

Properties of motion related to projecting for vertical distance Projecting for vertical distance with a horizontal component Projecting for horizontal distance Projecting for accuracy Principles derived from Projectile Motion

FLUID FORCES Fluid drag force Fluid lift force Application of Arrangement in Sport

Effective of dragon the body and objects in sport Effects of life in sport Life force produced by spin: The Magnus effect.

Application of Hydrodynamics in Swimming Buoyancy & flotation Resistive forces in swimming skills Propulsive forces in swimming skills Swimming speed & efficiency

UNIT-V STRUCTURE OF MOTOR ACTION

Structure of cyclic & acidic motor action and movement combination Functional relationship of different phases of motor action

Qualities of Motor Movements

153

Movement rhythm Movement coupling Movement flow Movement precision Movement amplitude

Biomechanical principles: Principles of initial force Principles of optimum path of acceleration Principles of conservation of momentum. Principles of Action and Reaction

PRACTICAL 1. Development of a Velocity time graph from a cinematographically and/video system and/photo

specially recorded sprint and / Vertical jump and / analysis movement. 2. Determination of centre of Gravity by Reaction Board Method. 3. Determination of centre of Gravity by Joint- point – method. 4. Determination of centre of Gravity of Main- point method. 5. Determination of combined center of Gravity (joint-point method). 6. Demonstration of the Principle conservation of Augular momentum. 7. Demonstration of Principle of action and reaction. 8. Biomechanically analysis of a given technique. (Qualitative)

REFERENCES

1. Gowitzke, B.A. and Milner, M. (1988). Scientific Bases of Human Movement. (3rd. ed.)

i. Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins.

2. Grimshaw, Paul., Lees, Adrian., Flower, Neil.,&Burden, Adrian. Sports and i. Exercise Biomechanics.Taylor & Francis.

3. Groves, R and Camaine, D. (1983). Concepts in Kinesiology. (2nd. ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders

College Publishing.

4. Hall, Susan J. Basic Biomechanics. Mosby Year Book

5. Hay, J. (1978). The biomechanics of sport techniques. (2nd. ed.). Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.

6. Hay, J. & Reid, J. (1982). The Anatomical and Mechanical Bases of Human Motion. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.

7. Luttegens, Kathryn., Deutsch, Helga., Hamilton, Nancy. Kinesiology-Scientific Basis of Human Motion. 8th Ed, Brown & Bench mark.

8. Nordin, M. & Frankel, V. (1990). Basic Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, Philadelphia:

Lea & Febiger.

9. Northrip, J., Logan, G. & McKinney, W. (1983). Analysis of Sport Motion. (3rd. ed). Dubuque: William C. Brown.

10. Rasch, P. (1989). Kinesiology and Applied Anatomy. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger.

11. Thompson, C. (1985). Manual of Structural Kinesiology. (10th ed.). St. Louis: Times Mirror/ Mosby College Publishing.

154

PAPER NO. – VII (e)

OPTIONAL GROUP-I FUNDAMENTALS OF EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY

COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an introduction to the fundamentals of exercise physiology. Emphasis is placed on physiology of muscle action, training for fitness and performance, nutrition and body composition aspects, health disorder and physical activity and fundamentals of exercise prescription and sports fitness testing. COURSE OBJECTIVES:

1. Becoming familiar with the mechanism that explains the physiology of muscle action. 2. Examining the significance of physical activity and training for fitness and health promotion. 3. Understanding the fundamentals of nutrition and body composition for fitness and performance. 4. Role of physical activity in prevention and treatment of health disorders

UNIT-1 PHYSIOLOGY OF MUSCLE ACTION 1.1 Neuromuscular Concepts Of Muscle Action.

Structure and function of Skeletal muscle Contractile mechanism Neural transmission and Motor response Muscular adaptation to training

1.2 Metabolic and Hormonal Control:

Energy systems during rest and exercise Measuring energy expenditure Nature of hormone action Metabolic adaptation to training

UNIT-2 EXERCISE AND TRAINING FOR FITNESS AND PERFORMANCE

2.1 Physical Activity and Health and Fitness Role of physical activity in disease prevention Behavior supporting fitness and health Elements of total fitness (wellness)

2.2 Training for Sport and Fitness:

Principles of Training Overtraining, under training/ optimum training Benefits of resistance training Adaptation to aerobic and anaerobic training

UNIT-3 NUTRITION, BODY COMPOSITION FOR FITNESS AND PERFORMANCE

3.1 Nutritional Aspect of Fitness And Performance: Balance diet Water and electrolyte balance Athlete’s diet Physiological basis of diet for sedentary, physically active and sports

person. 3.2 Optimal Body Composition For Fitness And Performance:

Concepts of body composition Assessment of body composition Body composition for optimal health and fitness Body composition and sports performance

UNIT-4 HEALTH DISORDERS AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY

4.1 Cardiovascular Disease And Physical Activity: Concepts of cardiovascular disease Cardiovascular disease risk factors Reducing risks through physical activity

155

4.2 Obesity, Diabetes and Physical Activity:

Obesity and its causes Etiology of diabetes Role of exercise in prevention and treatment of obesity and diabetes.

UNIT-V FUNDAMENTALS OF EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION AND PHYSIOLOGICAL TESTING OF

SPORTMEN

5.1 Prerequisites of Exercise Prescription: Medical clearance Consent form Readiness to exercise (PAR-Q) Stop test indicators, pre exercise session preparations Monitoring exercise intensity

5.2 Sport Specific Physiological Testing Prerequisites:

Pretest preparation checklist Medical examination Consent form Quality assurance and implementation Protocols for physiological assessment of players.

PRACTICAL:

1. Assessment of resting physiological parameters (Heart rate, respiratory rate, blood pressure, etc) 2. Effect of selected exercise on physiological parameters 3. Testing the various components of physical fitness (Performance related and health related fitness) 4. Assessment of body composition using various techniques.

REFERENCES

1. Wilmore, Jack H and Costill, David L. Physiology of Sports and Exercise. Human kinetics. 1994.

2. Maud, peter J and Froster, Carl. Physiological Assessments of Human fitness. Second edition. Human kinetics 2006.

3. Sharkey, Brian J, Gaskill, Steven E. Improve overall quality of life through better fitness and nutrition Human kinetics 2007.

4. Rowland, Thomas W.Explore the full scope of physiologic responses to exercise in youth. Human kinetics.2005.

5. Gore, Christopher John. Physiological Tests for Elite Athlete. Australian Sports Lommission. Human Kinetics.2000.

156

PAPER NO. – VII (f)

OPTIONAL GROUP-I FUNDAMENTALS OF SPORT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION

UNIT-I MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION

1.1 Definition, meaning and concept of sports management and administration

1.2 Nature, scope and principles

1.3 Functions of sports management

1.4 Profile of a successful administrator/manager UNIT-II FACILITIES AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT

2.1 Planning and development of facilities

2.2 Developing multi purpose sports facilities

2.3 Management of safety measures

2.4 Fundraising, accounting and budgeting UNIT-III LEADERSHIP

3.1 Leadership types and traits of a successful leader

3.2 Time management

3.3 Managing meetings

3.4 Personnel management and voluntary management UNIT-IV SPECIAL SERVICES

4.1 Types of sports events

4.2 Formation of committees

4.3 Draw of fixtures, schedules and ceremonies

4.4 Reporting and evaluation UNIT-V OFFICE MANAGEMENT

5.1 Meaning and definition of office management

5.2 Elements and functions of office management

5.3 Layout of physical education department

5.4 Office correspondence

REFERENCES

Sport Management

1. Allen, L.A. Management & Organization. Kogakusha Co. Tokyo, 1988. 2. Hert, Renis, New Patterns of Management, McGraw Hill, 1961. 3. Sivia, G.S. Sports Management in Universities, New Delhi: A.I.U. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya

Marg, 1991. 4. Sandhu, K. Sports Dynamics: Psychology, Sociology and Management

157

PAPER NO. – IV (iii) Module-III

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION - EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY

UNIT-1 OPTIMISING PERFORMANCE IN SPORT 1.1 Body Composition and Nutrition for Sport

• Body composition and its assessment - Specific gravity method, anthropometric method & use of Bio impedance, CAT, DEXA and MRI means to achieve optImal weight

• Role of macro and micro nutrients in physical activity/sports.

1.2 Ergogenic Aids and Sports • Researching ergogenic aids • Pharmacological agents • Hormonal agents • Physiological agents / miscellaneous substances.

UNIT-2 HEALTH AND WELLNESS IN THE LIGHT OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY/SPORTS

2. 1 Metabolic disorders and physical activity: • Elevated blood lipid & cholesterol. • High blood pressure. • Problem of bones and joints. • Diabetes.

2.2 CHD and Physical Activity

• Forms of cardio-vascular diseases • Understanding the disease process (inactivity, uncontrolled diet, smoking,

drinking, prolong TV watching. ) • Other risk factors • Reducing risk factors with physical activity.

UNIT-3 INTRODUCTION AND GUIDELINES OF FITNESS TESTING OF NORMAL SEDENTARY SUBJECTS AND ELITE ATHLETES. 3.1 Guidelines and Purpose of Fitness Testing:

Medical clearance. purpose for fitness testing Administrative guidelines for testing situation Suggestions when testing cardio-respiratory fitness Protocol guidelines Criteria for selecting cardio-respiratory fitness test. General versus sports specific testing.

3.2 Introduction to Physiological Tests for Elite Athletes

Laboratory and athlete preparation Assessing quality assurance and implementation General assessment procedures Protocols for the physiological assessment of players

UNIT-4 PHYSIOLOGY OF AGING AND EXERCISE

4. 1 Gerontology: Study of Ageing • Concept and significance of studying aging in the field of physical

education and sports. • Various physical, anatomical, physiological and psychological changes due

to aging and its physiological basis. • Role of regular exercise/ physical activity on aging process.

4.2 Trainability and Fitness Testing: • Trainability of the older athlete.

158

• Trainability in old sedentary normal individuals.

UNIT-5 PHYSIOLOGY OF PHYSICALLY DEMANDING OCCUPATIONS 5.1 Physiological requirements of Worker in Multi-Dimensional Occupation

Demand: Physical characteristics of the worker in the physiological demanding

occupations Employee health and job related fitness Examination of work requirement and capacity for physically demanding

job Environmental factors affecting employee performance (heat , noise, air,

cold) 5.2 Worksite Exercise Program

Benefits Work on the job while maintaining health Support to excel in job Population need based strategies to increase physical activity

PRACTICAL

1. Assessment of body composition in sportsmen. (sport specific) 2. Assessing health related fitness in the aged population 3. Administration of the older adult fitness battery 4. Assessing fitness in employees working in physically demanding occupations

REFERENCES

1. Sharkey, Brian J.Hard Work: defining Physical Work Performance Requirements 2008Human Kinetics.

2. Astrand, per- olof, Rodah, Kaare, Datil, Hans A, Stromme, Sigmund B. Textbook of Work Physiology. 4thed.2003 . Human kinetics.

3. Wilmore, Jack H and Costill, David L. Physiology of Sports and Exercise. Human kinetics. 1994.

4. Gore, Christopher John. Physiological Tests for Elite Athlete.Australian sports Commission. Human Kinetics 2000.

159

PAPER NO. – IV (iii) Module-III

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – SPORT BIOMECHANICS UNIT - I

1: Biomechanical Testing Protocols - General Consideration - Biomechanical Parameters and Techniques

- Defining A Problem - Unites Of Measure - Definitions - Ethics And Safety - Detailed Reporting - Data Bases - Frequency Of Testing - Innovative Techniques - Strategies For Research - Conclusion And Recommendations

UNIT - II 2: Kinematics (Set – I)

I) Time Ii) Position Iii) Linear Displacement Iv) Linear Velocity V) Linear Acceleration Vi) Angular Displacement Vii) Angular Velocity Viii) Angular Acceleration Ix) Units Of Measurement For Kinematic Data

- Purpose For Measuring - Relevance - Testing Procedure

X) Cinematography And Computerized Video Analysis - Advantage - Disadvantage Xi) Single-Plate Methods - Advantage - Disadvantage Xii) Optoelectric Movement Monitoring System - Advantage - Disadvantage

UNIT - III 3. Kinematics (Set – Ii)

Xiii) Censors And Movement Monitoring System Xiv) Television System - Advantage - Disadvantage

Xv) Accelerometers - Advantage - Disadvantage

Xvi) Electrogoniometers - Advantage - Disadvantage

- Interpretation Of Test Results - Kinematic Written Reports

160

UNIT - IV 4: Kinetics (Set – I)

Physical Properties Of Limbs And Total Body - Definitions And Standard Units - Limitations - Purpose For Measuring - Relevance - Relationship Between Physical Properties And Movement Parameters - Testing Procedure - Center Of Gravity (Or Mass) And Center Of Volume - Mass Moments Of Inertia - Interpretation Of Test Results

UNIT V 5. Kinetics (Set – Ii)

Forces, Impulse, and Momentum i) Definitions And Standard Units ii) Limitations iii) Purpose For Measuring iv) Relevance v) Measurement Techniques And Tests vi) Ground Reaction Forces And Pressure Distribution vii) Impulses And Momentum viii) Interpretation Of Test Results

PRACTICALS

i) Measurement And / Or Analysis of Any Two Physical Properties. ii) Measurement And / Or Analysis of Any Two Kinematic Variables. iii) Measurement And / Or Analysis of Any Two Kinetic Variables. iv) Prepare A Kinematic Teaching Lesson Plan. v) Prepare A Kinetic Teaching Lesson Plan.

REFERENCES

1. Gowitzke, B.A. and Milner, M. (1988). Scientific Bases of Human Movement. (3rd. ed.) Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins.

2. Grimshaw, Paul., Lees, Adrian., Flower, Neil.,&Burden, Adrian. Sports and Exercise Biomechanics.Taylor & Francis.

3. Groves, R and Camaine, D. (1983). Concepts in Kinesiology. (2nd. ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders College Publishing.

4. Hall, Susan J. Basic Biomechanics. Mosby Year Book 5. Hay, J. (1978). The biomechanics of sport techniques. (2nd. ed.). Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. 6. Hay, J. & Reid, J. (1982). The Anatomical and Mechanical Bases of Human Motion. Englewood Cliffs:

Prentice-Hall. 7. Luttegens, Kathryn., Deutsch, Helga., Hamilton, Nancy. Kinesiology-Scientific Basis of Human Motion.

8th ed, Brown & Bench mark. 8. Nordin, M. & Frankel, V. (1990). Basic Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, Philadelphia:

Lea & Febiger. 9. Northrip, J., Logan, G. & McKinney, W. (1983). Analysis of Sport Motion. (3rd. ed). Dubuque: William

C. Brown. 10. Rasch, P. (1989). Kinesiology and Applied Anatomy. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger. 11. Thompson, C. (1985). Manual of Structural Kinesiology. (10th ed.). St. Louis: Times Mirror/ Mosby

College Publishing.

161

PAPER NO. – IV (iii) Module-III

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – EXERCISE AND SPORT PSYCHOLOGY

UNIT-I PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT IN EXERCISE & SPORT 1.1 Concept of psychometry 1.2 Sport & exercise related psychological variables 1.3 Trait versus state measures 1.4 General versus sport-specific measures 1.5 Precautions in using psychological tests 1.6 Qualitative versus quantitative measures

UNIT-II CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARDIZATIN OF A PSYCHOLOGICAL TEST

2.1 Standardized versus tailored tests 2.2 Identifying variables & factors to be included in the test 2.3 Developing question- statement 2.4 Seeking expert opinion 2.5 Finalizing test format 2.6 Application of test standardization criteria

Validity Reliability Objectivity Practicability Revision of the draft test Development of norms

UNIT-III PROCEDURE FOR ADMINISTRATION OF TEST & INTERPRETATION

3.1 Procedure for administration 3.2 Any seven of the following tests to be administered and the data processed and interpreted of

test Personality –Eysenck personality questionnaire and thematic application test Anxiety – SCAT Motivation Athletics problems Mental toughness I.Q, E Q & SQ Attention Aggregation Psychological skill Incentive motivation Self - confidence Self - efficacy Technique of group cohesion, sociometr Self-esteem test- (Rosenberg)

UNIT-IV FIELD WORK

4.1 Preparing a psychological skills profile of at least 10 players 4.2 Identifying athlete’s problems and developing strategies to deal with them 4.3 Preparing psychological profiles using any standardized tests

UNIT-V UNDERSTANDING PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING EQUIPEMENTS

5.1 Reaction time apparatus 5.2 Depth perception, dexterity apparatus 5.3 Peripheral vision apparatus 5.4 Anticipation apparatus 5.5 Eye hand & eye beg coordination apparatus 5.6 Overcoming difficulties in using psychological testing apparatus

REFERENCES

Psychology 1. Aggarwal, J.C., Basic Ideas in Educational Psychology, Delhi: Sipra, 2003. 2. Bhatia, Hans Raj, Test Book of Educational Psychology, Delhi: Macmillan, 2003. 3. Cashmore, Ellis, Key Concepts in Sport Psychology, London, Routledge, 2004. 4. Cox, R. H., Sport Psychology Ed 5 Th., London, Mcgraw Hill, 2002.

162

PAPER NO. – IV (iii) Module-III

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION - PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION AND CURRICULUM DESIGN

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

UNIT-1 SELF-PREPARATION FOR CAREER OPPORTUNITIES

1.1 Self-assessment, scanning and listing new/first job 1.2 Preparing for job application 1.3 Developing a resume 1.4 Facing Interview and follow-up

UNIT-2 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 2.1 Meaning and aim of professional development; need and type for in-service training 2.2 Constrains and compulsions in physical education during in-service training 2.3 Role of training institutes and resource persons in professional enrichment 2.4 Professional literature/material

UNIT-3 INNOVATIVE APPROACHES TO PROFESSIONAL LEADERSHIP AND IDEAS IN

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3.1 Volunteer’s role 3.1 Qualities of volunteer leaders 3.2 Developing leadership competencies, 3.3 Community sports leadership programs

UNIT-4 FOUNDATIONS OF CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

4.1 Definition, meaning, approach to curriculum designing 4.2 Steps and Factors effecting curriculum development 4.3 Resource material for Physical education curriculum 4.4 Content, subject matter, its scope and limits

UNIT-5 PRINCIPLES OF CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

5.1 Principles of curriculum development 5.2 Overview of developed curriculum

PRACTICALS: 1. Developing a professional resume/portfolio, group discussions 2. Mock – interviews and discussions for job placements

REFERENCES

1. Adams William C. Foundation of Physical Education Exercise and Sports Sciences, Philadelphia, 1991.

2. Gupta Rakesh, Sharma Akhilesh, and Sharma Santosh, Professional Preparation and Curriculum Design in Physical Education & sports Sciences, New Delhi, Friends Publications, 2004

3. Hoover. Kenneth H., The Professional Teacher’s Handbook, Boston, Allyn and Bacoon, 1972

4. Krik David, Physical Education and Curriculum Study, Kent, Croom Helm, 1988

5. Sandhu Kiran, Professional Preparation and Career Development in Physical Education, New Delhi, Friends Publications, 2004

6. Sandhu Kiran, Trends and Development in Professional Preparation in Physical Education, New Delhi, Friends Publication, 2006

7. Wessel Janet A, and Kelly Luke, Achievement-Based Curriculum Development in Physical Education, Philadepia, Lea and Febiger, 1986

8. Zeigler E.F, Professional and Scholarly Foundation of Physical Education and Kinesiology, Sports Educational Technologies, 2007

163

PAPER NO. – IV (iii) Module-III

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION –SPORT SOCIOLOGY

UNIT-I SPORT AND SOCIALIZATION PROCESS 1.1 Theories of socialization and sport 1.2 Socialization and gender 1.3 New approaches in sport socialization 1.4 Psycho-social implications and impact of organized youth sport 1.5 Recent trends in youth sport 1.6 Desocialization and sport

UNIT-II SPORT AND SOCIALIZATION THROUGH FAMILY AND EDUCATION SYSTEM

2.1 Sport socialization through educational and family systems 2.2 Desocialization of sport and school interaction 2.3 Competitive sport and socialization prospective 2.4 Women and sport – history, technology and social issues

UNIT-III SPORT AND GENDER

3.1 Definition and theories of gender 3.2 Women & sport history, ideology and structural issues 3.3 Gender disparity discrimination and equity 3.4 Stereotype and gender (masculinity and feminity) in sport

UNIT-IV SPORT AND PROBLEMS IN SPORTS

4.1 Concept and meaning of deviance 4.2 Sports problem at school and college (academic performance, academic abuses;

use, mis-use, and abuse of sports) 4.3 Post retirement psychological problems of athletes

UNIT-V SPORT AND SPECTATORS 5.1 Sport spectators history

Spectators and sport Influence of spectators on dynamics of sports

5.2 Paradox between Olympic movement and emerging priorities in sports PRACTICAL AND ASSIGNMENT 1 Social maturity scale, parent - child relationship scale 2 Prepare a paper on a topic of your choice with at least 15 references 3 Evaluate and compare the process of socialization taken place in schools of India and abroad. 4 Make an observation of spectators involved in National school & into university competition in different

games

REFERENCES Sociology

1. Bhusan, V. and Sachdeva, An Introduction to Sociology, Delhi: Kitab, 2003. 2. IGNOU, The Study of Society - Understanding Sociology, Delhi - IGNOU, 2007. 3. Inkeles, A. Ed., What Is Sociology, ND: Prentice Hall, 1997. 4. Jain, Rachna, Sports Sociology, New Delhi: KSK, 2005. 5. Kanwal Jeet, S., Sport Sociology, ND: Friends Pub., 2000. 6. Mitchell, G.D. Ed., Dictionary of Sociology, U.K : Routledge, 1999. 7. Sharma, R. N, Urban Sociology, ND: Surjeet Pub., 1993. 8. Singh, Bhupinder, Sports Sociology, New Delhi: Friends, 2004. 9. Turner, B., Cambridge Dictionary of Sociology, U.K., Cambridge, U.N. Press., 2006

164

PAPER NO. – IV (iii) Module-III

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION-SPORT MANAGEMENT FINANCE AND MARKETING MANAGEMENT

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Meaning and concept of finance management 1.2 Financial resources 1.3 Concept of marketing in sports industries 1.4 Sports as growing economy and sports marketing

UNIT-II BUDGETING

2.1 Meaning, concept and need of budget 2.2 Preparation of budget 2.3 Principles of budgeting 2.4 Types of budgets

UNIT-III PURCHASE AND INVENTORY MAINTENANCE

3.1 Purchase procedure 3.2 Stock maintenance 3.3 Condemnation procedure 3.4 Accounting procedure

UNIT-V PRODUCTION

4.1 Concept and type of production 4.2 Marketing surveys and analysis 4.3 Pricing strategies of product 4.4 Advertising and promotional strategies

UNIT V LEGAL IMPLICATIONS

5.1 Firm/ organization registration procedure 5.2 Import and export procedure 5.3 Franchise procedure 5.4 Guarantee, warrantee, after care services and compensation

REFERENCES

Sport Management 1. Allen, L.A. Management & Organization. Kogakusha Co. Tokyo, 1988. 2. Chakraborty, S. Sports Management Delhi, Sports Publications, 1998. 3. Kamlesh, M. L. Management Concept in Physical Education and Sport, New Delhi Metropolitan

Book Co. Pvt. Ltd, 2000. 4. Roy, S.S. Sports Management Delhi, Friends Publications, 1995. 5. Sivia, G.S. Sports Management in Universities, New Delhi: A.I.U. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Marg,

1991. 6. Sandhu, K. Sports Dynamics: Psychology, Sociology and Management

165

SEMESTER-IV

S. No.

Paper No.

Module Title of the Paper

1. VIII Optional Group-II (One to be selected from the list) 1. Adapted Physical Education

2. Fitness and Wellness

3. Sport Therapy

4. Sport Journalism

5. Sport Industry & Marketing

6. Sport, Physical Activity & Nutrition

2. IX Dissertation / Project Work / Long Essay

3. X Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education

4. IV (iv) IV Subject Specialization (One to be selected from the list) 1. Exercise Physiology

2. Sports Biomechanics

3. Exercise & Sport Psychology

4. Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design

5. Sport Sociology

6. Sport Management

166

PAPER NO. – VIII (a) OPTIONAL GROUP-II

ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO A DAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION

1.1 Meaning and definitions 1.2 Aims and objectives 1.3 Need and importance 1.4 Role of physical education in adapted physical education 1.5 Brief historical review of adapted physical education

UNIT-II CLASSIFICATION OF DISABILITY

2.1 Changing concept of disability handicaps, retardation, physically and mentally challenged 2.2 Physical disability

2.2.1 Characteristics 2.2.2 Category 2.2.3 Functional limitation 2.2.4 General causes

2.3 Mental retardation and learning disability 2.3.1 Characteristics 2.3.2 Category 2.3.3 Functional limitation 2.3.4 General causes

2.4 Hearing and speech impairment 2.4.1 Characteristics 2.4.2 Category 2.4.3 Functional limitation 2.4.4 General causes

2.5 Visual impairment 2.5.1 Characteristics 2.5.2 Category 2.5.3 Functional limitation 2.5.4 General causes

2.6 Other disabled conditions 2.6.1 Behavioural problems associated with disability

Adjustment problem Emotional problem Personality problem

2.6.2 Social problems Social stigma Discrimination Social rejection

UNIT-III ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMES

3.1 Guiding principles for adapted physical education programme (AAHPER Principle) 3.2 Physical education programme for disabled of :

3.2.1 Elementary school 3.2.2 Middle school 3.2.3 High school

3.3 Special adapted programme for various types and categories of physical disability 3.3.1 Regular physical activity 3.3.2 Informal games and special activity 3.3.3 Informal and formal competitions

3.4 Special adapted programme for hearing and speech impairment, visual impairment, mental retardation and learning impairment

3.4.1 Regular physical activity 3.4.2 Informal games and special activity 3.4.3 Informal and formal competitions

167

UNIT-IV ACTIVITIES FOR DISABLED

4.1 Co-curricular activities for disabled 4.1.1 Outdoor programmes for disabled 4.1.2 Adventure based outdoor programme 4.1.3 Creative development and hobby & culture development programme

4.2 Aquatic activity programme for disabled 4.2.1 Importance of activity for disabled 4.2.2 Nature of aquatic activity programme based on types of various disability 4.2.3 Rehabilitative role and importance of aquatic activity

UNIT-V REHABILITATION AND GOVERNMENTAL WELFARE PROGRAMMES

5.1 Rehabilitation 5.1.1 Aims and objectives of rehabilitation 5.1.2 Meaning of functional and occupational rehabilitation 5.1.3 Importance of adapted programme in rehabilitation

Functional rehabilitation Psychological rehabilitation – adjustmental, environmental and personality development

5.2 Governmental Welfare Programme 5.2.1 Provisions of special rights and privilege for disabled through legislations 5.2.2 Social welfare programmes for disabled 5.2.3 Mass public education/awareness programme

Education approach Service approach

5.2.4 Legislative approach

REFERENCES

1. Anoop Jain, “Adapted Physical Education” Sports Publication, Ashok Vihar, Delhi.

2. Arthur G. Miller & James, “Teaching Physical Activities to Impaired Youth” John Wilag & Sons Inc. Canada.

3. Arthur S. Daniels & Euilya, “Adapted Physical Education” Harpet & Row Publisher, New York.

4. Auxter, Byler, Howtting, “Adapted Physical Education and Reactions” Morbey – St. Louis Mirrauri.

5. K. Park, “Preventive Social Medicine” M/s Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers, Prem Nagar, Jabalpur.

6. Ronald W. French & Paul J., “Special Physical Education” Charles E. Merrics Publishing Co. Edinburgh, Ohio.

168

PAPER NO. – VIII (b) OPTIONAL GROUP-II

FITNESS & WELLNESS UNIT – I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Concept and meaning of fitness and wellness 1.2 Components of fitness and their description 1.3 Components of wellness and their description 1.4 Significance of fitness and wellness in present scenario. 1.5 Fitness and wellness for life

UNIT – II FITNESS PROFILE, DEVELOPMENT AND MAINTAINENCE OF FOLLOWING 2.1 Types :- physical ( cardio respiratory, strength, speed agility, flexibility, power,

muscular endurance) health related (cardio-respiratory, flexibility, body composition, muscular strength and endurance) motor skill related (speed, power, agility, coordination, endurance, balance)

2.2 Principals of physical fitness 2.3 Benefits of fitness programme 2.4 Obesity (causes and prevention) 2.5 Weight management (role of diet & exercise in maintenance of ideal weight)

UNIT – III WELLNESS 3.1 Identifying dimensions of wellness, achieving and maintenance of wellness

Adopting healthy & positive lifestyle. Identifying stressors and managing stress Staying safe & preventing injuries Knowledge of Nutrition & its implication on healthy lifestyle Factors leading to eating disorders Hazards of substance abuse (smoking, alcohol & tobacco) Adoption of spirituality principals & their remedial measures Yogic practices for achieving health and fitness Worthwhile use of leisure time. Sexuality – preventive measures for sexual transmitted diseases. Emphasis on proper rest &sleep. Prevention of cancer, cardio-vascular disorders &other diseases.

3.2 Relationship of wellness towards positive lifestyle 3.3 Benefits of wellness

UNIT – IV BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 4.1 Barriers to change 4.2 Process of change (6 stages) SMART 4.3 Technique of change & smart goal setting. 4.4 Healthy lifestyle approach. (Introduction, prevention, and treatment of inactivity

diseases) UNIT – V DAILY SCHEDULE OF ACHIEVING QUALITY OF LIFE & WELLNESS

5.1 Daily schedule based upon one’s attitude, gender, age &occupation. 5.2 Basic – module: - Time split for rest, sleep, diet, activity & recreation. 5.3 Principles to achieve quality of life:- positive attitude, daily regular exercise, control

over food habits & healthy hygienic practices. PRACTICAL

1. FITNESS LABS: Various labs testing related to cardio-vascular endurance, flexibility, muscular strength and body composition.

2. PHYSIOLOGICAL TESTING: - Blood pressure, VO2 max, vital capacity, pulse rate. 3. STRESS MANAGEMENT :- Yogic practices (asanas, pranayam and meditation) 4. SURVEY PROJECT: - Fitness & wellness assessment of local community. 5. NUTRITIONAL DIET ANALYSIS :- Given diet

169

REFERENCES Fitness

1. Anderson, B., Stretch Yourself for Health & Fitness, Delhi : UBSPD, 2002. 2. Austin and Noble, Swimming For Fitness, Madras: All India Pub., 1997. 3. Bean, Anita, Food For Fitness, London : A & C Block, 1999. 4. Callno Flood, D.K., Practical Math For Health Fitness, New Delhi, 1996. 5. Cox, Corbin, C.B & Indsey, R., Concepts of Physical Fitness, WC Brown, 1994. 6. Difiore, Judy, Complete Guide to Postnatal Fitness, London : A & C Black, 1998. 7. Giam, C.K & The, K.C., Sport Medicine Exercise and Fitness, Singapore : P.G. Medical Book,

1994. 8. Gosselior, C., The Ultimate Guide to Fitness, London: Vermilion, 1995. 9. Harrison, J.C., Hooked on Fitness, NY: Parker Pub. Com., 1993. 10. Hoeger, W.K. and S.A., Principles and Labs for Physical Fitness, Englewood Morton, 1999. 11. Kirtani, Reema, Physical Fitness, Delhi : Khel Sahitya, 1998. 12. Maud, J.R. and Foster, C., Physiology Assessment of Human Fitness, New Delhi, 1995. 13. Mcglynn, G., Dynamics of Fitness, Madison : W.C.B Brown, 1993. 14. Muller, J. P., Health, Exercise and Fitness Delhi : Sports, 2000. 15. Muller, J.P., Health Exercise and Fitness, Delhi: Sports, 2003. 16. Saggar, S.K., Physical Fitness, New Delhi : Rupa Co., 1994. 17. Sharkey, B.J., Physiology of Fitness, Human Kinetics Book, 1990. 18. Thani, Lokesh, Rules of Games and Games and Fitness, Delhi: Sports, 2003.

170

PAPER NO. – VIII (c) OPTIONAL GROUP-II

SPORT THERAPY

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Meaning, concept and importance of sports therapy 1.2 Trends, ethics and legalities in sports therapy

UNIT-II 2.1 Qualities & qualification of sports therapist 2.2 Role of sports therapist in competitive sports

UNIT-III 3.1 Basic and functional anatomy 3.2 Basic pathology

UNIT-IV 4.1 Sports injuries – causes, classification and complications 4.2 Common treatment methods

Massage Bandaging Strapping Exercise etc

UNIT-V 5.1 Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation:

Therapeutic modalities 5.2 Assessment, priority, planning and management of injuries

REFERENCES Physiotherapy Porter, S.B., Physiotherapy ed. 13th, Oxford, Butterworth, 2006. Sports Medicine

1. Davies, J.E., Essentials of Sports Medicine, New Delhi, 1986. 2. Ellison, A.E. and others, Athletic Training & Sports Medicine, American Academy, 1984. 3. Eriksson, B.O.[et.al.], Sports Medicine, Great Britain: Guiness Pub., 1990. 4. Irvin, R. and others, Sports Medicine, USA : Allyn and Bacon, 1998. 5. Jain, Rachna, Sports Medicine, New Delhi: KSK, 2002. 6. Khanna, G.L & Jayprakash, C.S., Exercise Physiology & Sports Medicine, Lucky, 1990. 7. Khanna, G.L., Exercise Physiology & Sports Medicine, Lucky Enterprises, 1990. 8. Komi, P.V., Encyclopaedia of Sports Medicine, Blackwell, 1992. 9. Pande, P.K., Sports Medicine, ND; Khel Sahitya Kendra, 1998. 10. Pandey, P.K., Outline of Sports Medicine, Delhi: J.P. Brothers, 1987. 11. Prentice, W.E., Therapeutic Modalities in Sports Medicine, Times Mirror, 1990. 12. Renstrom, Encyclopaedia of Sports Medicine, Blackwell, 1993. 13. Roy and Irvin, Sports Medicine, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1983. 14. Shephard and Astrand, Encyclopaedia of Sports Medicine, Blackwell, 1992. 15. Shephard, R.J. & Astrand, P.O., Encyclpedia of Sports Medicine, Blackwell, Sc. Pub., 1992. 16. Shephard, R.J., Yearbook of Sports Medicine, Mosby Yearbook, 1990. 17. Torg, J.S. and others, Current Therapy in Sports Medicine, New Delhi, 1996. 18. Vijay Ed., Handbook of Sports Medicine, Delhi : Friends Pub, 2001.

171

PAPER NO. – VIII (d) OPTIONAL GROUP-II SPORT JOURNALISM

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Meaning, scope and changing trends of journalism in sports 1.2 Role of journalism in sports promotion & vice - versa 1.3 Historical development & role of print and electronic media in sports promotion 1.4 Media, ethics and responsibilities of journalist & editor (social, legal and professional)

UNIT-II WRITING SKILLS FOR MEDIA

2.1 Language – vocabulary, spellings, figure of speech , dialect, grammar, punctuation 2.2 Sports terminators and its use 2.3 Fundamentals of a sports story/ news 2.4 News – types, curtain – raiser, advance follow – up, news – analysis, box news 2.4 Design & make – ups: headings, front reading, layout & page making late stories,

editorial tools, marks & skills

UNIT-III ORGANIZATIONAL AND PRESENTATION SKILLS FOR MEDIA 3.1 Organizational set-up of a news paper- printing, process sequences of operations in the

printing of a news paper/journals. 3.2 Introduction of various sports organization and agencies- Olympic Games, Asian games,

commonwealth games, awards and trophies. 3.3 Write-ups: feature, follow-ups, advance story, curtain raiser, flash back, articles, filters,

editorials, boxes, radio and T.V. commentary anchoring, interviews, group discussions, talk – shows, and reviews in sports

3.4 Development and maintenance of sports / personal library 3.5 Statistics, records and computers in sports

UNIT-IV EXTENDED RELEVANT DIMENSIONS

4.1 Theory and principles of advertising in sports 4.2 Public relations in sports, press release, conferences 4.3 Public Relation Media – advertising, press release, conferences, exhibitions, fairs, street

drama, public speaking, radio, televisions, newspapers, films, posters, pictures, and graphics

4.4 Sports photo feature and writing captions of photos 4.5 Introduction to photo journalism in reference to sports

UNIT-V RESEARCH TRENDS AND FUTURE DIRECTIONS IN SPORTS JOURNALISM

5.1 Process of news paper publishing and management 5.2 Olympics and sports journalism 5.3 Research tools for developing a sports story 5.4 Introduction to various types of information technology 5.6 Satellite communication: use of satellite in radio and T.V. communication for sports information

REFERENCES Journalism

1. Ahuja, B.N., Theory and Practice of Journalism, Delhi : Surjeet, 1988. 2. Aster, J.J., Art of Modern Journalism, Focal Press, 1988. 3. Bromley, M., Journalism, Hodder to ughton, 1994. 4. Kamath, M.V., Professional Journalism, New Delhi, 1980. 5. Parthasarathy, Ranga Swami, Basic Journalism, Macmillan, 1984.

172

PAPER NO. – VIII (e) OPTIONAL GROUP-II

SPORT INDUSTRY AND MARKETING

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION OF SPORTS INDUSTRY AND MARKETING

1.1 Evolution, growth and scope of sports industry and sports marketing

1.2 Structure of sports industry

1.3 Framework of sports marketing

1.4 basic marketing principles

UNIT-II ECONOMICS OF SPORTS INDUSTRY

2.1 Definition, meaning and scope of economics in sports

2.2 Theory of demand and supply in sports industry

2.3 Fiscal problems in sports management

2.4 Major components of sports industry

UNIT-III RESEARCH PROCESSES IN SPORTS MARKETING

3.1 Selection of problem or opportunity

3.2 Research tools for selecting potential market

3.3 Research design type and data collection techniques

3.4 Data analysis and final report.

UNIT-IV PRODUCTION AND MARKETING

4.1 Concept of sports product; new product; life cycle of product

4.2 Pricing concepts and strategies

4.3 distribution concepts and sponsorship programmmes

4.4 Promotion planning; advertising and personal selling

UNIT-V LEGAL IMPLICATIONS

5.1 Constitution and registration of firms

5.2 Consumer rights – guarantee, warrantee, after-sales service and insurance

5.3 Patent, royalty and approval.

5.4 Laws pertaining to sports industry and marketing

REFERENCES

Sport Management 1. Allen, L.A. Management & Organization. Kogakusha Co. Tokyo, 1988. 2. Hert, Renis, New Patterns of Management, McGraw Hill, 1961. 3. Sivia, G.S. Sports Management in Universities, New Delhi: A.I.U. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya

Marg, 1991. 4. Sandhu, K. Sports Dynamics: Psychology, Sociology and Management

173

PAPER NO. – VIII (f) OPTIONAL GROUP-II

SPORTS, PHYSICAL ACTIVITY & NUTRITION UNIT-I SPORT

1.1 Meaning and concept 1.2 Sport for children 1.3 Sport for adults 1.4 Sport for old people 1.5 Sport for women

UNIT-II PHYSICAL ACTIVITY

2.1 Meaning, definition and concepts 2.2 Benefits of physical activity at different growth stages 2.3 Classification/types of physical activity 2.4 Active (healthy) life style 2.5 Steps in exercise prescription

UNIT-III BENEFITS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY IN PREVENTION & CURE OF DISEASES

3.1 Hypokinetic disease and sedentary life style 3.2 Benefits of Physical activity in hypertension 3.3 Benefits of physical activity in diabetes 3.4 Benefits of physical activity in coronary artery diseases 3.5 Benefits of physical activity in obesity

UNIT-IV NUTRITION

4.1 Definition, meaning and importance 4.2 Components of good nutrition & healthy eating habit 4.3 Junk food and fast food, vegetarian/non vegetarian diet 4.4 Sports nutrition and food hygiene 4.5 Caloric value of different foods

UNIT-V WEIGHT MANAGEMENT

5.1 Definition and meaning of normal weight 5.2 Definition and meaning causes of under - weight and over – weight and their draw

backs 5.3 Role of exercise in weight management 5.4 Role of physical activity weight – management 5.5 Weight - management - other methods

PRACTICALS 1. Exercise Prescription for the following age groups

i. Under 5 years ii. 5-10 years iii. Preadolescent iv. Adult v. Old age

2. Exercise prescription for females 3. Diet prescription for various age groups 4. Diet prescription for various disease groups 5. Calorie consumption in various activities

174

REFERENCES Nutrition

1. Driskell, J.A, Sport Nutrition, New York : Crc Press, 2000. 2. Eberle, S.G., Endurance Sports Nutrition ed 2nd, U.S. Human Kinetics, 2007. 3. Edu. Planning Group Delhi, Food and Nutrition, ND: Arya Pub. House, 1989. 4. Guidelines for Training Community Health Workers in Nutrition, World Health Organization, 1986. 5. Gupta, K. etc., Food and Nutrition ed 5th., N.D. J.P. Broth., 2000. 6. Gupta, K., Food and Nutrition, ND: Jaypee, 1992. 7. Gupta, Kusum, Food and Nutrition, Jay. Brothers, 1986. 8. Hegarty, V., Decisions in Nutrition, Louis: Times Mirror, 1988. 9. Katch, F.L., Sport, Health and Nutrition, Human Kinetics, 1986. 10. Morrissey, B.G., Therapeutic Nutrition, I.B. Lippincott Co. : London, 1984. 11. Null, Gray, The Complete Guide to Health & Nutrition, Trlington Books, 1984. 12. Reddy, R.S., Teaching Health and Nutrition, ND : Commin Pub., 1997. 13. Reema, B.H., Fitness, Health and Nutrition, New Delhi: K.S.K., 2003. 14. Suitor, C.J & Crowley, Nutrition, London : J.B. Co., 1984. 15. Vuaya Kakshmi, Sports Nutrition, New Delhi Friends, 2007. 16. W.H.O, Guideline in Nutrition, Geneva : WHO, 1986. 17. Wardlaw, G. [et.al.], Contemporary Nutrition, London: Mosby, 1994.

175

PAPER NO. – IX

DISSERTATION/PROJECT WORK/LONG ESSAY

176

PAPER NO. – X MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

UNIT - I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Concept of test, measurement, evaluation and selection (sports selection) 1.2 Inter-relationship between test, measurement and evaluation. 1.3 Principle, need & importance 1.4 Scope of test, measurement and evaluation.

UNIT - II TEST

2.1 Classification Physical / psychomotor aptitude Standardized/ teacher made (objective/ subjective)

2.2 Construction

Criteria for test selection (reliability, validity, objectivity, feasibility and precision)

Norms and standards (differentiating and setting) 2.3 Administration

Administrative protocols (administrative guidelines) Preparation of reports (construction of tables, groups & reporting)

UNIT – III MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUE : (Understanding concepts of) 3.1 PHYSICAL : Measurement of size, shape, and body composition

3.2 PSYCHOMOTOR : Fitness ( physical performance) Physiological (pulse rate, blood pressure, vital capacity, VO2 max. Motor fitness (power, agility, balance, speed, reaction time, co-

ordination) Motor ability Sports skill (basketball, volleyball, hockey, football and badminton)

3.3 APTITUDE :Individuals attitude , ability, behavior and educability

UNIT - IV EVALUATION 4.1 BASIC MODEL. 4.2 TYPES

Subjective & objective evaluation Internal & external evaluation Summative and formative evaluation Norm based and criteria based

UNIT V SPORTS TALENT AND TEAM SELECTION

5.1 Concept of talent selection and counseling. 5.2 Basis of talent selection

general fitness (test batteries *) specific fitness ( related to particular sports) sports skills

• Basketball • Volleyball • Hockey • Football • Badminton

* AAPHER, INDIANA, JCR, BARROW

177

PRACTICALS

1. Anthropometric measurement 2. Somatotyping, somatocharts & indices 3. Practical measurement of

Pulse rate Blood pressure Vital capacity Vo2 max

4. Skill test

Basketball (Johnson basketball ability test) Volleyball (Braddy volleyball test and Russel & long volleyball test) Hockey (French hockey test, Friedal hockey test) Football (mc Donald soccer test Badminton (Lockhart & mc Phearson badminton skill, miller wall volley test)

5. CONSTRUCTION OF NEW TEST

Skill test Knowledge test Psychomotor test

(Joint venture of group- 5 students per group)

REFERENCES

Measurement & Evaluation

1. Lacy, A.C. and Douglas N. Hastad, Mesurement & Evaluation in Physical Education and Exercise Science, 2003.

2. Cohen, R.J. and M.E. Swerdhik, Psychological Testing and Assessment : An Introduction to Tests and Measurement, 1999.

3. Kansal, D.K. Text Book of Test, Measurement, Evaluation and sports selection for All sports and spiritual sciences Publication, New Delhi, 2008.

4. Tritschler, K.a, Barrow & McGee’s, practical Measurement and assessment, 2000.

178

PAPER NO. – IV (iv) Module-IV

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION - EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY

UNIT-1 ASSESSING ADULT FITNESS AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY

1.1 Measuring Health-Related Physical Activity (a) Measuring Aerobic Capacity:

Laboratory methods- maximal exercise (VO2 max), Exercise testing submaximal (estimating Vo2 max)

Field methods- distance runs, step tests, Rockport 1-mile walk test Prediction of Vo2 max with equations Vo2 max

(b) Measuring muscular strength and endurance Lab methods- computerized dynamometers Field methods- upper and lower body strength and endurance

o Bench press, Canadian standardized test. o Test of fitness- push ups, YMCA 1 minute o Timed sit-up test

1.2 Testing for older population

• Assessment of lower body strength • Upper body strength • Aerobic endurance • Alternate test to assess aerobic endurance • Flexibility of different joints. • Physical mobility

UNIT-2 ASSESSMENT OF FITNESS IN PHYSICALLY CHALLENGED SUBJECTS

(ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION)

2.1 Exercise and Fitness for physically challenged subjects. • Categories of physically challenged subjects. • Exercise and fitness review in physically challenged subjects.

2.2 Fitness Assessment in Disabled • Anaerobic capacity and power • Aerobic capacity • Electrocardio graphic response to exercise • Muscular strength/endurance • Flexibility • Body composition • Appropriate fitness assessment: disability conditions, protocol selection

specificity. UNIT-3 PHYSIOLOGICAL TESTS FOR ELITE ATHLETES IN LAB & FIELD.

3.1 General Assessment Procedures: • Anthropometric assessment protocols • Measuring flexibility for performance and injury prevention. • Determination of maximal oxygen consumption. • Blood lactate response to exercise • ECG placement and monitor operations

3. 2 Protocols for Physiological Assessment of Players of Specific Sports

• Lab and field environment and subject preparation • Equipment checklist • Protocols • Test administration • Data recording forms

179

UNIT-4 CALCULATIONS OF CARDIOVASCULAR DYNAMICS AND METABOLIC EQUIVALENT

4.1 Major Concepts in Calculations of Cardiovascular Dynamics • The fick equation: determining cardiac out put • Absolute and relative Vo2 • a - Vo2 diff • Double product • Mean arterial pressure

4.2 Basel Energy Expenditure:

• Measuring energy expenditure at basal condition. • Converting METS to Kcal • Determining appropriate exercise intensity • Karronen formula.

UNIT-5 CALCULATING ENERGY COST OF ACTIVITY

5.1 Energy Cost • Energy Cost of Level Walking • Energy cost of uphill walking. • Energy cost of running

5.2 Energy cost for submaximal exercise testing and related math

• Stepping • Cycling. • Swimming

PRACTICAL: 1. Anthropometric assessments 2. blood lactate response to exercise :assessment 3. ECG placement and monitor operations 4. Physiological assessment of players of various sports. 5. measuring aerobic capacity (lab/field) 6. Measuring muscular strength/endurance. (lab/field) 7. Measurement of energy cost of walking, running, cycling & jogging.

REFERENCES

1. Acevedo, Edmund O, Starks, Michael, A. Exercise Testing and Prescription Manual. Human Kinetics 2003.

2. Gore, Christopher John. Physiological Tests for Elite Athlete. Australian Sports Lommission. Human Kinetics.2000.

3. Morrow, James R. Jackson, Allen W, Disch, James G., Mood, Dale P. Measurement and Evaluation in Human performance. 2nded. Human kinetics 2000.

180

PAPER NO. – IV (iv) Module-IV

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION -SPORTBIOMECHANICS UNIT - I 1. Kinetics (Set- Iii)

Mechanical Energy, Work, and Efficiency i) Definitions And Standard Units ii) Limitations iii) Purpose For Measuring iv) Potential Uses For Measurement Of Movement Patterns v) Relevance vi) Work-Energy Applications To Sport vii) Testing Procedures viii) The Problem Of The Concept And Calculation Of Mechanical Efficiency of Athletic

Performance ix) Interpretation Of Test Results

2: Neuromuscular Considerations Definition and Explanation of the Parameter

i) Reaction Time ii) Fiber Type

- Purpose For Measuring The Different Neuromuscular Parameters and Their Relevance

- Testing Procedure - Interpretation Of Results

UNIT - II 3: Recommended Procedures (Set- I)

Cinematography and Computerized Video Analysis i) 2-D Cinematography And Computerized Video Analysis ii) 3-D Cinematography (Equipment Specifications, Calibration And Expected

Reliability, Other Considerations) iii) Single – Plate Techniques (Equipment Specifications, Calibration Procedures And

Expected Reliability, Other Consideration) iv) Optoelectric Movement Monitoring System (Equipment Specifications, Calibration

Procedures And Expected Reliability) v) Television Systems (Calibration Procedures And Expected Reliability)

Sampling Rate and Data Smoothing

i) Sampling Rate ii) Data Smoothing

4: Recommended Procedures (Set- Ii)

Direct Measurement Techniques i) Acclerometry (Equipment Specifications, Calibration Procedures And Expected

Reliability) ii) Eletrogoniometery And Potentiometry (Equipment Specifications, Calibration

Procedures and Expected Reliability, Other Consideration) Physical Properties of the Limbs and the Total Body Muscular Forces and Moments and Joint Reaction Forces

- Calibration Procedures Expected Reliability UNIT III 5. Recommended Procedures (Set- Iii)

Force and Procedure Transducers i) Transducers (Equipment Specifications, Calibration Procedures And Expected

Reliability Of Static Performance, Dynamic Performance Characteristics, Other Consideration)

ii) Force Platforms (Design, Basic Consideration In Design And Utilization, Calibration Procedures And Expected Reliability)

iii) Pressure Platforms (Calibration Procedures And Expected Reliability)

181

6. Impulses and Momentum

i) Linear Impulses ii) Angular Impulses iii) Airborne Activities (Equipment Specifications, Calibration Procedures And

Expected Reliability) iv) Body Segment And Total Body Energies And Mechanical Work Output (Equipment

Specifications) v) Inter Segmental Power Analysis (Equipment Specifications, Calibration

Procedures) UNIT - IV

7. Recommended Procedures (Set- Iii) Neuromuscular Measurement (Emg) - Units, Terms And Standards In Reporting Emg Research.

8. An Introduction to Iso-Kinetic Measurements and Its Application. UNIT – V 9. An Introduction to Measurement and Applications to Gait Analysis 10(A). Modern Trends and Development of Biomechanical Instrumentation and

Measurements. 10(B). Policy Statement Regarding The Use Of Human Subjects And Informed

Concent.

PRACTICALS 1. Preparation of A Biomechanical Research Proposal. 2. A Project on Biomechanical Research or Measurements or Normative Reference on A Given

Topic.

REFERENCES 1. Gowitzke, B.A. and Milner, M. (1988). Scientific Bases of Human Movement. (3rd. ed.) Baltimore:

Williams and Wilkins. 2. Grimshaw, Paul., Lees, Adrian., Flower, Neil.,&Burden, Adrian. Sports and Exercise

Biomechanics.Taylor & Francis. 3. Groves, R and Camaine, D. (1983). Concepts in Kinesiology. (2nd. ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders

College Publishing. 4. Hall, Susan J. Basic Biomechanics. Mosby Year Book 5. Hay, J. (1978). The biomechanics of sport techniques. (2nd. ed.). Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-

Hall. 6. Hay, J. & Reid, J. (1982). The Anatomical and Mechanical Bases of Human Motion. Englewood

Cliffs: Prentice-Hall. 7. Luttegens, Kathryn., Deutsch, Helga., Hamilton, Nancy. Kinesiology-Scientific 8. Basis of Human Motion. 8th ed, Brown & Bench mark. 9. Nordin, M. & Frankel, V. (1990). Basic Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, Philadelphia:

Lea & Febiger. 10. Northrip, J., Logan, G. & McKinney, W. (1983). Analysis of Sport Motion. (3rd. ed). Dubuque:

William C. Brown. 11. Rasch, P. (1989). Kinesiology and Applied Anatomy. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger. 12. Thompson, C. (1985). Manual of Structural Kinesiology. (10th ed.). St. Louis: Times Mirror/

Mosby College Publishing.

182

PAPER NO. – IV (iv) Module-IV

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – EXERCISE AND SPORT PSYCHOLOGY

PSYCHOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES FOR PERFORMANCE - ENHANCEMENT UNIT-I PSYCHING-UP STRATEGIES

1.1 Concept of “psyching up” “psyching on” and “psyching down “ 1.2 Selected psyching strategies 1.3 Goal - setting, pep talk, bulletin board, fan support, self activation pre- competition 1.4 Work out

UNIT-II COMPONENTS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL PREPARATION

2.1 Relaxation techniques 2.2 Activation technique 2.3 Short - term psychological training 2.4 Placebo effect 2.5 Psychological skill training 2.6 Meditation –yogic and Zen

UNIT-III COGNITIVE TRAINING

3.1 Visualization 3.2 Imagery 3.3 Strategies to improve, and concentration attention (association. v/s distraction

strategies) UNIT-IV IMPROVING LEVEL OF MOTIVATION

4.1 Sports attributions - interest and aptitude 4.2 Developing self confidence 4.3 Attitudinal training

UNIT-V HANDLING STRESS ANXEITY & AROUSAL

5.1 Relationship among stress, an anxiety and arousal 5.2 Management of aggression, cognitive, affective stress management strategies 5.3 Stress inoculation training 5.4 Arousal control

REFERENCES Psychology

1. Aggarwal, J.C., Basic Ideas in Educational Psychology, Delhi: Sipra, 2003. 2. Bhatia, Hans Raj, Test Book of Educational Psychology, Delhi: Macmillan, 2003. 3. Cashmore, Ellis, Key Concepts in Sport Psychology, London, Routledge, 2004. 4. Cox, R. H., Sport Psychology Ed 5 Th., London, Mcgraw Hill, 2002. 5. Dewey, John, Psychology, New Delhi: K.S.K., 2003. 6. Jain, D., Introduction to Psychology, New Delhi: K.S.K., 2003. 7. Jain, Piyush and Tomar, C.S., History, Foundation of Physical Education and Educational

Psychology, New Delhi, Friends, 2006. 8. Kamlesh, M.L, Educational Sport Psychology, New Delhi, Friends Pub., 2006. 9. Kamlesh, M.L., Key Ideas in Sport Psychology, New Delhi, Friends Pub., 2007.

Kutty, S.K., Foundations of Sports & Exercise Psychology, New Delhi: Sports, 2004. 10. Levinthal, Charles F., Introduction to Physiological Psychology, N.D. Prentice Hall, 2005. 11. Seashore, C.E., Elementary Experiments in Psychology, ND: Sports Pub., 2001. 12. Shaw, D., an Encyclopedia of Test and Measurement in Sports Exercise Psychology, New Delhi,

2001. 13. Woodworth, R.S., Basic Facts in Psychology, ND: Sports Pub., 2001.

183

PAPER NO. – IV (iv) Module-IV SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION

PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION & CURRICULUM DESIGN CURRICULUM DESIGNING UNIT-I CURRICULUM DOMAINS

1.1 Various models of Curriculum 1.2 Psychosocial foundation of curriculum 1.3 Curriculum innovations

UNIT-II THEORY OF CURRICULUM IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

2.1 Theoretical perspective 2.2 Sources, conceptual framework, study models 2.3 Selection of curriculum experiences

UNIT-III PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT

3.1 Curriculum development • Active curriculum framework • Skill development concerns • Sex integrated program plans • Urban and rural programs • Cultural considerations in Curriculum Development

3.2 Concerns in curriculum implementation. UNIT-IV CURRICULUM IN NATIONAL PERSPECTIVE

4.1 Comparative study of school curricula-CBSE, NCERT 4.2 Higher education curriculum

UNIT-V PHYSICAL EDUCATION AS AN EXAMINATION SUBJECT

5.1 Need and importance of assessment and evaluation 5.2 Evaluation techniques in physical education 5.3 Criterion and non criterion based evaluation

(Assignments, observations, projects, quiz competitions, group discussions, presentations, skill, prowess, and game performance)

PRACTICAL 1. Developing a curriculum plan with specific reference to various segments of population 2. Content analysis/critical analysis of any curriculum

REFERENCES 1. Gupta Rakesh, Sharma Akhilesh, and Sharma Santosh, Professional Preparation and

Curriculum Design in Physical Education & sports Sciences, New Delhi, Friends, 2004 2. Krik David, Physical Education and Curriculum Study, Kent, Croom Helm, 1988 3. Hoover. Kenneth H., The Professional Teacher’s Handbook, Boston, Allyn and Bacoon, 1972 4. Sandhu Kiran, Professional Preparation and Career Development in Physical Education, New

Delhi, Friends, 2004 5. Wessel Janet A, and Kelly Luke, Achievement-Based Curriculum Development in Physical

Education, Philadepia, Lea and Febiger, 1986 6. Zeigler E.F, Professional and Scholarly Foundation of Physical Education and Kinesiology,

Sports Educational Technologies, 2007 7. Sandhu Kiran, Trends and Development in Professional Preparation in Physical Education,

New Delhi, Friends Publication, 2006 8. Adams William C. Foundation of Physical Education Exercise and Sports Sciences,

Philadepia, 1991.

184

PAPER NO. – IV (iv) Module-IV

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – SPORT SOCIOLOGY UNIT-I SPORT AND RELIGION 1.1 Definition and concept of religion

1.2 Similarities and differences between religion and sports as a social phenomenon 1.3 Challenges in combining sports and religion 1.4 Role of religion in sports development

UNIT-II SPORT AND RESEARCH METHODS 2.1 Methods in sports sociology (field work), and survey

2.2 Check list and participant observation 2.3 Interview - structured and non- structured 2.4 Content analysis of historical evidence 2.5 Theme - identification in qualitative research

UNIT-III SPORT AND COMMUNICATION 3.1 Concept and theories of mass communication

3.1 Television and sport 3.2 Impact of media on sports and vice versa 3.3 Role of media in making and breaking images in sport 3.4 Ethics of sport journalism

UNIT-IV SPORT AND COMMERCIALIZATION, GLOBALIZATION PROCESS 4.1 Emergence and growth of commercial sport

4.2 Impact of commercialization and changes in sport 4.3 Globalization discourse and sport 4.4 National identity and competitive sport 4.5 Club culture and its impact on sport development

UNIT-V SPORT AND FUTURE 5.1 Ideological issues in sport 5.2 Visualization of major sport forms in the future

5.3 Changing trends and forecasts in the growth of sports 5.4 National sports policy – Challenging and constraints

PRACTICAL AND ASSIGNMENT:

1. Student alienation scale, superstition scale 2. Write a paper on a comparative analysis of selected religions contributing to sport by using

Weber’s approach 3. Make a comparison of newspaper coverage of six sports, (three individual and three team

sport) evaluate the impact of coverage on the popularity of each sport 4. Analyze new trends in social research specifically in relation to qualitative and quantitative

techniques at international level and compare with research work in India

REFERENCES Sociology

1. Bhusan, V. and Sachdeva, An Introduction to Sociology, Delhi: Kitab, 2003. 2. IGNOU, The Study of Society - Understanding Sociology, Delhi - IGNOU, 2007. 3. Inkeles, A. Ed., What Is Sociology, ND : Prentice Hall, 1997. 4. Jain, Rachna, Sports Sociology, New Delhi: KSK, 2005. 5. Kanwal Jeet, S., Sport Sociology, ND : Friends Pub., 2000. 6. Mitchell, G.D. Ed., Dictionary of Sociology, U.K : Routledge, 1999. 7. Sharma, R. N, Urban Sociology, ND : Surjeet Pub., 1993. 8. Singh, Bhupinder, Sports Sociology, New Delhi : Friends, 2004. 9. Turner, B., Cambridge Dictionary of Sociology, U.K., Cambridge, U.N. Press., 2006.

185

PAPER NO. – IV (iv) Module-IV

SUBJECT SPECIALIZATION – SPORT MANAGEMENT

ORGANIZATION OF SPORTS EVENTS AND ALLIED SERVICES UNIT-I INTRODUCTION

1.1 Meaning and concept of sports events management

1.2 Type of sports events

1.3 Allied services

1.4 Organizational structure of sports event. UNIT-II FACILITIES MANAGEMENT

2.1 Need of facilities for promotion of sports and fitness

2.2 Type of facilities

2.3 Development and maintenance of facilities

2.4 Insurance UNIT-III VOLUNTARISM

3.1 Meaning and concept of voluntarism in sports

3.2 Types of volunteers

3.3 Training and maintenance of volunteers

3.4 Incentives – duties and responsibilities UNIT-IV OFFICE MAINTENANCE AND SUPERVISION

4.1 Meaning and concept of office management

4.2 Meaning, concept and need of supervision

4.3 Function of office

4.4 Official correspondence UNIT-V EVENT AND SERVICES MANAGEMENT

5.1 Identification of events/ services

5.2 Bidding process

5.3 Preparation of conduct of events/providing services

5.4 Protocol, ceremonies and schedule

REFERENCES

Sport Management 1. Allen, L.A. Management & Organization. Kogakusha Co. Tokyo, 1988. 2. Hert, Renis, New Patterns of Management, McGraw Hill, 1961. 3. Sivia, G.S. Sports Management in Universities, New Delhi: A.I.U. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya

Marg, 1991. 4. Sandhu, K. Sports Dynamics: Psychology, Sociology and Management

186

ADD-ON COURSES

S. No.

Title of the Paper

1. Sports Nutrition and Exercise Prescription / Advance Fitness Assessment & Exercise Prescription

2. Sports Field Technology

3. Gymnasium Operations

4. Computer Applications in Physical Education & Sports

5. Life Saving Skills & Disaster Management

6. Adventure Sports Leadership Training

7. Sports and Community Volunteer Leadership

8. Sports for All

9. Physical Education for All

10. Study of Olympics

187

Add-on 1 : SNEP SPORTS NUTRITION AND EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION

COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course emphasis on the scientific evidence of strong link of good nutrition to overall health and well being of the sedentary and athletic population. It shall take the students progressively through each phase of exercise testing and prescription for health and fitness. COURSE OBJECTIVES:

1. To establish the relationship of nutrition to health and well being. 2. To describe the fundamentals of Nutrient functions in the human body 3. Learn to make a comprehensive nutrient analysis 4. To focus on aspects of Nutrition for Athletes and other population 5. To define exercise guidelines that clarifies the safest, most effective and most efficient manner for

exercise participation 6. Practical application of the knowledge and skills during exercise testing and prescription

UNIT-1 FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION APPLICATIONS IN WELLNESS

1.1 Nutrition: Relationship to Health and Well Being: • The essential nutrient and their function in the human body • Food guide pyramid • Energy mechanisms • Balancing the diet

1.2 Evaluation of the Diet: • Nutrient analysis • Achieving a balance diet • Estimating caloric needs • Nutrient supplementation guidelines • Special nutrient needs of women • Guidelines for proper hydration • Dietary guidelines • Exercise and balance diet strategy for reducing obesity

1.3 Sport Nutrition and Performance: • Nutrition in sport • Protein intake for athlete • Carbohydrate loading • Ergogenic aid: nutrition and pharmacological agents • Focus on creative supplementation • Female athlete traid

UNIT-2 FUNDAMENTALS OF EXERCISING TESTING AND PRESCRIPTION 2.1 Pretest Responsibilities:

• Orientation to tab instruments • Procedures • Responsibilities • General laboratory instruction • Calibration of lab instruments • Risk factor evaluation • Medical history and evaluation • Informed consent

2.2 Guidelines for Fitness Testing • Purpose for fitness testing • Pretesting situation: administration guidelines • Testing and post testing situation: administrative guidelines • Health appraisal flow chart • Readiness K exercise PAR-Q • Cardiorespiratory fitness Assessment: administration suggestion • Selection of cardiorespiratory fitness test: administration guidelines • Protocol guidelines • Exercise guidelines for special population • The expectant mother

188

• The aged • The childrens • People with health disorders

UNIT-3 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH FITNESS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUES: 3.1 Orientation to Basis Measurement Technique

Assessment of health rate Assessment of blood Pressure Body composition assessment

3.2 Health Fitness Assessment Techniques • Submaximal exercise protected • Assessment of body fat • Evaluation of muscular strength and endurance • ECG Placement and monitor operations • Energy cost of uphill walking • Energy cost of running • Metabolic calculation

UNIT-4 EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION PRINCIPLES 4.1 Principles of Exercise Prescription for Health Fitness

• Principles of Cardiorespiratory Exercise Prescription • Principles of Muscular Flexibility Prescription • Principles of Strength Training

4.2 Exercise Stages for Prescription Progression • Initial conditioning Stage • Improvement stage • Maintenance Stage

4.3 Assessing Goals and Commitment to Exercise • Assessment of health related fitness • Behaviour modification (developing an exercise Prescription to achieve

goal) • Monitoring behaviour • Periodic Re-evaluation of health related fitness • Modification of behaviour • Continual Monitoring of behaviour

UNIT-5 PRACTICAL IMPLEMENTATIONS IN EXERCISE TESTING G AND EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION 5.1 Assessment of the below given parameters in various population

Heart rate Blood pressure Skin fold measure Girth measure and other lab techniques

5.2 Evaluation of health related fitness components (Lab/field) 5.3 ECG placement and monitor operations during rest exercise 5.4 Personal fitness programming 5.5 The exercise log 5.6 Muscular strength and endurance periodization training 5.7 Personalized cardiorepiratory prescription 5.8 Metabolic calculation 5.9 Estimating caloric needs on day to day basis 5.10 Calculating exercise heart rate range 5.11 Preparation of an exercise programme of varied population with different goals

REFERENCES

1. Steven, N. Blair. ACSM Fitness Book Human Kinetics 2003 2. Acevedo, Edmund O and Starks, Michael A. Exercising Testing and Prescription Lab Manual Human

Kinetics 2003 3. Howley, Edward T. , Franks, Don B. Health Fitness Instructor’s Handbook Yed Human Kinetics2003 4. Hoeger, Werner W.K, Hoeger, Sharon A. Principles and labs for Fitness and Well Ness (7 Ed) Wads worth

Thompson 2004

189

5. Ann-F cowlin. Women’s Fitness Programme Development Human Kinetics 2002 6. Vivian H. Heyward. Advanced Fitness Assessment Exercise Prescription (2ed) Human Kinetics 1991

190

Add-on 1: AFAEP

ADDVANCE FITNESS ASSESSMENT AND EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is updated on the latest standards, guidelines and research, allowing the students to explore the fundamentals, research findings and current issues in he field of exercise testing and prescription for total fitness. Updates on assessing the health related fitness components, applying principles and guidelines for harming diverse populations, and preventing various health disorders. COURSE OBJECTIVES:

1. To understand role of physical activity in the quality of life. 2. To follow practical guidelines for screening, test supervision. 3. To modifying activity for diverse population. 4. To write and implement appropriate fitness exercise prescription. 5. To define exercise guidelines that clarifies the safest, most effective and most efficient manner

for exercise participation.

UNIT-1

UNIT-1 PHYSICAL ACTIVITY, FITNESS, HEALTH AND CHRONIC DISEASE 1.1 Physical activity and Health: An Overview

• Connections between physical activity and health. • What we know about physical activity, fitness and health • Chronic disease: an overview • Cardiovascular disease, hyper cholestremia & dyslipidemia, • Diabetes mellitus, metabolic syndrome. • Musculo skeletal disorder, obesity and overweight.

2.2 Prevention of Premature Health Problems and role of Physical Activity Prevention of premature health problems Allocation of resources to boost physical activity Components of physical fitness Behavior supporting fitness and health

UNIT-2 FUNDAMENTALS OF EXERCISEING TESTING AND PRESCRIPTION 2.1 Pretest responsibilities:

Orientation to laboratory instruments Procedures Responsibilities Calibration of lab instruments Risk factor evaluation Medical history Informed consent

2.2 Guidelines for fitness testing and exercise prescription Purpose of fitness testing Administrative guidelines: pretest, test and post test situation Health appraisal flow chart Physical Activity Readiness questionnaire (PAR-Q) Administrative suggestions for cardiorespiratory fitness assessment Administrative guidelines: selection of cardiorespiratory fitness test Protocol guidelines Exercise guidelines for diversified population (The expectant mother, the older Adult, The children, people with health Disorder)

UNIT-3 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH AND FITNESS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUES

191

3.1 Orientation to basic measurement technique Assessment of heart rate, blood pressure, anthropometric measures, body Composition, ECG placement and monitor operation.

3.2 Health Related fitness assessment Assessment of cardiorespiratory fitness (Lab and Field) Submaximal exercise protocol Body composition assessment Evaluation of muscular strength and endurance (Lab/Field) Evaluation of flexibility (Lab/Field)

UNIT-4 PRINCIPLE OF EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION

4.1 Principles of exercise prescription for health & fitness

Principles of cardiorespiratory exercise prescription Principles of strength training Principles of muscular flexibility prescription

4.2 Progression through exercise prescription: Guidelines for progressing through three stages of exercise programme: Initial conditioning stage Improvement stage Maintenance stage

4.3 Assessing goals and commitment to exercise Health related fitness assessment Behavior modification (developing an exercise prescription to achieve goal) Monitoring behavior Periodic reevaluation of health related fitness Modification of behavior Continual monitoring of behavior

UNIT-5 EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION FOR HEALTH AND FITNESS

5.1 Exercise prescription for health related fitness Cardiorespiratory fitness: prescribing exercise, monitoring Exercise intensity, short term and long term response to exercise, program Selection, exercise recommendation for the unlisted masses and fit

population..

NOTE: While prescribing as well as assessing fitness prior to work/ exercise, medical clearance should be taken for each individual. As far as possible the entire exercise should be carried out under the supervision of qualified registered medical practitioner.

192

Add-on 2: SFT

SPORTS FIELD TECHNOLOGY

193

Add-on 3 : GO

GYMNASIUM-OPERATIONS UNIT-I NUTRITION AND WEIGHT MANAGEMENT

1.1 Concept of nutrition and health, balanced diet, dietary aids and gimmicks 1.2 Energy and activity, calculating calorie intake and expenditure 1.3 Obesity, anorexia and related health problems – measurements and management 1.4 Weight management programmes

UNIT-II AEROBIC FITNESS

2.1 Understanding of various forms of aerobics- floor aerobics, step – aerobics, weight Aerobics and aqua aerobics 2.2 Training effects of aerobic fitness on various physiological systems namely skeletal Muscular, circulatory and respiratory 2.3 Improvement of aerobic fitness 2.4 Aerobic fitness programme

UNIT-III GYM-OPERATION

3.1 Location and Establishment of gym (Publicity, policy, reception, information, Registration, offer of programmes), Procurement, placement & maintenance of gym

Equipments 3.2 Marketing, clientage, Enrolments, record keeping, social activities, Public Relations, Individualized/group grooming programme, basic concepts of financial management 3.3 Gym-instructor – qualification, qualities, pay-roll, Performance – evaluation, grooming and presentation 3.4 Introduction to different exercise equipment 3.5 Gym management – Costing, Balance sheet, Promotional plans

UNIT-IV EVALUATION

4.1 Measurement of Weight and Height, Calculating BMI (Body Mass Index ) 4.2 Measurement of Fitness Components – Flexibility (Sit and Reach Test, Hip Bend and Toe Touch) Strength (Sit-Ups, Leg-Raise for Minimal Strength) Cardiovascular Endurance (One-mile run, Physical Efficiency test, Harvard step test) 4.3 Self- evaluation –Personal Health and Well-being

UNIT-V EXERCISE SCHEDULES

5.1 Exercise schedules – Aerobics, Fitness and Weight Management 5.2 Yoga( Any Five Asanas)

PRACTICALS

1. Calculating BMI 2. Flexibility Test (Sit and reach test, hip bend and toe touch) 3. Strength Test (Bend knee sit ups, leg raise for minimal strength) 4. Cardiovascular endurance test (Harvard step test, cooper 12/9 min. run) 5. Self evaluation- (Personal health and well being) 6. Any five asanas 7. Aerobic schedule 8. Weight management

194

Add-on 4 : CAPES

COMPUTER APPLICATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORTS

UNIT-1 - General Introduction to Computer Hardware and Software - Introduction to Printer, Scanner, Pen Drive, External Hard Disk - Introduction to Operating System - M S Word (Limited Function) - Application to Physical Education and Sports

UNIT-2

- Excel and Access - Creating File - Short Listing - Different Applications (Limited) - Data Base Management - Statistical Applications

UNIT-3

- Power Point (General Introduction) - Preparation of Slides/Presentation/Different Application - Animation

UNIT-4

- General Introduction to Multimedia - Abode Photoshop and Studio (Basic) - Abode Premier (Basic Introduction) - Animation (Basic Introduction) - Pinacle (Basic Introduction)

UNIT-5

- General Introduction to Information Technology - Construction of web page (any One) - E-Mail (Construction, operating etc.) - Web Search - Computer Based Physical Education and Sports Management - Computer Aided Analysis

195

Add-on 5 : LSSDM

LIFE SAVING SKILL & DISASTER MANAGEMENT UNIT-I LIFE SAVING SKILL

1.1 Meaning and concept of life saving skill 1.2 Need and importance of life saving skill

UNIT-II DISASTER MANAGEMENT

2.1 Meaning and concept of disaster management 2.2 Need and importance of disaster management

UNIT-III CLASSIFICATION OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT

3.1 Natural Disaster Earth quack Flood Drought Cyclone Tsunami Landslide Avalanche Heat wave Cold wave Fire Coastal and sea erosion Biological disaster endemic epidemic disaster

3.2 Men made disaster

War Terrorist attack Radio active hazard

UNIT-IV SAFETY MEASURE & FIRST-AID

4.1 Meaning and concept of safety measure & first-aid 4.2 Prevention of disasters UNIT-V DISASTER MANAGEMENT

5.1 Steps of disaster management 5.2 Various act and agencies in disaster management

Disaster management act Local emergency management agency Role of voluntary/NGO agency National disaster management agency Dos and don’t and during disaster

196

Add-on 6 : ASLT

ADVENTURE SPORTS LEADERSHIP TRAINING UNIT-I UNDERSTANDING ADVENTURE SPORTS

1.1 Meaning, aim and objectives of adventure sports 1.2 Adventure sports as a value concept 1.3 Range of adventure sports 1.4 Types of activities

UNIT-II ORGANIZATION

2.1 Plans and facilities 2.2 Material requirement 2.3 Organization of adventure sports as leadership, recreational and competition

activities 2.4 Insurance, travels, safety and health

UNIT-III LEADERSHIP

3.1 Meaning and responsibilities 3.2 Identification and use of resources 3.3 Problem solving as a process decision making and leadership 3.4 Group norms-Team building, Sharing & Caring, Personality development

UNIT-IV EVALUATION

4.1 Why and what to evaluate 4.2 Programmes, facilities, volunteers and organizations

UNIT-V PRACTICAL

5.1 Developing departmental paper 5.2 Rock climbing, cycling, nature exploration, rescue operations-Tents pitching,

knots and ladders etc., Campfire/Recreational programs

REFERENCES

1. Sport Leadership Course created by the Olympic Solidarity Program of the International Olympic Committee to assist sport administrators, 1999.

2. Sport Administration Manual Lausanne, Switzerland, IOC, 2000. 3. Young Leader Teacher Resource Material, Published by Youth Sport Trust and Sport England,

U. K. 2007.

197

Add-on 7 : SCVL

SPORT AND COMMUNITY VOLUNTEER LEADERSHIP

UNIT-I UNDERSTANDING “VOLUNTEERISM”

1.1 Meaning, need and responsibilities

1.2 Selection, training, rostering, role specific training, uniform communication

1.3 Commitment of volunteers to self, teams, community and venue

UNIT-II STRUCTURE OF WORK FORCE, ROLES AND DEPLOYMENT

2.1 Volunteers as managers and in different capacities

2.2 Attributes of volunteers

2.3 Preparing to be a volunteer

2.4 Areas of placement

UNIT-III CODE OF CONDUCT AND CUSTOMER CARE DURING THE GAME

3.1 Ethical practices

3.2 Under the venue and location of volunteering

3.3 Customer care and customer friendly service, plans and provisions

3.4 Dealing with unusual situations

UNIT-IV SAFETY AND COMMUNICATION

4.1 Safety for all

4.2 First aid

4.3 Disaster management

4.4 Communication

UNIT-V PRACTICAL

5.1 Developing departmental paper

5.2 Volunteer assignment on field in schools and colleges community

REFERENCES

1. Sport Leadership Course created by the Olympic Solidarity Program of the International Olympic Committee to assist sport administrators, 1999.

2. Sport Administration Manual Lausanne, Switzerland, IOC, 2000. 3. Young Leader Teacher Resource Material, Published by Youth Sport Trust and Sport England,

U. K. 2007.

198

Add-on 8: SFA

SPORTS FOR ALL UNIT – I INTRODUCTION:

1.1 Definition of sports and it’s classification 1.2 Concept, meaning and significance of sports for all & all for sports 1.3 Relation of physique & success in sports 1.4 Sport health, personality, figure, rehabilitation, recreation, fitness, wellness and

glory UNIT – II SPORTS FOR HEALTH AND FITNESS:

2.1 Meaning, Definition & Components of Health and Fitness 2.2 Role of Sports in Promotion of Health & Fitness

UNIT – III SPORTS FOR EXCELLENCE

3.1 Meaning, definition & categories of competitive sports 3.2 Relation of sports performance with success in competition 3.3 Deterrents & constraints in achieving sports excellence

UNIT – IV SPORTS FOR RECRATION

4.1 Concept & meaning of recreation 4.2 Relation between sports & recreation(recreational sports) 4.3 Role of sports in human recreation 4.4 Social factors promoting recreation & its values 4.5 Motives of recreational participation

UNIT – V SPORTS TRAINING & COUNSELLING

5.1 Concept & meaning of sports training & counseling 5.2 Methods of training : technical & tactical 5.3 Principles of sports training 5.4 Components of sports training( intensity, regularity, warming up, cool down) 5.5 Role of sports counselor in selecting sports 5.6 Role of sports counselor in motivating for regular participation in sports Activities

PRACTICALS 1. Presentation of Workbook for Hobbies of Choice 2. Project Work on Conducting Sports Competition ( Formation of fixtures and various Committees) 3. Development of Short term Training Program 4. Development of Community Recreation Program 5. Development of Community Relaxation Program

199

Add-on 9: SFA

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR ALL

200

Add-on 10: SO STUDY OF OLYMPICS

UNIT-I THE OLYMPIC MOVEMENT

1.1 The ancient Olympic games 1.2 The Olympic movement 1.3 Aims and symbols of the Olympic movement 1.4 The International Olympic Committee (IOC)

UNIT-II STRUCTURE OF THE OLYMPIC MOVEMENT

2.1 The National Olympic Committee(NOC) 2.2 The International Sports Federations(IFs) 2.3 The National Sports Federations(NFs) 2.4 Volunteerism

UNIT-III THE OLYMPIC GAMES 3.1 Organization 3.2 The international bid process for selecting sites for the games 3.3 Participation in Olympic games 3.4 Women and sports

UNIT-IV IOC PROGRAMMES 4.1 Olympic academy 4.2 Olympic solidarity 4.3 Olympic museum 4.4 Paralympic games

UNIT-V IOC INTERESTS 5.1 Sports for all 5.2 Culture, olympism, winning, participation and universality of the games 5.3 Drug abuse and doping 5.4 Arbitration and dispute resolution

201

2.5 One-Year Bachelor’s of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.)* ORDINANCES FOR THE AWARD OF POST GRADUATE

2.5.1 ORDINANCES AND COURSE OF STUDY

BACHELOR OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION (B.P.Ed.) - ONE YEAR COURSE

ELIGIBILITY:

1. (a) Graduate with Physical education as a major subject with 50% marks

OR

(b) Graduate in Physical Education (i.e., B. P. E. of three-year duration) with 50% marks

OR

(c) Graduate with at least 50% marks, having represented State/University in sports/games/athletics.

OR

(d) Graduate with at least 50% marks, who represented in inter-collegiate sports/games tournaments or passed basic course in adventure sports.

OR

(e) Graduate with 50% marks with ‘C’ certificate in NCC.

2. For those in category 1 (a) to (e) above who are position holders (1st, 2nd or 3rd) in State Level sports/games and those who have participated in the National level sports/games, the minimum percentage of marks in the Graduation shall be at least 45%.

3. There shall be relaxation of marks/reservation of seats for SC/ST/OBC as per the Rules of the Central Government/ University of Delhi, Delhi.

AGE REQUIREMENTS:

No person shall be eligible for admission to the University in B.P.Ed. unless she/he attains the age of twenty years before the first day of October in the year in which she/he seeks admission. provided that the Vice-Chancellor of the University of Delhi may on the basis of individual merits, relax the age limit upto a maximum period of one year. Candidate under this category shall be permitted to seek provisional registration subject to relaxation of age being permitted by the Vice-Chancellor. Request for relaxation of the age shall be made by the candidates themselves through the Department of Physical Education & Sports Sciences, University of Delhi.

PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION:

Candidate desirous of seeking admission to the Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed.) will apply for registration at Department of Physical Education & Sports Sciences. The form duly filled and accompanied by all relevant certificates i.e. (a) Marks sheet of the Degree Examination of all papers in case of part-wise Examination (b) Original Degree/Provisional Certificate (If the degree not issued) (c) Matric/SSC Certificate for verification of date of Birth.

Reservations for Schedule Caste/Schedule Tribes will be as per the norms of the University of Delhi, Delhi.

Note: The candidate seeking admission to Bachelor of Physical Education shall have to qualify in Physical Fitness Test laid down by the Department of Physical Education & Sports Sciences, University of Delhi, Delhi.

EXAMINATION ELIGIBILITY CONDITION:

i) The students will strictly observe the attendance requirement; otherwise they will not be allowed to appear in the final examination. The attendance requirement will be 75% inclusive of Theory & Practicals. However, the Proxy Attendance may be awarded to the students not more than ¼ of the total attendance for the assignment as specified in Calendar of University of Delhi.

ii) No candidate will be allowed to appear in the final examination if she/he joins any service during the course of study. However, the in-service candidate has to procure the “No Objection Certificate” as well as Sanctioned Leave for the entire duration of the course, at the time of admission to the Institute.

iii) The female candidate will not be allowed to continue the course of study for the concerned academic year/s, if she carries pregnancy.

202

MARKING SCHEME:

B.P.Ed. (Bachelor of Physical Education: One Year)

SECTION-A: PART-I: THEORY PAPERS:

Paper

Name of the Paper Marks (Theory)

Internal Assessment

Total

Part I (Theory)

I History & Principal of Physical Education 75 25 100

II Organization & Administration of Physical Education

75 25 100

III Anatomy & Physiology of Exercise 75 25 100

IV. Educational & Sports Psychology 75 25 100

V Methods of Teaching, Officiating & Coaching 75 25 100

VI Optional Group- I : Students have to choose one paper from each group from the following:

Optional Group- ‘A’

Kinesiology

Health Education & First aid

(iii) Measurement & Evaluation in Phy. Edu.

35 15 50

Optional Group- ‘B’

Recreation

Supervision

Yoga

35

15

50

TOTAL 445 155 600

VII Part-II: Skill & Prowess:

(Activity Course)

Sessional Work based on yearly assessment of each candidate 400

VII Part – III Teaching Practice:

(a) internal lesson (20) 100 100 (b) three final external lesson (40:30:30) = 100

(Marks: Athletics 40, Individual Game 30 & Term Game 30)

TOTAL PART I + II + III = 600 + 400 + 200 = 1200

PASSING SCHEME:

Candidate shall have to pass in all the three parts of Examination i.e. Theory, Skill & Prowess & Teaching Practice separately as well as in the examination as a whole. The minimum pass marks will be 40% in all the parts individually and in aggregate. The candidate must secure 40% in each paper (Theory & Practical separately) in Part I. Degree of Bachelor of Physical Education will be awarded on the basis of the aggregate marks for the entire examination as follows:

i) Distinction : 75% and above.

ii) First Class : 60% and above but less than 75%.

203

iii) Second Class : 50% and above but less than 60%.

iv) Third Class : 40% and above but less than 50%.

2.6 Three-Year Bachelor’s Degree in Physical Education, Health Education and Sports Sciences (B.Sc.)* 2.6.1 ORDINANCES FOR THE AWARD OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE- PHYSICAL

EDUCATION, HEALTH EDUCATION AND SPORTS [B.Sc. (PEHES)]– THREE YEARS DEGREE COURSE

I. ADMISSION

A. ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA:

A candidate seeking admission to B.Sc.(Physical Education, Health Education & Sports) Part-I for the degree of Bachelor of Physical Education, Health Education & Sports shall satisfy the following criteria:-

i) A candidate seeking admission to B.Sc. (P.E.H.E.&S.) Part-I course must have passed XII Examination of the Central Board of Secondary Education, New Delhi, or an examination recognized as equivalent there to with at least 45% marks in the aggregate.

ii) The aggregate marks shall be determined on the basis of one language and three best subjects. iii) No person shall be qualified for admission to the B.Sc.(P.E.H.E. & S.) unless he/she has passed the

examination, whereas, supplementary/Compartment candidates are not eligible for admission. iv) Person who has been convicted of an offense involving moral turpitude shall be admitted to a course of

study or permitted to take any examination of the University until a period of two years has elapsed from the date of expiry of the sentence imposed on him. However, the Academic Council may in a special case, exempt any person from the operation of this rule.

v) The candidates who have appeared at any of the qualifying examination but whose results have not been declared may apply for admission. Such candidate, if included in the final merit list of admission must submit their results of the qualifying examination in original to the authorities. In case of non-submission of result of qualifying examination, such candidate shall forfeit the right to admission.

B. AGE: - The candidate shall attain minimum 17 years of age before the first day of October of the year in which he/she seeks admission to the B.Sc. (P.E.H.E. &S.) Part-I. However, relaxation of age limit upto a max. of one year on the basis of individual merits may be made by the Vice-Chancellor, University of Delhi through the Principal of the Institution and/or Department of Physical Education & Sports Sciences, University of Delhi concerned. C. FITNESS: -

(i) The candidate shall submit a medical fitness certificate duly signed by a Registered Medical officer in the prescribed form of admission to carry out the vigorous physical and academic activities concerning curriculum and co-curricular activities, which runs throughout the year. If due to one or another reason s/he fails to carry over above-mentioned activities, her/his right of admission will be forfeited.

(ii) Physical Fitness – A candidate have to qualify the prescribed Physical Fitness test.

D. ATTENDANCE: - A candidate shall be eligible for appearing in the Annual Examination for B.Sc. (P.E.H.E. & Sports) Part-I, II & III only if he/she has a minimum 66% attendance in Theory and Practical classes in aggregate. A candidate who participate in Co-curricular activities and/or extra curricular activities during the course of study in a year shall be entitled for proxy attendance in the activities duly recognized by the University and approved by the concerned teacher Incharge and Principal of the college (e.g. Inter-college tournament/ District/State/Inter-varsity/National/International/Invitational tournaments/ Camps/ Debates/Drama/Social relevance etc.). Such proxy attendance under no circumstances shall not exceed more than 1/3 of the total attendance (Theory and Practical in aggregate). However, incase of serious illness and/or accident, a candidate, will not be given any proxy attendance under such circumstances. Such student can join the college in the next academic session on regular basis by payment of requisite fee prescribed. E. DURATION:- The total length of Bachelor of Physical Education, Health Education & Sports (B.Sc. P.E.H.E.&S.) Part-I, II & III shall not exceed six years from the first year of initial admission to the course and 5 years from the admission to the second year.

204

F. NATURE OF THE COURSE:- The Bachelor of Science (Physical Education, Health Education and Sports) is a regular nature of course on full time basis. G. RESERVATIONS:-

i) Reservations for Schedule Caste/Schedule Tribes will be as per the norms of the University/Central Government and the candidate under these categories will be entitled for the relaxation of 5% marks in the minimum eligibility criteria in the qualifying academic examination.

5% of the seats are reserved for the children/widows/wives of the officers & men of the Armed Forces including Para Military Personnel killed or disabled in the action. II. THE COURSE OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS FOR

B.SC. (P.E.H.E. & S.) PART-I, PART-II & PART-III EXAMINATIONS: At the end of the first academic session, the candidate shall be examined in Part-I of the course as:- A. B.SC. (P.E.H.E. & S.) PART-I: Maximum Marks Paper Name of the Paper Theory

Marks Internal

Assessment

Practical Marks

Qualifying English Qualifying Hindi

*75 *75

25 25

I Foundations of Physical Education & Sports 75 25 II Anatomy & Physiology 50 25 25 III Theory of Games & Sports

(Game of Specialization-one out of listed Sports)** 50 25 25

IV (a) (b) (c)

Theory of Games & Sports Track & Field Gymnastics Yoga

25 25 25

10 10 10

15 15 15

TOTAL 250 105 95 Theory and Practical= 250 + 105 ; Internal Assessment 95; Grand Total =450 Marks *Not included in Grand Total ** Athletics, Basketball, Badminton, Cricket, Football, Hockey, Handball, Judo, Kabaddi, Kho-Kho, Volleyball, Table-Tennis, Gymnastics & Yoga . The Written/Theory and Practical Examinations shall be conducted by the University of Delhi through the Institute concerned and the approved Examiners of the University of Delhi for each paper separately (Theory as well as Practical Examination). B. B.Sc.(P.E.H.E. & S.) Part-II Maximum Marks Paper Name of the Paper Theory Internal

Assessment Practical Marks

Qualifying English *75 25 V Health Education, Safety Education, First-aid &

Rehabilitation 75 25

VI Physiology of Exercise 50 25 25 VII Theory of Games & Sports

(Game of Specialization-continued from Part-I) 50 25 25

VIII Theory of Games & Sports Track & Field/Swimming/*Water sports/Gymnastics/Aerobics & Dance

25 25

10 10

15 15

IX a) Vocational Group Activity Activity Group-II (Any one) b) One Vocational Course out of - Sports Industry & Management - Health Education - Physiotherapy

25

25

10

10

15

15

205

- Sports Journalism TOTAL 275 115 110 Theory and Practical = 275 + 110 = 385 Internal Assessment = 115 marks Grand Total = 500 marks *Not included in Grand Total

*(i) The COC has strongly recommended the above areas in paper VIII subject to the availability of the curriculum. (ii) Subject to the including of this in the first year where by the first year of study will have paper of Track & Field,

Gym & Yoga of 100 marks each whereas paper VIII of II year will have swimming / water and adventure sports. C. B.Sc.(P.E.H.E. & S.) Part-III: Maximum Marks Paper Name of the Paper Theory

Marks Internal

Assessment

Practical Marks

X Psychology & Sociology of Physical Education and Sports

50 25 25

XI Fundamentals of Sports Training 50 25 25 XII Theory of Games & Sports

(Game of Specialization-continued from Part-I)

50 25 25

XIII Kinsiology & Biomechanics 50 25 25 XIV. a) Vocational Group Activity

Activity Group-III (Any one) b) One Vocational Course out of - Sports Industry & Management - Health Education - Physiotherapy - Sports Journalism

25

25

10

10

15

15

TOTAL 250 120 130 Theory and Practical = 250 + 130 Internal Assessment = 120 ----------------

Grand Total = 500 Marks ========= III. MEDIUM OF EXAMINATION: The medium of instruction & examination shall be English or Hindi for B.Sc. (P.E.H.E. & S.) Part-I, II & III course. IV Pass percentage and classification of successful candidate: -

i) The minimum marks required to pass the qualifying examination shall be 33% in each paper. ii) The minimum marks required to pass the examination at the end of each year (Part-I

examination, Part II examination and Part III examination) shall be 36% in each paper (theory and practical separately) and 36% in the aggregate. If there are parts of any paper the candidate is required to secure pass marks in each part of that paper. However, for calculation of papers for promotion to next class or exemption, the whole paper will be treated as one unit only.

The passing criteria will be applied separately to the practical examination as well as to the total of the theory examination and Internal Assessment.

Provided that at the end of the Ist year, a candidate who does not pass the Part-I examination but has secured at least 25% marks in the aggregate of the all the papers(excluding qualifying) taken together (including Internal Assessment and practical tests, if any) and has not secured pass marks in two papers, may be permitted to proceed to the 2nd year class, if otherwise eligible. However, he/she can appear in remaining paper/s of Part-I alongwith the Part-II examination.

206

Similarly, at the end of the 2nd year, a candidate who does not pass the Part II examination (including a candidate who has not passed the Part I examination also) but has secured at least 25% marks in the aggregate of all the papers (excluding qualifying) taken together (including Internal Assessment and practical tests, if any) of the Part II examination and has not secured pass marks in two papers of 2nd year, may be permitted to proceed to the 3rd year class. Such

candidates can take the examination in the remaining paper/s of Part I and/or Part II alongwith the Part III examination.

A candidate for the III examination who has not passed but has secured at least 25% marks in the aggregate of Part III examination (including internal assessment and practical tests, if any) shall be exempted from re-appearing in those papers in which he/she has secured pass marks.

iii Any candidate for the B.Sc. (Physical Education, Health Education & Sports) Part-III Examination, who attains the pass standard, but fails to attain the necessary standards in either or both the qualifying papers shall be required to appear in the remaining qualifying paper or papers, at a subsequent examination with in the span period of six years from the date of admission to the 1st year of the course and if successful, shall be declared to have passed the B.Sc. (Phy.Edu., Health Edu. & Sports) in the year in which he/she clears the remaining subjects.

V. CLASSIFICATION OF RESULT:- The successful candidate will be classified on the combined result of B.Sc. (P.E.H.E. & S.) Part-I, II & III examinations as follows:-

a) Distinction: Minimum 75% marks in aggregate in Theory, Practical & Internal Assessment. b) First Division: Minimum 60% of the total marks & above but below 75% marks. c) Second Division: Minimum 50% of total marks & above but below 60%. d) Third Division: Passing with less than 50% marks in aggregate and more than 36% marks in

aggregate. VI. MISCELLANEOUS:

I Out of the marks allotted for internal assessment of each paper, the marks shall be awarded on the basis of tutorials, projects, assignments, class test, attendance, attitude in the class etc.

II The candidate shall be promoted from B.Sc. (P.E.H.E. & S.) Part-I to Part-II or from Part II to Part III if she/he fulfills all the conditions, prescribed for promotion.

III Candidate/s failing or failing to appear in the B.Sc. (P.E.H.E. & S.) Part-I /Part II/ Part III Examination shall be allowed to appear at the respective examination in the next succeeding year, only on being enrolled as an “Ex-Student” (subject to fulfilling all the examination eligibility) in accordance with the regulations prescribed in that behalf. The candidate must pass the B.Sc. (P.E.H.E. & S.) Part-I, II & III examinations with in six years duration from the academic year of first admission to the first year of the course.

IV Candidates who have already secured the minimum pass marks in the practical papers at a previous examination shall not be allowed to re-appear in the practical papers as the case may be. V No candidate shall be allowed to appear in the final Annual Examination of B.Sc. (P.E.H.E. & S.) part-I,

II & III, if he/she is in Service on fulltime/part-time basis before the completion of the final annual examination (Theory, Practical and Internal Assessment). However, if the candidate has the permission from the employer concerned to join the course alongwith the approved leave and “No Objection Certificate” for the entire duration of the course of the study, then the candidate shall be eligible to carry on the course and may appear in the final examination. In case of concealment of facts found/proved, the candidate shall be held responsible and action of debarring from the course and /or legal action shall be taken against him/her.

VI No female candidate shall be allowed to continue the course of study for the concerned academic year/s in B.Sc. (P.E.H.E. & S.) Part-I, II & III, if she carries pregnancy. In such case, she shall be treated under Ex-Student Category to appear in the final Annual Examination/s (Practical and/or Theory) in the next academic year, if she is found fit as in no-pregnancy condition.

VII GAME OF SPECIALIZATION: A candidate is required to choose one game out of the following to be carried over for three years of the courses as Paper-III, Basketball, Badminton, Cricket, Football, Gymnastics, Hockey, Handball, Judo, Kabaddi, Kho-Kho, Table-Tennis, Athletics, Volleyball, Weightlifting and Yoga.* The addition or deletion of game of specialization shall depend upon the availability of teaching faculty and infrastructure.

207

VIII VOCATIONAL GROUP ACTIVITY I: Under Group Activity-I, the games offered are Basketball, Cricket, Football, Hockey, Handball, and Volleyball. A student is expected to choose any one out of the Group during the 2nd year of the B.Sc. Course other than the games of specialization. IX VOCATIONAL GROUP ACTIVITY II: Under Group Activity-II, the games offered are Badminton, Judo, Kabaddi, Kho-Kho, Table-Tennis, and Wt. Lifting and a student is expected to choose any one out of the Group during 3rd year of the B.Sc. Course other than the game of specialization. X VOCATIONAL COURSES: From 2nd year of B.Sc. Physical Education, Health Education & Sports to be carried over to 3rd year B.Sc. (Physical Education, Health Education & Sports) a student is expected to choose one optional paper as part of the paper V in B. Sc IInd year to be carried over to B. Sc (PEHE&S) III year out of the following options: -

- Sports Industry & Management - Health Education - Physiotherapy - Sports Journalism

XI IMPROVEMENT RULES: As applicable to B.Sc. (Gen.) course SUMMARY B.Sc Ist Year There shall be two qualifying paper of 100 marks each (English and Hindi) and four compulsory papers. The compulsory examinations for qualifying papers of English and Hindi will be assessed out of 75 marks each for theory examination whereas, the internal assessment will be out of 25 marks each. The compulsory paper (I) will be consisting of theory examination out of 75 marks whereas internal assessment will be out of 25 marks. The compulsory paper (II) and (III) will be out of 50 marks for each of theory examination, 25 marks each for practical examination and 25 marks each for internal assessment. The compulsory paper (IV) has three compulsory options i.e. a, b, and c and each will be assessed out of 25 marks for theory examination, 15 marks for practical examination and 10 marks for internal assessment. B.Sc IInd Year There shall be one qualifying paper of English for 100 marks, out of which 75 marks will be for theory examination and 25 marks for internal assessment. The compulsory paper (V) of 100 marks will be evaluated in theory examination for 75 marks whereas 25 marks will be for internal assessment. The compulsory paper (VI) & (VII) of 100 marks will be evaluated in theory examination for 50 marks whereas 25 marks for Practical examination and 25 marks for Internal examination. The compulsory paper (VIII) has five options from which a candidate has to select any two options depending upon the facilities, infrastructure and teaching faculty available in the institution. The each options selected will be evaluated out of 25 marks in theory, 15 marks in Practical and 10 marks for Internal assessment The compulsory paper (IX) has two compulsory options i.e. a (Vocational Activity Group) and b (Vocational Course) each will be assessed out of 25 marks for theory examination, 15 marks for practical examination and 10 marks for internal assessment. B.Sc III year There shall be four papers of 100 marks each. Each paper i.e. Paper no. X, XI, XII and XIII and will be assessed through theory, and practical marks each of 50 and 25 marks respectively and an internal assessment of 25 marks each. The paper no. (XIV) shall consist of two parts i.e. XIV (a) and XIV (b) of 50 marks each, out of which 25 marks each for theory, and 15 marks each of practical and 10 marks each of internal assessment will be examined.

B.Sc. Offered at : Indira Gandhi Institute of Physical Education & Sports Sciences

208

2.7 PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN B.A. (PROGRAMME)

2.7.1 Application Course – Fitness, Aerobics & Gym-Operations Inactivity and its effect on health has become a global issue. Any person who gets in the vicious circle of inactivity continues to suffer from many ill effects of inactivity, which ultimately becomes the cause of ill health, leading to insecurity for not being well. Such modifiable causes are cardiovascular diseases, respiratory diseases and diabetes etc. The literature also indicates that nearly 30% of the total population is suffering from obesity. Everyday news also shows concern of diminishing level of fitness and well being among the school children. Technological advancements and automation age is leading towards sedentary life, which, in-turn is resulting in hypo kinetic diseases such as obesity, hypertension etc. and low productivity in all spheres of life, be it students, professional or any other category of people due to lack of activities.

The change in the lifestyle of urban India is leading the masses to realize the need of exercise in various forms, whereas, it is increasingly becoming difficult to participate in structured programmes of sports due to the pressures of life. This has led to mushrooming of units providing alternatives of gaining fitness. In the scenario, forms of Aerobics have become popular, Gymnasiums too have gained immense popularity in order to gain muscles or to loose body weight, however, the personnel involved with Aerobics or Gym-Operations are not very well-qualified and lack scientific approach. The scenario is complex as far as ratio of demand and supply is concerned. The demand is ever increasing and supply of qualified technical staff is not even marginal.

In reference to such concerns, attention is called to the news item of “The Hindustan Times” dated July 31, 2006, wherein, President of India is urged to intervene to bring about qualitative changes and control strategies on the staff working in Beauty Saloons and Fitness Centres, because the customers visit the places purely on faith for betterment of their body and presentation. Therefore, such a course will be a pioneer effort by the University of Delhi in this direction. The knowledge of active lifestyle, healthy diet, ill-effects of tobacco, alcohol, drugs, and positive use of leisure time etc. can boost the well being of individuals and communities.

This course will equip students with the knowledge of fitness and well-being parameters. They will develop an understanding of how to use scientific methods to examine the level of fitness and adopt measures to attain optimal fitness and state of well-being. The area of study will cover the theory and applied understanding of basic principles of activity and wellness, exercise physiology, fitness, training methods, nutrition, weight management and strategies for the assessment of needs of specific population. This course will also orient the participants about types of activities available as a sport / fitness / leisure-time involvement for active lifestyle.

This course will further equip students to understand the basic principles of Aerobics – its forms, low impact and high impact exercises according to the needs of specified population, individual grooming, role of nutrition and diet, fads of popular diet, operation of gym-equipment, customer care, enrollments and follow-ups, individual programming, socialization activities, procurements of gym-equipments and establishing the gym.

Career opportunities with knowledge in this area exist within the fitness industry, corporate sector and as social worker/volunteers for community participation in social sports. Career opportunities are also available in hotels, gyms, health-clubs, spas, recreation centers, weight management centers and beauty clinics etc.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AS APPLICATION COURSE IN B.A. (PROGRAMME)

CONTENTS

PREAMBLE

THE RATIONALE, AIM AND OBJECTIVES, OFFER OF THE COURSE

THE COURSE • Application Course : Fitness, Aerobics and Gym-Operations • Syllabi • Books & Readings

209

• Guidelines for Paper-Setter and Examiners

PREAMBLE

THE RATIONALE Is the theme of broad basing Physical Education and Sports Education in University of Delhi to : (a) Equip the students with the knowledge, techniques and qualification required to take-up a career in physical education and sports; (b) Enable a student to acquire basic intellectual thinking and knowledge of physical education and sports in relevance to other disciplines, while providing flexibility of choices and integrity of academic pursuits; (c) Provide for opportunities to pursue postgraduate studies in physical education and sports, in continuation to the knowledge gained at Undergraduate Level; and (d) Enhance the professional outlook by improving the likelihood of quality intake in the professional courses at postgraduate level from amongst the people who already have educational experiences in physical education and sports.

It aims to ensure opportunities for : (1) Academic endeavor and career-orientation to students at large; (2) Sports Education for students having background of physical education at school level to study the area in an active and reflective manner within mainstream courses (e.g. B.A. Programme.); (3) Inclusion of Physical Education as a Discipline Course and as Application Course(s) in Restructured B.A. Programme appropriately; and (4) Postgraduate level studies in the related area of interests pursued at undergraduate level.

AIM AND OBJECTIVES

It identifies and sets out a coordinated, planned and comprehensive approach to address the issues surrounding Physical Education as : (a) Discipline Course; (b) Job-oriented Application Courses at under-graduate level; and (c) To identify the link courses at post-graduate level. The objectives of the above-identified aim are :

• To impart physical education and sports as an integral part of the curriculum in educational institutions as proclaimed by the current National Policies on Education and Sports and to inculcate an understanding about the need and relevance of physical education as a discipline in the present day context.

• To function as a continuum between plus two level and higher education, while making the students aware of the latest trends in physical education, fitness and its implication on our general lifestyle through correlated classroom learning with physical activities thus developing body-mind coordination.

• To cater the need of academic and professional leadership while equipping the youth with the technical skills of the area to enhance their potential and providing quality service to the masses.

• To enhance the quality input for professional teacher training institutes and other functionaries in the field of physical education and sports.

• To provide open ended choices for taking up careers in physical education and sports and to provide trained leadership in various upcoming careers such as fitness & activity management, media & marketing etc.

• To create awareness among the masses about the active & reflective areas of physical education and sports.

• To pursue higher studies in the field of physical education namely post graduation, M. Phil., Ph.D. and further research.

OFFER OF THE COURSE

As per the ordinance of B.A. restructured programme.

2.7.1.1 Course of Study

210

APPLICATION COURSE

FITNESS, AEROBICS & GYM-OPERATIONS

OLD SYLLABUS MODIFIED SYLLABUS

PART A: THEORY (50 Marks) I Activity and Wellness

1. Introduction to Activity, Fitness & Wellness – Meaning, Definition, Need & Importance

2. Benefits of Participation in Physical Activities with Specific Reference to Mental and Personal Health

3. Effect of Exercise on Various Physiological Systems namely Skeletal, Muscular, Circulatory and Respiratory

4. Introduction to Different Exercise Equipments

II Fitness 1. Concepts and Components of Physical Fitness

(Health Related and Skill Related) 2. Means and Methods for the Development and

Maintenance of Fitness Components 3. Measurement and Evaluation of Physical Fitness 4. Safety Measures and Prevention of Injuries

III Nutrition and Weight Management 1. Concept of Nutrition and Health, Balanced

Diet, Dietary Aids and Gimmicks 2. Energy and Activity, Calculating Calorie Intake

and Expenditure 3. Obesity and Related Health Problems –

Measurement and Management 4. Weight Management Programmes

IV Well-Being and Dimensions of Active Life- Style 1. Well-being in Different Context : Active Life-

style, Body Image and Environment, Obesity, Anexertia and Health-related Issues

2. Stress Management through Relaxation, Meditation, Yoga, Recreational Activities

3. Well-Being Through Leadership Activities Camping, Adventure Sports and Other Training Programmes

4. Psychology of Activity and Quality of Life

PART A: THEORY (50 Marks)

I Physical Activity and Wellness

1. Physical Activity – Introduction, Benefits of participation in physical activities with specific reference to health

2. Wellness – Meaning, Components, Need and Importance

3. Concept of Health, Well-being, Positive Life-style, Body Image & Quality of Life; Health-promoting behaviours

4. Type of Physical Activities – Walking, Jogging, Running, Cycling, Swimming, Camping, Adventure Sports

II Fitness and Aerobics

1. Physical Fitness – Concept, Components, Significance, Development and Maintenance

2. Effects of Exercise on Various Systems (Skeletal, Muscular, Circulatory and Respiratory)

3. Measurement and Evaluation of Physical Fitness – Need and Importance

4. Forms of Aerobics (Floor, Step, Weight and Aqua Aerobics); Development of Aerobic Fitness Programmes

III Nutrition and Weight Management

1. Concept of Nutrition, Nutrients, Balanced Diet, Dietary Aids and Gimmicks

2. Energy and Activity – Calorie Intake and Expenditure

3. Obesity, Anorexia and other Related Health Problems

4. Weight Management – Ways and Means

IV Stress Management

1. Meaning and Causes of Stress, Common Stressors

2. Stress and Good Health; Preventing Stress

3. Methods of Stress Management – Basic Yogic Methods, Relaxation, Sports and Recreational Activities

211

V Aerobic Fitness

1. Understanding of Various Forms of Aerobics – Floor Aerobics, Step-Aerobics, Weight-Aerobics and Aqua-Aerobics

2. Training Effects of Aerobic Fitness 3. Improvement of Aerobic Fitness 4. Aerobic Fitness Programmes

VI Gym-Operations 1. Location and Establishment of Gym

(Publicity, Policy, Reception, Information, Registration, Offer of Programmes)

2. Procurement, Placement and Maintenance of Gym-Equipments

3. Marketing, Clientage, Enrolments, Record-Keeping, Social Activities, Public Relations, Individualized /Group Grooming Programme, Basic Concepts of Financial Management

4. Gym-Instructors – Qualification, Qualities, Pay-roll, Performance - Evaluation, Grooming and Presentation

PART-B : PRACTICAL (25 Marks)

1. Measurement of Weight and Height, Calculating BMI (Body Mass Index)

2. Measurement of Fitness Components – Flexibility (Sit and Reach Test, Hip Bend and Toe Touch); Strength (Sit-ups, Leg-raise for Minimal Strength); Cardiovascular Endurance (One-mile Run, Physical Efficiency Test, Harvard step Test); Muscular Endurance (Bench Jumps, Sit-ups)

3. Self-Evaluation – Personal Health and Well-Being

4. Developing Activity Index and Evaluation of Fitness Category

5. Exercise Schedules – Aerobics, Fitness and Weight Management

6. Selection and Application of Music in Aerobic Fitness Programme

7. Yoga (Any Five Asanas) 8. Gym Management – Costing, Balance Sheets,

Promotional Plans

PART-C : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (25 Marks)

V Gym Operations

1. Evolution of Gym Culture;

2. Principles of Starting a Gym - Location, Policy, Offer of Programmes, Budgeting, Marketing, Clientage, Record-Keeping, Public Relations, Individualized /Group Grooming Programmes, and Reports

3. Qualification and Qualities of Gym Instructors

4. Different Exercise Equipments and their Management

5. Safety Measures, Prevention and Management of Injuries in a Gym

PART B: PRACTICAL (Any Five ) (25 Marks)

1. Self-Assessment – Physical Health Risk, Mental Health Risk

2. Measurement of Fitness Components – Flexibility (Sit and Reach Test); Strength (Leg-raise for Minimal Strength); Cardiovascular Endurance (Run and Walk Test); Muscular Endurance (Sit-ups)

3. Preparation of Exercise Schedules for Aerobics and Fitness

4. Calculation of BMI (Body Mass Index) and Waist-Hip Ratio

5. Demonstration of Yogasana (Any Five Asanas) and Aerobics

6. Visit to a Gym, Introduction to Equipments and Preparation of a Report

PART C: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (25 Marks)

1. Written Test (10 marks)

2. Attendance (5 marks)

212

3. Project / Assignment (10 marks)

REFERENCES 1. Department of Physical Education and Sports Sciences, University of Delhi (2007), Draft Resource

Material – Fitness, Aerobics and Gym-Operations.

2. Koley, Shyamal (2007), Exercise Physiology – A Basic Approach (New Delhi : Friends Publications).

3. Sharkey, B. J. (2002), Fitness and Health 5th ed. (U.K., Human Kinetics).

4. Powers, Scott K.; and Dodd, Stephen L. (1999), Total Fitness – Exercise, Nutrition and Wellness 2nd ed. (USA : Allyn and Bacon).

5. ACSM’S (1998), ACSM Fitness Book (U.K., Human Kinetics).

6. Bharihoke, Sunil (1998), The Gym Management (New Delhi : Khel Sahitya Kendra).

7. Girdano, Daniel A.; Everly, George S.; and Dusek, Dorothy E. (1997), Controlling Stress and Tension – A Holistic Approach 5th ed. (USA : Allyn and Bacon).

8. Anspaugh, David J.; Hamrick, Michael H.; and Rosato, Frank D. (1994), Wellness – Concepts and Applications 2nd ed. (Mosby Year Book, Inc.).

9. Hoeger, W. W. K. & Hoeger, S.A. (1990), Fitness and Wellness (Colorado : Morton Publishing Company).

10. Wiliams, Melvin H. (1990), Lifetime Fitness and Wellness – A Personal Choice 2nd ed. (USA : Wm. C. Brown Publishers).

2.7.1.2 Colleges Offering the Course Since 2007-08 1. Miranda House

213

2. St. Stephens College

3. Ramjas College

4. Daulat Ram College

5. SGTB Khalsa College

6. Janki Devi Memorial College

7. Satyavati College (Evening)

8. Jesus and Mary College

Colleges Offering the Course from 2008-09 9. Hansraj College

10. Kamla Nehru College

11. Kirorimal College

12. Lakshmibai College

13. Ram Lal Anand College (Eve.)

14. Shivaji College

15. Shyama Prasad Mukherjee College

2.7.1.3 Draft Resource Material – Available in the Department Resource Material has been developed for Application Course through the six-workshops conducted for Teachers of Physical education from various colleges of University. The Resource material development was not only an academic activity but, also served as intellectual development Programme for all participants, who volunteered to take part in the workshops. (It is available from the Department on Request)

2.7.2 Discipline Course – Physical Education

2.7.2.1 Course of Study PREAMBLE

THE RATIONALE, AIM AND OBJECTIVES, OFFER OF THE COURSE

THE COURSES

• Discipline Course : Physical Education (Paper-I, II, III)

o Paper-I : Introduction to Physical Education (Introduction, History and Physical Fitness)

o Paper-II : Foundations of Physical Education (Health Edu. ,Anatomy, Physiology & Sports Medicine)

o Paper-III : Professional Integration in Physical Education (Sports Psychology, Administration and Management)

• Guidelines for Paper-Setter and Examiners

PREAMBLE

THE RATIONALE Is the theme of broad basing Physical Education and Sports Education in University of Delhi to : (a) Equip the students with the knowledge, techniques and qualification required to take-up a career in physical education and sports; (b) Enable a student to acquire basic intellectual thinking and knowledge of physical education and sports in relevance to other disciplines, while providing flexibility of choices and integrity of academic pursuits; (c) Provide for opportunities to pursue postgraduate studies in physical education and sports, in continuation to the knowledge gained at Undergraduate Level; and (d) Enhance the professional outlook by improving the likelihood of quality intake in the professional courses at postgraduate level from amongst the people who already have educational experiences in physical education and sports. It aims to ensure opportunities for : (1) Academic endeavor and career-orientation

214

to students at large; (2) Sports Education for students having background of physical education at school level to study the area in an active and reflective manner within mainstream courses (e.g. B.A. Programme.); (3) Inclusion of Physical Education as a Discipline Course and as Application Course(s) in Restructured B.A. Programme appropriately; and (4) Postgraduate level studies in the related area of interests pursued at undergraduate level.

AIM AND OBJECTIVES

It identifies and sets out a coordinated, planned and comprehensive approach to address the issues surrounding Physical Education as : (a) Discipline Course; (b) Job-oriented Application Courses at under-graduate level; and (c) To identify the link courses at post-graduate level. The objectives of the above-identified aim are : • To impart physical education and sports as an integral part of the curriculum in educational institutions

as proclaimed by the current National Policies on Education and Sports and to inculcate an understanding about the need and relevance of physical education as a discipline in the present day context.

• To function as a continuum between plus two level and higher education, while making the students aware of the latest trends in physical education, fitness and its implication on our general lifestyle through correlated classroom learning with physical activities thus developing body-mind coordination.

• To cater the need of academic and professional leadership while equipping the youth with the technical skills of the area to enhance their potential and providing quality service to the masses.

• To enhance the quality input for professional teacher training institutes and other functionaries in the field of physical education and sports.

• To provide open ended choices for taking up careers in physical education and sports and to provide trained leadership in various upcoming careers such as fitness & activity management, media & marketing etc.

• To create awareness among the masses about the active & reflective areas of physical education and sports.

• To pursue higher studies in the field of physical education namely post graduation, M. Phil., Ph.D. and further research.

OFFER OF THE COURSE

As per the ordinance of B.A. restructured programme.

THE COURSE : DISCIPLINE COURSE : PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Paper-I, Paper-II, Paper-III)

Education aims at the wholesome development of an individual, of which, physical education has become an integral part. Learning by doing is an indivisible part of the entire process in the development of physical, social, psychological and moral aspects of a personality. Through the pursuit of correct movements, an enhancement in motor abilities takes place leading to the creation of a healthier society. Physical education considers body as the media/tool to educate the mind, thus, encouraging the all round development of an individual’s personality.

Today, physical education is taught in most of the schools at the 10 + 2 level. A large number of universities offer physical education at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels. However, the absence of the same in the University of Delhi disillusions students who have studied the subject at the senior secondary level and are keen to pursue it at the undergraduate level. As physical education is also on the concurrent list of the Indian Constitution, it is imperative that University of Delhi, being a central university, offers it at the undergraduate level.

It is therefore proposed that physical education be introduced in the B.A. Programme. Physical Education as the Discipline Course will also act as a foundation for students who are interested in the development of a wholesome personality as also for those students who are seeking to pursue postgraduate studies in physical education. The Discipline Course of Physical Education shall equip the students with basic understanding of meaning, aims and interdisciplinary approaches; historical aspects, components of physical fitness, health education, anatomy & physiology, and sports medicine. The paper also offers understanding in the area of sports psychology and administration & management of physical education.

215

The discipline course also offers practical learning in a wide range of activity learning, rules & regulation of the sports & games, organization and reporting of events.

SYLLABI

DISCIPLINE COURSE : PHYSICAL EDUCATION

⇒ Paper-I : Introduction to Physical Education (Introduction, History and Physical Fitness)

⇒ Paper-II : Foundations of Physical Education (Health Education, Anatomy, Physiology and Sports Medicine)

⇒ Paper-III : Professional Integration in Physical Education (Sports Psychology, Administration and Management)

GUIDELINES FOR PAPER-SETTER AND EXAMINERS (Discipline Course : Paper-I, Paper-II & Paper-III)

Part – A : Theory (50 Marks) : The examiner is required to set nine questions out of the theory syllabus equally distributed while covering all the contents of syllabus. The question-paper setting may include five descriptive, two objective type and two short notes. The candidate shall be given choice to attempt any three descriptive, one objective and one short notes. All questions shall carry equal marks i.e. 10 marks. Out of 10 marks for each question, the assessment of the answers to each question should consider knowledge part for three marks, understanding part for three marks, and application part for four marks. However, it shall not apply on objective type of questions.

Part – B : Practical (25 Marks) : The examiner is required to conduct practical examination and assess the candidates on the components of : (i) proficiency in skill learnt; (ii) application of skill learnt; (iii) record book of practicals undertaken; (iv) personal and professional grooming, knowledge and presentation skills; and (v) viva-voce. Each examiner is required to give a minimum of 15 to 20 minutes to a candidate to provide enough opportunity for presenting his / her performance, proficiency and presentation in the listed areas of practical examination. Awards of the practical examination should be duly filled in the proforma / award sheet (specified for the purpose).

Part – C : Internal Assessment (25 Marks)

As per University Ordinances.

2.7.2.2 Colleges Offering the Course from 2008-09

1. Miranda House DISCIPLINE COURSE : PHYSICAL EDUCATION PAPER-I : INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Introduction, History and Physical Fitness)

216

THEORY (M.M. : 50) Introduction

o Definition, Need and Scope of Physical Education o Aim, Objectives and Principles of Physical Education o Physical Education in relation to Arts and Science Discipline - Anatomy, Physiology, Kinesiology,

Biomechanics, Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology, Philosophy, Pedagogy etc. History

o A Brief Overview of Physical Education in the Historical Perspectives. o Development of Physical Education in India, Greece and Rome o Promotion of Physical Education and Sports : Schemes, Awards and Honours, Awardees, Trophies/Cups

and Eminent Sports Persons o Olympic Movement : Ancient Olympics, Modern Olympics, Objectives of Olympics, Olympic Motto, Flag,

Emblem, Torch, Oath and Charter, International Olympic Committee and Indian Olympic Association, Performance of India at Olympic Games

Physical Fitness o Meaning, Definition, Need and Importance of Physical Fitness o Components of Physical Fitness, General and Specific Fitness o Principles, Means and Methods to Develop Physical Fitness o Diet and Nutrition o Posture : Good Posture, Factors Causing Postural Deformities, Remedial Measures for Postural

Deformities (Kyphosis, Scoliosis, Lordosis, Knock Knees, Bow Legs, Flat Foot) o Obesity o Rest and Sleep

PRACTICAL (M.M. : 25) o Track & Field : Techniques / Skills and Records

(Track Events) o Fundamental Skills, Rules and Regulations of any one of the following Games :

Basketball, Handball, Badminton, Hockey, Judo, Kho-Kho, Aquatics, Boxing o Development of Physical Fitness through Calisthenics / Aerobics / Circuit-Training /

Weight-Training o Yoga (Suryanamaskar)

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (M.M. : 25)

217

BOOKS AND READINGS

THEORY

• Bucher, Charles A. and Wluest, D.A. (1987), Foundations of Physical Education and Sports (St. Louis : Times Mirror Mosby).

• Defence Review (2001), India’s Highest Sports Award and Those Who Won Them.

• Gupta, K. and Gupta, L.C. (1986), Food and Nutrition2nd ed. (New Delhi : Jaypee Brothers Medical Publisher).

• Harold, M. Barrow (1971), Man and His Movement : Principles of His Physical Education (Philadelphia : Lea & Febiger).

• Kamlesh, M. L. and Singh, M. K. (2006), Physical Education (Naveen Publications).

• Kansal, D. K. (1998), Test and Measurement in Sports and Physical Education (New Delhi : D.V.S. Publications).

• Lau, S. K. (1999), Great Indian Players (New Delhi : Sports Publications).

• Sharma, N.P. (2005), Sharirik Shiksha Ke Sidhant Aur Itihas (New Delhi : Khel Sahitya Kendra).

• Uppal, A. K. (2004), Fitness and Wellness (New Delhi, Friends Publications).

• Uppal, A. K. and Gautam, G. P. (2000), Physical Education and Health (New Delhi : Friends Publications).

• Van Delen, D.B. and Bennett, B.L. (1986), A World History of Physical Education (N.J. Prentice Hall Inc.: Englewood Cliffs).

PRACTICAL

• Abraham, C.C. (1989), Basketball for Men and Women (Madras :Y.M.C.A. Publishing House).

• Balyan, D. (2006), Physical Training, PT & Drill (New Delhi : Khel Sahitya Kendra).

• Brown, E. (1995), Better Badminton (London : Faber & Faber).

• Debort, J. Monneth (1987), Modern Track and Field (N.J. Prentice Hall Inc. : Englewood Cliffs).

• Dowony, J.C. (1990), Better Badminton for All (Great Britain : Palham Books Ltd.).

• Ewen Harry (1972), Your Book of Judo (London : Faber and Faber).

• Jerry, V. Krause (1999), Skills and Drills in Basketball (Leisure Press).

• Mohan, V.M. (1977), Athletics for Beginners (New Delhi : Metropoliton Books).

• Roberson, Richard and Olson, Herbert (1990), Beginning Handball (California : Wadso H. Company Inc. Belmont).

• Rowland, B.J. (1970), Handball – A Complete Guide (London : Faber and Faber Ltd.).

• Singh, Gian and Walia, Kuku (1979), Learn Hockey This Way (New Delhi : International Hockey Institute).

• Thani, Yograj (2002), Coaching Successfully Hockey (New Delhi : Sports Publications).

• Thomas, Inch (2005), Play and Learn Boxing (New Delhi : Khel Sahitya Kendra).

• Uyenishi, S. K. (1991), The Text Book of Judo, Jujitsu (London : Athletic Pub. Ltd.).

• Yadav, Yogesh (1968), Kho-Kho (Maharashtra Kho-Kho Association).

• Refer various sites of sports / games federations at national / international level.

218

PAPER-II : FOUNDATIONS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Health Education, Anatomy, Physiology and Sports Medicine)

THEORY (M.M. : 50)

Health Education

o Meaning and Concept of Health and Health Education

o Importance of Health and Principles of Health and Health Education

o Role of Different Agencies in Promoting Health (WHO, UNICEF, Local Bodies)

o Personal Hygiene

Anatomy and Physiology

o Concept, Need and Importance of Anatomy and Physiology in Physical Education

o Definition and Description of Cell, Tissue, Organ and System

o Introduction to and Function of Skeletal System, Muscular System, Circulatory System, Respiratory System, Digestive System, Excretory System, Nervous System and Endocrine System

o Effect of Exercise on Skeletal System, Muscular System, Circulatory System, Respiratory System, Digestive System, Excretory System, Nervous System and Endocrine System, Warming-up, Conditioning, Cooling-down, Fatigue, Stitch, Cramp, Oxygen Debt, Second Wind, Vital Capacity, Stroke Volume and Temperature Regulation, Lactate Threshold & VO2 max.

Sports Medicine (Athletic Care)

o Concept and Role of Sports Medicine & Athletic Care

o Prevention and Management of Injuries : Factors causing injuries and general principles regarding prevention of injuries

o Common Sports Injuries : Sprain, Strain, Abrasion, Laceration, Haematoma, Fracture, Dislocation

o First-Aid of Sports Injuries

o Ergogenic Aids

o Aim and Objectives of Rehabilitation, Therapeutic Modalities, Muscle Strengthening through Active and Passive Exercises

PRACTICAL (M.M. : 25)

o Track & Field (Jumping Events) : History, Techniques/Skills and Records

o History, Fundamental Skills, Rules and Regulations of any one of the following games : Football, Softball, Table-Tennis, Gymnastics, Wrestling, Volleyball, Korfball

o Yoga : Any five asanas out of the following : Karanpeedasana, Padmasana, Dhanurasana, Sarvangasana, Paschimottanasana, Chakrasana, Halasana, Matsyasana, Ardhmatsyendrasana, Usthrasana, Mayurasana, Shirshasana, Vajrasana

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (M.M. : 25)

BOOKS AND READINGS

THEORY • Beotra, Alka (2001-02), Drug Education Handbook on Drug Abuse in Sports (Mumbai : Applied Nutrition

Sciences). • Jain, Jawahar (2004), Khel Dawaon Ka (New Delhi : Delhi University Press). • Pande, P. K. (1987), Outline of Sports Medicine (New Delhi : Jaypee Brothers). • Roy, Steven and Richard, Irvin (1983), Sports Medicine (N.J. : Englewood Cliff.). • Sharma, N.P. (2005), Sharir Rachna Tatha Sharir Kriya Vigyan (New Delhi : Khel Sahitya Kendra). PRACTICAL • Debort, J. Monneth (1987), Modern Track and Field (N.J. Prentice Hall Inc. : Englewood Cliffs). • Mohan, V.M. (1977), Athletics for Beginners (New Delhi : Metropoliton Books).

219

• Refer various sites of sports / games federations at national / international level.

220

PAPER-III : PROFESSIONAL INTEGRATION IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Sports Psychology, Administration and Management of Physical Education)

THEORY (M.M. : 50)

Sports Psychology

o Definition, Scope and Importance of Sports Psychology

o Fundamentals of Growth and Development (Infancy, Childhood, Adolescence, Adulthood)

o Personality : Meaning of Personality, Personality, Factors Affecting Personality, Development of Personality and Sports

o Learning : Concept and Principles of Learning, Types of Learning, Learning Curve, Transfer of Training and Sports

o Motivation : Concept of Motivation, Types of Motivation, Role of Motivation, Concepts of Incentive, Achievement, Motivation and Sports

o Concepts of Positive Thinking, Attitudes, Emotion, Anxiety and Stress Management in Sports

Administration and Management of Physical Education

o Concept and Scope of Planning, Organization, Administration and Management with reference to Physical Education

o Lay-out and Supervision of Physical Education Facilities

o Drawing of Fixtures, Organization of Intramurals / Extra-murals and other Sports Events (Seminar, Clinic, Talk etc.)

o Office Management and Budgeting : Maintenance of Records and Accounts

o Use of Audio-Visual Aids in Physical Education

o Role of Media and Public Relations in Physical Education

o Careers in Fitness, Health, Physical Education and Sports

PRACTICAL (M.M. : 25)

o Track & Field (Throwing Events) : History, Techniques/Skills and Records

o History, Fundamental Skills, Rules and Regulations of any one of the following games : Cricket, Netball, Squash, Archery, Kabaddi, Chess, Shooting

o Organization and Reporting of an Event

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (M.M. : 25)

BOOKS AND READINGS

THEORY • Bucher, Charles A. and Krotee, M. L. (1993), Management of Physical Education & Athletic

Programs 10th ed. (St. Louis : Mosby Year Book). • Chakraborty, Samiran (2002), Sports Management (Delhi : Khel Sahitya Kendra) • International Olympic Committee (1986), Sports Leadership Course (Lausanne, Switzerland). • Kaushik, Seema and Shaw, Dhananjoy (2000), Sharirik Shiksha Mein Paath Niyojan Va Shikshan

Paddhhati Ke Siddhhant (New Delhi : Friends Publications). • Sandhu, Kiran (1993), Sports Dynamics–Psychology, Sociology and Management (Delhi : Galgotia

Publishers). • Sandhu, Kiran (2006), Trends and Developments in Professional Preparation in Physical Education

(New Delhi : Friends Publication). • Shaw, Dhananjoy and Kaushik, Seema (2001), Lesson-Planning, Teaching Methods and Class-

Management in Physical Education (New Delhi : Khel Sahitya Kendra).

PRACTICAL • Debort, J. Monneth (1987), Modern Track and Field (N.J. Prentice Hall Inc. : Englewood Cliffs). • Mohan, V.M. (1977), Athletics for Beginners (New Delhi : Metropoliton Books).

221

• Refer various sites of sports / games federations at national / international level.

3. PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES

3.1 One Day Workshop on “Management of Sports Injuries” - Report & Photo Features

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORTS SCIENCES

UNIVERSITY OF DELHI

A REPORT

ONE DAY WORKSHOP

ON

‘MANAGEMENT OF SPORTS INJURIES’

At Conference Hall, University of Delhi MAY 23, 2007

222

INDIRA GANDHI INSTITUTE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION & SPORTS SCIENCES Block-B, Vikaspuri, NEW DELHI-110018 TEL.: Off: 64558385; 25593497; Mob; 9818022788; Res: 25748802

E-MAIL: kiran_sandhu36@yahoo.co.in

A ONE DAY WORK SHOP ON ‘MANAGEMENT OF SPORTS INJURIES’

On Wednesday, May 23, 2007

At Conference Centre, University of Delhi, Delhi-110 007

INAUGURATION BY

Prof.S K Tondon, Pro Vice Chancellor, University of Delhi

RESOURCE PERSON

*Ms. Kate Grafton, Principal Lecturer, International Development Unit and Physiotherapist, Faculty of Health and Wellbeing, Sheffield Hallam University, U.K.

**Dr. P.S.M. Chandran, Director, Sports Medicine, Sports Authority of India

***Dr. J.L. Jain, Sr. Physician, WUHS, University of Delhi

SESSION – I : SPORTS INJURY MANAGEMENT - WHAT, WHERE AND WHY?*

SESSION – II : PREVENTION IS BEST – HOW TO AVOID INJURY?*

SESSION – III : HOW GOOD IS YOUR TRUNK CONTROL?* : (DO IT YOURSELF & LEARN – A PRACTICUM)

Informative Talks

I : MEDICAL COVER 2010 COMMONWEALTH**

II : ERGOGENIC AIDS IN SPORTS***

PROGRAMME

8:30 a.m. : Registration over a Cup of Tea

9:30 a.m. : Registration Closes

9:45-10:30 a.m. : Inauguration

10:30-11:30 a.m. : Session – I*

11:30 a.m. : Drinks

12:00 -1:00 p.m. : Session – II*

1:00 - 1:30 p.m. : Informative Talk – I **

1:30 p.m. : Lunch

2:30 p.m. : Informative Talk – ii ***

3:00-4:30 p.m. : Session – III*

4:30 p.m. : Closing & Tea

Dr. N. P. Sharma, Coordinator

DR. (Mrs.) KIRAN SANDHU Head

223

CONTENTS

Programme of Workshop

1. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

2. RESOURCE PERSONS

3. REGISTRATION

4. PROCEEDINGS AND WORK PERFORMED

INAUGURAL SESSION

WORKSHOP SCIENTIFIC SESSIONS*

INFORMATIVE TALKS- (Talk-1** & Talk-2 ***)

VALEDICTORY SESSION

5. LEARNING OUT COMES

6. WORKSHOP SUPPORT: ACADEMIC AND PRACTICAL LEARNING

7. CERTIFICATION

8. HOSPITALITY

9. APPENDICES APPENDIX-I : Delegates- Student, and Lecturers, Physical Education from

Different Colleges of University of Delhi, Invited Resource Persons and Visitors & Members of Organization Desk–cum–Delegates

APPENDIX-II : Support Material Distributed

APPENDIX-III : Workshop Assessment Performa

APPENDIX-IV: Copy of the Certificates

APPENDIX-V : Invitation Card and Post Material

Appendix-VI : Abstract of the Report

Appendix-VII: Media Outlook.

APPENDIX-VIII: Organizing Desk

Back-cover : Revisiting the Workshop -A Photo Gallery

224

A REPORT: WORKSHOP ON ‘MANAGEMENT OF SPORTS INJURIES’

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The workshop organization acknowledges the support received from various source s of support especially Chairperson of Unassigned Grants Committee, University of Delhi for a special sanction of grant for the workshop organization; & estate office for providing venue for the conference. Ii also recognizes the support received from DUSC, IGIPESS, The British School, New Delhi; British Council, New Delhi; Pepsi Drinks; and Bhagwati Constructions, New Delhi. Special Thanks to the Members of fraternity who helped on the organization Desk of the Work Shop.

One day workshop on ‘Management of Sports Injuries’ was organized by the Department of Physical Education and Sports Sciences on May 23, 2007 at Conference Centre, University of Delhi.

Chief Guest : Prof. S.K. Tandon, Pro–Vice Chancellor, University of Delhi

Presiding officer : Prof. Prahlad Ghosh, Former Dean, FIAS, University of Delhi

Convener : Dr. Kiran Sandhu, Head, Department of Physical Education and

Sports Sciences, University of Delhi

Coordinator : Dr. N.P. Sharma, Reader, IGIPESS

Resource Persons :

*Ms. Kate Grafton, Principal Lecturer, International Development Unit and Physiotherapist, Faculty of Health and Wellbeing, Sheffield Hallam University, U.K.

**Dr. P.S.M. Chandran, Director, Sports Medicine, Sports Authority of India

***Dr. J.L. Jain, Sr. Physician, WUHS, University of Delhi

REGISTRATION

The workshop was primarily organised for students and teachers of University of Delhi, it was well attended, and registration break-up of attendance in the work shop is as per the following details:

Students : List attached (Appendix-I)

Lecturers Physical Education : (Appendix-I)

Invited Resource Persons/Delegates : (Appendix-I)

Organising Desk-cum-Delegates : (Appendix-I)

Medical Personnel : Dr. J.L. Jain, Dr.. Chandran, Dr. Vijay

Dignitaries/ Distinguished Guests :

Prof. P. Ghosh (Former Dean, Faculty of Inter-Disciplinary and Applied Sciences) Prof. Rajiva Verma (Chairman, B.A. Programme Committee) Prof. Surender Nath (Dean, Faculty of Sciences) Prof. U.S. Sharma (Former Dean, Faculty of Education)

Prof. N.K. Chadha (Head, Department of Adult, Continuing Education and Extension) Dr. Shashwati Mazumdar (Head, Department of Germanic and Romance Studies) Dr. Pratibha Jolly (Principal, Miranda House);

Dr. Savitri Singh (Principal, Acharya Narender Dev College)

Dr. Jaswinder Singh, (Principal Khalsa college)

Dr. D. K. Kansal (Principal, IGIPESS)

Dr. J.S. Naruka (Director, Delhi University Sports Council) Sh. Umesh Kumar (Chairman, IGIPESS) Ms. Asha Aggarwal (Arjuna Awardee, Deputy Director, Directorate of Education, Delhi) Ms. Mona Shiplay (Head, Scholarship, British Council, New Delhi)

225

Dr. Kalpna Sharma, (Principal, Noida College of Physical Education

PROCEEDINGS AND WORK PERFORMED:

INAUGURAL SESSION Dr. Kiran Sandhu, Head of The Department, Physical Education & Sports Sciences, University of Delhi and Convener of the workshop welcomed everyone and shared the progress made by the Department of Physical Education and Sports Sciences, which is a recent initiative of University of Delhi. In a brief presentation she also shared the possibilities to be explored in near future for the welfare of the students undertaking programms of Physical Education & Sports. She acknowledged the University of Delhi for permitting to start Ph.D. Programme in Physical Education. She expressed gratitude to the B.A. Programme committee of University of Delhi for recommending the proposal of Physical Education to University of Delhi. She also appreciated the colleges and Principals who have taken initiatives to introduce Physical Education in B.A. Programme in their colleges w.e.f.July, 2007. Dr. Sandhu elaborated that this workshop will be one of the many which have been planned by the department for faculty and students’ enrichment. She also shared her vision of the possibility of student exchange programmes with Universities in developed countries for learning and exposure to the advance techniques, academics and ongoing research in sports sand physical education in higher education. She also informed that the British Council, New Delhi has agreed in principal to support few resource persons for training teachers of University of Delhi in the identified areas in Train the Trainer Modules. Prof. S.K. Tandon, Pro Vice Chancellor of University of Delhi and the Chief Guest of the workshop in his inaugural address, said that sports is a symbol of action and movement and that is reflective in life; much more should have been done by the University of Delhi in the field of Physical Education for its being an important field of education. Particularly in the context of Commonwealth Games-2010, it is a very opportune time to perhaps make sports a part of community activity. He further stated that, sports knit communities together and as a nation it is time we realize its importance. Prof. Tandon assured all the possible support towards journey of becoming successful in building a very effective programme of physical education and sports in the University of Delhi. He said the theme of the work shop is the need of the day, and is just a beginning; The Department has a long way to walk for progress. He agreed that relevant learning will take place today in the area of management of sports injuries which needs great attention by all concerned, especially understanding it with cross-cultural perspectives. At all costs, young lives need to be saved and for teacher and students, gained knowledge will go a long way. He thanked Dr. Kate Grafton and University of Sheffilied Hallam UK, for accepting to conduct the workshop. Prof. Prahlad C. Ghosh represented the Dean of the Faculty of Interdisciplinary & Applied Sciences, and shared that he being the first Dean of the Department when the Department was made functional noted that people from the area of Physical education and Sports is an eager community to progress, they want to move ahead and that is a healthy sign for making progress, he wished success to the workshop and its participants. Ms. Kate Grafton, presented an overview of schedule of teaching-learning to happen during the workshop, she also shared information about University of Sheffield. Dr. D.K. Kansal, acknowledged contribution of all and thanked every one, he also shared his vision about the need for all to be physically literate. Dr. J.S. Naruka presented a winding up note for the inaugural session and said that Physical Education and Sports were like mother and child and should not be separated, for it to grow in a unified manner. WORKSHOP SCIENTIFIC SESSIONS: SESSION-I* : SPORT INJURY MANAGEMENT – WHAT? WHERE? WHY?

Chairperson : Dr. Pratibha Jolly, Principal, Miranda House Co-Chairperson : Dr. N.P. Sharma, Reader, IGIPESS The workshop explored the following areas for building the foundation:

Introducition made the base and three questions were discussed - What? Where? Why? Key considerations in setting up an injury management service at a sporting event were

explored. Sports Medicine and Rehabilitation Provisions in SHU were explained in relevance to the

present workshop.

226

The session provided an understanding on setting up of injury management services according to the level and nature of sports events. In an interactive mode, the participants worked in groups to identify the major dimensions for setting injury management service on spot in sporting events. It challenged thinking process of the participants and presentations were made by the group representatives for reviewing the assembled areas.

SESSION-II* : PREVENTION IS BEST - HOW DO YOU AVOID INJURY? Chairperson : Dr. D.K. Kansal, Principal, IGIPESS Co-Chairperson : Dr. N.P. Sharma, Reader, IGIPESS The workshop explored the following questions:

Fit for sport or sport for fitness? Is an injury Overuse or under use? Risk assessment - what should it include?

The speaker gave the participants an understanding of whether Injury should be prevented or reduced, about how important it is to understand whether injury is caused due to Intrinsic or extrinsic factors, the difference between Coaching vs. training and prevention of injury through Movement control was also elaborated. Dr. Kate Grafton also said that sports injuries happen through sudden or persistent stress on a particular part of the body with which the body cannot cope and also because of damage to the body tissues due to long term stresses placed on particular body parts. Elaborating on the strategies, Dr. Grafton said that Coaching for movement control should be given priority which would address issues of quality not quantity; correction of the wrong movement; how to keep focused on the positive, and understand how we learn, give training for the movement and not the muscle; and finally emphasis has to be on Coaching the athlete and not the drill. Children under 14 years old are at an optimal age for movement training. INFORMATIVE TALK –1 : MEDICAL COVER IN 2010**

Chairperson : Dr. D.K. Kansal, Principal, IGIPESS Co-Chairperson : Dr. N.P. Sharma, Reader, IGIPESS

In the second session of the day, Dr. P.S.M. Chandran, Director (Sports Medicine), Sports Authority of India, presented an informative talk on “Commonwealth Games 2010 : Challenges to Sports Medicine : Medical Cover for Sports Meets”. Dr. Chandran elaborated upon the Medical cover at the stadium for athletes, spectators and VIP’s, Medical cover at the hotels/ Games Village which will have a dispensary and a mini hospital with on call specialists respectively, and the Medical Cover for Road Races with mobile medical teams and first aid posts. The medical arrangements will depend upon the type of sport and injury pattern. Referral hospitals with all facilities for surgery and ICU’s are also being identified, with special cover being extended to Boxers and Marathon runners. Dr. Chandran said that provision for preventive medical examination, with the presence of medical personnel on duty during sports meets are also in the offing. The Medical Cover during Commonwealth Games - 2010 will be undertaken by a medical committee, with the medical controller controlling all operations. He talked in detail about the role and duties of Medical Controller. INFORMATIVE TALK–2 : ERGOGENIC-AIDS AND SPORTS***

Chairperson : Dr. R.S. Mann, Reader, Shaheed Bhagat Singh College Co-Chairperson : Dr. J.P. Sharma, Reader, IGIPESS

After a short lunch break, the session III was convened for a presentation by Dr. Jawahar Lal Jain, Senior Physician, WUHS, University of Delhi on Ergogenic Aids and Sports. An in depth and informative lecture on the use of performance enhancing drugs, and other aids was delivered by him. He said that education and awareness about the problem of doping / use of supplements needed to be imparted to the athletes, coaches, officials, parents and the government on war footing. At this point of time, there is dire need for a sports nutritionist, a full time doctor, a sports psychologist and a physiotherapist accompanying Indian teams to reach fullest potential in international competitions.

227

SESSION-III* : How Good is your Trunk Control? (A Practicum Session-Learning by Doing)

Chairperson : Sh. Clement Raj Kumar, Reader, St. Stephen’s College Co-Chairperson : Sh. Mukesh Kumar Kohli, Reader, Ram Lal Anand College Session Coordinator : Dr. Pardeep Kumar, Reader, IGIPESS Sh. Nama Ashish , Sr, Lecturer, Moti Lal Nehru College The workshop explored the following theoretical and practical aspects of :

Core stabilization and how to improve it. Movement control as the key to injury prevention, rehabilitation; and peak sport performance. Effect of lack of Movement / Dynamic Control are : o Pain / reflex inhibition o Restricted motion o Reduction in muscle endurance / increase in fatigue o Dysfunction in adjacent joints o Problems with muscle control o Proprioceptive deficit

Dr. Grafton also explained the concepts behind Muscle imbalance, Stability vs. instability, Motor control and Core stability. Local muscle and global muscle systems were dealt with at length with the help of muscle diagrams. Comparisons between local postural stabilizers and global dynamic stabilizers with reference to anatomical / biomechanical muscle differences were drawn as also the differences between the tonic and of basic muscle fiber. Methods of retraining Dynamic Control were touched upon, which are identification of the underlying dysfunctional movement patterns, identification of a shortened / tight muscle, application of anatomy and principles of stretching, and identification of a under active or delayed in activation muscle. The learning was clubbed with a practical session using Swiss/Gym balls and Pilates exercises conducted by the resource person, which was very informative and had practical application and majority of participants took part in it. The Principles of Pilates were enumerated as:

Concentration Control Centre - central trunk muscles ‘The Power House’ Fluidity - no jerky movements Precision - quality Breath - control of breath to control of movement Imagination Intuition Integration - of movement and good posture

Further readings on Core Stabilization and a Self assessment questionnaire for movement control were also given to the participants by Dr. Grafton. VALEDICTORY SESSION Mr. Clement Rajkumar, the president of Delhi University Teachers association of Physical Education, presented the utility of such workshop and application of the learnt skill in the workshop on Management of Sports injuries for the teachers and students both, he said that not only such knowledge is good for sports, but it is equally necessary for a healthy and fit life to be lead even in post active period of sports. Therefore, it is life long requirement to practice the learnt skills and apply the knowledge in real life. Dr. Grafton was thanked by Mr. Mukesh Kohli, a senior Faculty of Physical Education, Ram Lal Anand College on behalf of the Department of Physical Education and Sports Sciences and everyone present, for an enriching and enlightening experience in the field of Sports Physiotherapy and Management of Sports Injuries. LEARNING OUT COMES The participants of the workshop were eminently satisfied with the workshop on sports injuries and were of the opinion that many more such ventures would prove to be of benefit to the teaching and student community of physical education in providing and receiving quality education.

228

It is assessed that after the workshop the participants will be able to: 1. Carry out & Supervise the Management of Sports Injuries with:

various point of view including Role of Sports Physiotherapy; Cross-cultural perspectives; Extension of existing knowledge, Building–up of foundations, Role of trunk in movement, and sports performance.

2. Manage the Career and Professional Readiness by: a. Establishing an Injury Management Facility Centre on sports sites b. Developing Business Philosophy and its application c. Offering Preventive Measures and strategies

3. Work on live models while applying hand-on knowledge in: a. Identification of Muscles (Primary and Secondary) responsible for movement Function with

special emphasis on Trunk-coupling, (prevention, fitness and maintenance) b. Demonstrations and supervision in exercises of skill, Swiss ball , and Pilates performed with

Swiss balls and Floor/Mattress 4 Understand fully the concept of Medical-cover for international events, and relevance of ergogenic

aids in sports WORKSHOP SUPPORT: ACADEMIC AND PRACTICAL LEARNING A) Academic Support: Material and Activities

1. The work shop bag was given to all the participants of the workshop. 2. The support material was provided in terms of hand outs of all the scientific sessions and

informative talks. The material was in bound volume of 27 pages. (Appendix- II). 3. The display of the scientific books was organised on the theme of Management of Sports

Injuries and its relevant areas of study. 4. Proceedings were tape recorded and are available for consultation in the office of

Department of Physical Education & Sports Sciences at IGIPESS, Block-B Vikas Puri, New Delhi-110018.

5. List of resource and reference material suggested for further reading was also provided. B) Practical Session Support – Material and Activities

1. Mattresses were provided for practical training session 2. Swiss Balls were provided for learning exercises in the learning by doing session

C) Feedback: Evaluation of Workshop was done through evaluation Performa (Appendix-III). CERTIFICATION The participants were also distributed certificates. A specimen copy is attached (Appendix-IV). HOSPITALITY Invitation cards were sent (Appendix-V)

Morning Tea with snacks was served during registration from 8:30 to 9:30 a.m. Session Break Tea and Biscuits were served at 11:45 a.m. Lunch was served at 1:45 p.m. Cold Drinks and Lay Chips were served to all at 5:30 p.m.

Special effort was made to provide conveyance arrangements etc to the resource persons in addition to normal expected requirement. REPORT & MEDIA A report and abstract was prepared and sent out (Appendix-VI) as the handout and press release that has been reported in the media. (Appendix-VII) ORGANIZATION DESK Many a number of teachers of Colleges of University of Delhi, IGIPESS, and Research Scholars of the Department volunteered to support the organization of the Workshop. List of the Organizing Desk is in Appendix-VIII.

(Dr. KIRAN SANDHU) Head of Department

Physical education & Sports Sciences,

229

University of Delhi Email: Kiran_sandhu36@yahoo.co.in

Phone: 64558385; 9818022788; 28728802 OFF: IGIPESS, Block- B, Vikas Puri, New Delhi 110018

APPENDIX- I : Delegates- Presence in ONE DAY WORK SHOP on 23-05-07

Student, and Lecturers, Physical Education from Different Colleges of Univ of Delhi,

Invited Resource Persons and Visitors and

Members of Organization Desk–cum–Delegates

S No

Students Physical Education Lecturers

Invitees/ Resource Persons

Visitors Research scholars

Organization Desk cum- Delegates

Support Staff

1 Mr. Vikas Rawat

Ms. Kuljeet Kaur Bhagi

Prof. P.C. Ghosh Mr. Vivek Samana (Press)

Mr. P. Saroha

Dr. Kiran Sandhu

Sh. Gulshan

2 Mr. Akhil V. Kumar

Dr. Kamlesh Sharma

Ms. Kate Grafton Mr. Sujay John(Press

Mr. Ajit Nair

Dr. N. P. Sharma Ms. Kiran Chaudhary

3 Ms. Rashmi Dr. Manmohan Kaur

Dr. J. L. Jain Mr. Rakesh Thapliyal (Press)

Mr. Surnder Kumar Bhandoria

Mr. Clement Raj Kumar

Ms .Sangeeta

4 Ms. Kaushambi Tyagi

Mr. Clement Raj Kumar

Dr. P. S. M. Chandran

Mr. Mukesh Thapliyal (Press)

Mr. Dharmender

Dr. J. P. Sharma Mr. Ganesh Giri

5 Ms.Vidhata Mr.Mukesh Kohli Dr. Vijay Mr. Raman Kaushal (Bal Bhawan)

Mr. Vishnu Parmar

Dr. Rajbir Mr. Ishwar Parkash

6 Ms. Rekha Gupta

Ms. Seema V. Singh

Prof. Rajiva Verma Mr. Kunal Dr. Lalit Sharma Sh. Satish (Caretaker)

7 Mr. Prabhakar

Mrs. Manjeet Madan

Dr. Nath Surender Mr. Varun Nijhawan

Ms. Seema Kaushik

Mr. Inder Parveen

8 Ms Shubhra Kathuria

Ms. Parveen Kaur Prof. U. S. Sharma Dr. M. M. S. Bedi

Sh. Lala DUSC

9 Mr. Dinesh Rana

Ompati Chaudhary Prof. Shaswati Majumdar

Dr. DineshP. Sharma

Sh. Banmau DUSC

10 Ms. Jyoti Mann

Dr. Ashok Singh Prof. N. K. Chadha

Dr. Amita Rana

11 Mr. Amit Singh

Ms. O. P. Padma Dr. Jolly Pratibha Dr. Anju Luthra

12 Ms. Kiran Mr. Mukesh Kohli Dr. Singh Jaswinder Dr Kavita Sharma

13 Mr. Hari Om

Dr. N. P. Sharma Dr. Singh Savithri Dr. Saryu Ruhela

14 Mr. Naval Dr. Amita Rana Dr. D. K. Kansal Dr. Sunita Arora

230

Kishor

15 Mr. Ajay Dr. Sunita Arora Dr. Kalpana Sharma

Dr. Pradeep Chikaara

16 Ms. Anita Ms. Abha Jain Dr. J S Naruka Mr. Nama Ashish

17 Ms. Babita Dr. Benu Gupta Mr. Umesh Kumar

Dr. R. S. Mann

18 Mr. Praveen Lawrence

Dr. Sheela kumari. Ms. Asha Aggarwal

Dr. Suresh Kumar Lau

19 Mr. Prateek Walia

Ms. Rekha Kumari Ms. Mona Shipley Dr. Sheela K.

20 Mr. Manish Kumar

Chakravarty Sk

Mr. Veer Singh Dr. Govil Savita

21 Mr. Mohit Goel

Ms. Pahuja Meenakshi

Sh. Morris Tete Munesh Chakravarthy

22 Mr. Amit Negi

Mr. Raghbir Singh Mann

Ms. Seema Singh

23 Ms. Sunit Gusain

Shewta Suri Midha Ms. Sonia Shalini

24 Ms. Neha Sharma

Ms. Anjum Padyal

25 Mr. Sunil Dutt

Mr. Virender Singh jaggi

26 Ms. Ekta Mehta

Dr. Parmod Kumar Sethi

27 Ms. Meenakshi Tokas

Dr. Gauri chakravothy

28 Mr. Amit Dr. Surender Singh

29 Ms. Deepali

Ms. Shweta Suri Midha

30 Ms. Ishani Pahwa

Ms. Praveen Kaur

31 Ms. Tanya Pandey

Ms. Manjeet Madan

32 Ms. Cherry Luthra

Dr. Pargat Singh

33 Ms. Monica

34 Poonam Goswami

35 Asha Rana

231

232

APPENDIX-II : Support Material Distributed (Copy Enclosed)

APPENDIX-III : Workshop Assessment Performa - Trunk Control Self Assessment

MUSCLE RECRUITMENT TASK - COMMENT

SIMPLE TASKS

Transversus Abdominis – standing

Transversus Abdominis – supine,

Transversus Abdominis – 4 point kneeling

Multifidus -step standing

Multifidus - arm movements

Saggital Plane leg slides & lifts (supine)

Rotation control leg rolls outs (supine)

Gluts Lateral leg lift (side lying)

Gluts : hamstring dissociation (prone)

Gluts : hamstring dissociation (hips flexed)

COMBINATION TASKS

4 point kneeling limb movement control

Trunk segmental roll-ups & roll downs

Trunk control with lower limb movements

GYM BALL CHALLENGES

Sit on ball – good posture, spinal dissociation, no support

Sit on ball – arm lifts, leg lifts, combination lifts

Abdominal hold, back on floor, legs on ball

Spinal extension, abdomen on ball, lift opp limbs

Trunk control walk trunk out

Roll ball up & down wall

233

APPENDIX-IV : COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE

234

APPENDIX-V : INVITATION CARD AND POST MATERIAL

235

APPENDIX-VI:

AN ABSTRACT OF THE REPORT: ‘WORKSHOP ON ‘MANAGEMENT OF SPORTS INJURIES’

One day workshop on ‘Management of Sports Injuries’ was organized by the Department of Physical Education and Sports Sciences on May 23, 2007at Conference Centre, University of Delhi.

While inaugurating the workshop Prof. S.K. Tandon, Pro-Vice Chancellor, University of Delhi, said that It is just a beginning and University of Delhi has a long way to go in Physical Education & Sports. Such workshops are indeed the professional need of the students and teachers to understand professional themes from local and cross-cultural perspectives.

A well attended conference had the opportunity to interact with distinguished guests form university fraternity.Among the presents were Prof. P. Ghosh (Faculty of Inter-Disciplinary and Applied Sciences) presided over the inaugural session. Prof. Rajiva Verma (Chairman, B.A. Programme Committee); Prof. Surender Nath (Dean, Faculty of Sciences); Prof. U.S. Sharma (Former Dean, Faculty of Education); Prof. N.K. Chadha (Head, Department of Adult, Continuing Education and Extension); Dr. Shashwati Mazumdar (Head, Department of Germanic and Romans Studies); Dr. Pratibha Jolly (Principal, Miranda House); Dr. Savitri Singh (Principal, Acharya Narender Dev College), Dr. Jaswinder Singh (Principal Khalsa College); Prof. J.S. Naruka (Director, Delhi University Sports Council), Dr. D.K. Kansal (Principal, IGIPESS), Ms. Asha Aggarwal (Arjuna Awardee) and Ms. Mona Shiplay (Head, Scholarship of British Council) besides 125 delegates from the University of Delhi including teachers, research-scholars and students. Dr. N.P. Sharma from IGIPESS coordinated the workshop.

Dr. Kiran Sandhu, Head of the Department of Physical Education and Sports Sciences of University of Delhi extended welcome and acknowleged University for allowing the Department to start registration to the Ph.D. Programme in physical education, in addition to Physical Education as an Application and Discipline Course in B.A. Programme with effect from July, 2007.

Kate Graftan, Principal Lecturer, International Development Unit & Physiotherapist, Faculty of Health and Well Being, Sheffield Hallam University, U.K. was the main resource person of the workshop.

The three scientific-sessions workshop also had two informative talks. First session was focused on the “Sports Injuries – What? Where? Why?”, the second session discussed “Prevention Is Best – How Do You Avoid Injury” and third session progressed with a practicum session on “How Good Is Your Trunk Control?” Delegates of the workshop experienced practical training for trunk-control with Swiss ball (Gym) ball and Pilates exercises etc. The informative talk “Medical Cover For 2010 – Commonwealth Games” was delivered by Prof. P.S.M. Chandran, Director, Sports Medicine, Sports Authority of India; and talk on “Ergogenic Aids and Sports” was delivered by Dr. J. L. Jain, Senior Physician, W.U.H.S. University of Delhi.

In the valedictory session, Dr. Grafton was acknowledged for enriching the participants by co-Chairperson of the session, Mr. Mukesh Kohli. The valedictory address was given by Mr. Clement Raj kumar, President of Delhi University Physical Education Teachers’ Association. Dr. D.K. Kansal, Principal, IGIPESS proposed vote of thanks.

The workshop was an enriching and enlightening experience for all the participants, as it included thought-provoking discussions, interactions and practical learning. After the workshop it is assessed that participants will be able to:

Carry out & Supervise the Management of Sports Injuries with:

various point of view including Role of Sports Physiotherapy; Cross-cultural perspectives; Extension of existing knowledge, Building–up of foundations, Role of truck in movement, and sports performance.

Handle Career and Professional Readiness by:

Establishing an Injury Management Facility Centre on sports sites

Developing Business Philosophy and its application

Offering Preventive Measures and strategies

Work on live models while applying hand-on knowledge in:

Identification of Muscles (Primary and Secondary) responsible for movement Function with special emphasis on Trunk-coupling, (prevention, fitness and maintenance)

Demonstrations and supervision in exercises of skill, Swiss ball , and Pilates performed with Swiss balls and Floor/Mattress

Kiran Sandhu, H O D

236

APPENDIX-VII: MEDIA OUTLOOK

237

Appendix-VIII: Organizing Desk

A ONE DAY WORKSHOP ON ‘MANAGEMENT OF SPORTS INJURIES’ on Wednesday, May 23, 2007 at Conference Centre, University of Delhi

Organization Desk Reception

• Dr. N. P. Sharma • Mr. Clement Rajkumar • Dr. J. P. Sharma • Dr. Rajbir

Registration Forms and Seating Arrangement • Ms. Sonia Shalini • Mr. Praveen Saroha • Mr. Ajit Nair • Mr. Surender Rai Bhandoria • Mr. Sandeep Kumar • Mr. Kunal • Mr. Dharmender • Mr. Vishnu Parmar

Registration and Accreditation • Dr. Lalit Sharma • Ms. Seema Kaushik

Scientific Literature and Equipments Display • Dr. M.M.S. Bedi • Dr. Amita Rana • Dr. Anil Kalkal

Hospitality and Banners • Dr. Anju Luthra • Dr. Kavita Sharma • Dr. Sunita Arora • Dr. Gauri Chakravorty • Ms. Seema V. Singh

Practicum Support • Dr. Pradeep Chhikara • Mr. Nama Ashish Prem Singh

Media and Report • Dr. S. K. Lau • Dr. Sheela • Dr. Savita Govil

Certificates and Souvenirs • Dr. N. P. Sharma (Certificates) • Ms. Munesh Chakravortty (Souvenirs)

Support : Administration, Finance & Secretariat • Mr. R.C. Rana (Administration) • Mr. Gulshan (Finance) • Ms. Kiran Chaudhary (Secretariat) • Mr. Ganesh (Helper) • Mr. Ishwar (Helper)

238

BACK-COVER : REVISITING THE WORKSHOP - A PHOTO GALLERY

239

3.2 National Workshop on “Review and Development of Curriculum (M.P.Ed.) - Report & Photo Features

Appendix-1 M.P.ED SEMESTER SYSTEM: CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

A Brief Report

At the instance of Prof. Deepak Pental, the Vice Chancellor, University of Delhi and University Grants Commission desiring for semester system to be introduced at Post Graduate level; the Department of Physical Education and Sports Sciences, University of Delhi took initiative to introduce Masters’ of Physical Education (MPEd) by Semester System, to which Committee of Courses agreed in principle in its meeting on 27th September 2008. (Appendix-2.1)

At the instance of Committee of Courses, a sub-committee (Appendix-2.2) developed the draft framework with the academic assistance of research scholars of the department. The draft framework developed by the sub committee was sent for observations to:

1. Banaras Hindu University, Banaras 2. GNDU, Amritsar 3. Jiwaji University, Gwalior 4. LNIPE, Shakti Nagar, Gwalior 5. Punjab Govt. College of Physical Education, Patiala 6. Aggasi College of Physical Education, Pune; 7. Department of Physical Education 8. Kalyani University, West Bengal 9. Principal, IGIPESS, University of Delhi 10. The Director, Physical Education, DUSC 11. Secretary, Association of Physical Education Teachers, University of Delhi

The suggestions received were incorporated, in the draft curriculum framework and its syllabi to be placed in National Workshop to “Review and Development of Curriculum M.P.Ed Semester System”.

The National workshop was inaugurated by Prof. R. C. Kuhad, the Dean, Faculty of Interdisciplinary & Applied Sciences and the valedictory address was by Prof. U.S. Sharma, Former Dean, Faculty of Education, University of Delhi.

The draft proposal was considered in the National Workshop held at the library of IGIPESS from 5th to 6th March 2008. Forty eight (48) delegates took part in the workshop (Appendix-2.3), who worked in various groups (Appendix-3) as per their expertise and professional experience to scrutinize, develop and refine the curriculum.

An internal review committee (Appendix-2.4) consolidated (on 7th, 8th & 9th March 2008) all the suggestions received in National Workshop. The committee also reviewed the syllabi of various courses of study for the purpose of uniformity, degree of difficulty, progression and presentation. As recommended by sub-committee some part of the syllabi was sent to identify expert members (Appendix-2.5) for further input in the proposal.

Hence, the present document is being sent for peer review to the Institutes/Departments/Colleges offering M.P.Ed, IGIPESS, University of Delhi; BHU, Banaras; GNDU, Amritsar; LNIPE, Gwalior; Kannoor University, Kanoor; and Kurukshetra University.

The future course of action intends to consolidate all the suggestion that will be received for placing the document before the committee of courses for the final approval and necessary forwarding to the University of Delhi, for implementation w.e.f. July 2008.

Dr. Kiran Sandhu

HOD

240

Appendix-2 LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS AND PARTICIPANTS

S. No. Name Institution

2.1 Members of Committee of Courses (Sept. 25 to 27, 2008)

1 Dr. Kiran Sandhu HOD, Department of Phy. Edu. & Sports Sciences

2 Dr. J S Naruka Director, Delhi University Sports Council

3 Dr. Usha Singh Daulat Ram College

4 Dr. M K Singh IGIPESS

5 Dr. N P Sharma IGIPESS

6 Dr. D. Shaw IGIPESS

7 Dr. Sandeep Tiwari IGIPESS

8 Dr. J P Sharma IGIPESS

9 Dr. Kalpna Sharma Noida College of Physical Education

10 Dr. Vijay IGIPESS

11 Dr. Rita Jain IGIPESS

2.2 Members of Sub-Committee (Oct.27, 2007; Nov. 17, 2007; Feb. 9, 2008)

1 Dr. Kiran Sandhu HOD, DPESS (Chairperson)

2 Dr. Lalit Sharma IGIPESS (Member)

3 Dr. Pradeep Kumar IGIPESS (Secretary, Staff Council, IGIPESS)

4 Dr. Seema Kaushik Lakshmibai College (Member)

5 Dr. Sheila Gargi College (Member)

6 Dr. Saryu Ruhela Kamla Nehru College (Member)

7 Dr. Sandeep Tiwari IGIPESS (Coordinator)

2.3 Participants of National Workshop (March 5-6, 2008)

1 Prof. S N Sharma Department of Phy. Edu., Panjab Univ., Chandigarh

2 Prof. M L Kamlesh Former Principal, LNIPE, Trivendrum

3 Prof. R N Dey Prof. LNIPE, Gwalior

4 Prof. Naina Nimkar Principal, Chendershekhar Aggasy College, Pune

5 Dr. Kiran Sandhu HOD, Department of Phy. Edu. & Sports Sciences

241

S. No. Name Institution

6 Dr. D. K. Kansal Principal, IGIPESS (Director, National Workshop)

7 Dr. J. S. Naruka Delhi University Sports Council

8 Dr. Ajay Sahni Devi Ahilya University, Indore

9 Dr. Kalpna Sharma Noida College of Physical Education

10 Dr. Usha Singh Daulat Ram College

11 Dr. M K Singh IGIPESS

12 Dr. N P Sharma IGIPESS

13 Dr. D. Shaw IGIPESS

14 Dr. Sandeep Tiwari IGIPESS

15 Dr. J. P. Sharma IGIPESS

16 Dr. Anil Kr. Vanaik IGIPESS

17 Dr. Pardeep Kumar IGIPESS

18 Dr. Vijay IGIPESS

19 Dr. S. Chakraborty IGIPESS

20 Dr. Lalit sharma IGIPESS

21 Dr. Rajbir Singh IGIPESS

22 Dr. MMS Bedi IGIPESS

23 Dr. Sheela Kumari Gargi College

24 Dr. Saryu Ruhela Kamla Nehru College

25 Dr. Seema Kaushik Lakshmibai College

26 Sh. Clement Raj Kumar St. Stephens College

27 Dr. Kavita Sharma Daulat Ram College

28 Dr. Amita Rana Miranda House

29 Dr. Mukesh Saggar Janki Devi Memorial College

30 Dr. Suresh Lau Satyawati College (Eve.)

31 Dr. Anju Luthra Jesus & Mary College

32 Ms. Manisha Ramjas College

33 Mrs. Parveen Kaur SGTB Khalsa College

242

S. No. Name Institution

34 Mr. Ajit Nair Research Scholar, DPESS

35 Mr. Sandeep Kumar Research Scholar, DPESS

36 Mr. Kunal Research Scholar, DPESS

37 Ms. Meenakshi Research Scholar, DPESS

38 Ms. Sonia Shalini IGIPESS

39 Mr. Surender Bhandoria Research Scholar, DPESS

40 Ms. Asha Rana Research Scholar, DPESS

41 Mr. Vishnu Parma Research Scholar, DPESS

42 Mr. Pawan Kumar Dabas Research Scholar, DPESS

43 Mr. Varun Nijhawan Research Scholar, Jamia Milia Islamia

44 Mr. Piyush Kumar Jain Research Scholar, DPESS

45 Ms. Neeti Rawat Student, IGIPESS

46 Ms. Garima Grover Student, IGIPESS

47 Ms. Saraswati Student, IGIPESS

48 Ms. Rekha Gupta Student, IGIPESS

2.4 Internal Review Committee Members (March 7th to 9th , 2008)

1 Dr. Kiran Sandhu Chairperson, National Workshop

2 Prof. M. L. Kamlesh Chairperson

3 Prof. S. N. Sharma Delegates, Workshop

4 Dr. Lalit Sharma Coordinator, Group work

5 Dr. Seema Kaushik Co-Coordinator, Group work

6 Dr. Sandeep Tiwari Coordinator, National Workshop

2.5 External Review Members

1 Prof. Ramesh Pal LNIPE, Gwalior

2 Prof. A.K. Dutta LNIPE, Gwalior

3 Prof. Gangopadhyaya LNIPE, Gwalior

4 Prof. Mukherjee LNIPE, Gwalior

5 Prof. P.K. Pandey LNIPE, Gwalior

243

244

Appendix-3 GROUP NORMS

National Workshop on Review and Development of Curriculum M.P.Ed

Group Members

** Existing M.P.Ed. Review

Syllabus

(##) Compulsory Study Paper for

one Semester

@ Subject Specialization study for four

Semester

($$) Sports Specialization study for three Semester

(x)Group optional -I study for

one semester

(xx) Group

optional -II

study for one semeste

r

(&)Add on courses (36

Hours) to be study during vacation and addition time

Assistance by

Research Scholars

Prof. (Ms.) Naina Nimkar (Convener)

Dr. Kalpana Sharma

Dr Kiran Sandhu

**

P.P.C.D

(##) Educational Technology & Pedagogy Techniques

@

Professional Preparation & Curriculum Design in Physical Education

Module -I, II, III & IV

(xx)

Sports Journalism

(&)

Sports & Community Volunteer Leadership

Mr. Ajit

Dr J.S Naruka (Convener)

Dr. (Mrs.) Usha Singh

Dr. Samiran Chakravorty

Mr. Varun Nijhawan

**

Sports Management

@

Sports Management

Module -I, II, III & IV

(x)

Fundamentals of Sports Management & Administration

(Module-II)

(xx)

Sports Industry & Marketing-

(&)

Study of Olympics

(&)

Adventure Sports & Leadership Training

Mr. Surender Bhandoria

Prof. M.L. Kamlesh (Convener)

Dr. N.P. Sharma

Dr. Lalit Sharma

Dr. Rajbir Singh

**

Sports Psychology

**

Sports Sociology & Social Welfare

@

Module –I (Foundation/Education Sports Psychology),

II (Personality Trait Structure of Athletes),

III (Sports Psychometrics) & IV (Psychological basis to maximizing Performance)

@

Sports Sociology

Module I,II, III , IV

(x)

Fundamentals of Sports Psychology

(x)

Fundamentals of Sports Sociology

Ms. Meenakshi

Dr. (Ms.) M.K. Singh (Convener)

Dr. Vijay

**

Health Education & First

(##)

Athletes Care & Rehabilitati

(x)

Fundamentals of Health

(xx)

Sports Therapy

(&)

Life Saving Skills & Disaster

Mr. Piyush Kumar Jain

245

Group Members

** Existing M.P.Ed. Review

Syllabus

(##) Compulsory Study Paper for

one Semester

@ Subject Specialization study for four

Semester

($$) Sports Specialization study for three Semester

(x)Group optional -I study for

one semester

(xx) Group

optional -II

study for one semeste

r

(&)Add on courses (36

Hours) to be study during vacation and addition time

Assistance by

Research Scholars

Aid

**

Sports Medicine

on

Education Management

(&)

Sports Physical Activity & Nutrition

Dr. D. Shaw (Convener) Dr Ajay Sahni Dr. Lalit Sharma Dr. Sandeep Tiwari Dr. Pardeep Kumar

** Research Process & Statistic ** Sports Biomechanics ** Scientific Methods of Training & Coaching

(##) Research Design & Statistic in Physical Education Module –I & II (##) Scientific Methods of Training & Coaching Module –I & II

@ Sports Biomechanics Module -I, II, III & IV

(x) Fundamental of Sports Biomechanics

(&) Computer Application in Physical Education

Mr. Pawan Kumar Dabas

Prof. S.N. Sharma (Convener) Dr. D. K. Kansal Dr. Sandeep Tiwari Dr. J.P. Sharma

** Measurement & Evaluation in Physical Education

(xx) Fitness & Wellness

(&) Sports for all

(&) Sports field Technologies

Ms. Garima Ms. Asha Rana

Prof. R. N. Dey (Convener) Dr. (Mrs.) Kalpana Ms. Sonia Shalini

** Exercise Physiology

@ Exercise Physiology (Module –I, II,III & IV)

(x) Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology

(&) Exercise Prescription

Ms. Niti Rawat

Dr. Samiran Chakraborty (Convener) Dr. (Ms.) M.K Singh

** Game of Specialization (Individua

($$) Module –I (Training & Skill Acquisition

(&) Gymnasium Operations

Dr. Seema Kaushik Ms. Saraswati Ms. Rekha

246

Group Members

** Existing M.P.Ed. Review

Syllabus

(##) Compulsory Study Paper for

one Semester

@ Subject Specialization study for four

Semester

($$) Sports Specialization study for three Semester

(x)Group optional -I study for

one semester

(xx) Group

optional -II

study for one semeste

r

(&)Add on courses (36

Hours) to be study during vacation and addition time

Assistance by

Research Scholars

Dr. (Mrs.) Saryu Rohilla Dr. J.P. Sharma Sh. Clement Raj Kumar Dr. (Mrs.) Kavita Sharma Dr. (Mrs.) Amita Rana Dr. (Ms.) Seema Kaushik Dr. (Mrs.) Usha Singh Dr. Suresh Lau Mrs. Parveen Kaur

l & Dual Sports)

) , Module-II (Coaching & Performance)& Module-III (Organization & Management)

Gupta Mr. Vishnu Parmar

Dr N.P Sharma (Convener) Dr. (Ms.) Sheela Dr. Anil Vanaik Dr. (Mrs.) Anju Luthra Dr. (Mrs.) Mukesh Saggar Dr. (Ms.) Parveen Kaur Dr. Rajbir Singh Ms. Manisha

** Games of Specialization Team Sports

($$) Module –I (Training & Skill acquisition) , Module-II (Coaching & Performance)& Module-III (Organization & Management)

(&) Sports field Technologies

Ms. Sonia Shalini Mr. Kunal Mr. Sandeep Kumar

Proposal/Material of Master’s of Physical Education Semester System Prepared and compiled by Ms. Kiran Chaudhary (Junior Assistant) Deptt. of Phy.Edu. & Spts. Scs. D.U. Contact: 9811451787

247

248

3.3 Three days Volunteer Training on “Community and Sports Volunteers Leadership” - Report & Photo Features

A Brief Report

Trainer's Course

COMMUNITY & SPORTS VOLUNTEERS LEADERSHIP 18-20 March 2008 Conference Centre, University of Delhi Organised by DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION & SPORTS SCIENCES UNIVERSITY OF DELHI Support & Sponsored by BRITISH COUNCIL AND YOUTH SPORT TRUST, U K An International Inspiration- India Initiative Resource Person: Katie Donovan, Youth Sports U K

Department of Physical Education & Sports Sciences University of Delhi

249

Acknowledgements

It is to acknowledge

University of Delhi, especially Prof. S K Tondon, the Pro-vice Chancellor of University of Delhi for the sanction & approval for organizing the training course;

The British Council and Youth Sports Trust, UK for providing the sponsorship, technical support, resource material, and the resource person-trainer for the course;

The Finance Officer, Sh. Roy Matrani, for his kind availability to inaugurate the course and support and back-up provided to the course participants;

The Dean, Faculty of Interdisciplinary & Applied Sciences, University of Delhi, for giving the Valedictory address and providing certification to the participants;

The trainer of course, Ms.Katie Donovan, for transacting the course in vigorous, lively, & active mode of teaching- learning process.

The Principal, Indira Gandhi Institute of Physical Education & Sports Sciences, Dr. D K Kansal for his advocacy for physical education to be an area of interst for all;

The Director, Physical Education, Delhi University Sports Council, Dr. J S Naruka for his guidance to professional colleagues to move forward;

Dr. Mrs Pathak from Delhi University Sports Council, for encouragement provided to participants and organisers all through the training;

The Principals of all Colleges, who deputed Physical Education Staff for training;

All the participants for their creativity, commitment, and determined participation in the training course;

Head, Sports & Education, British Council, Ms. Mona Shipley for her sheer enthusiasm and conformity to the initiatives & persuasiveness of the Department of Physical Education & Sports Sciences, DU, to hold the training course;

All the fellow friends who helped in the conduct of the training; and above all

Almighty God for making path for contributing towards a professional cause.

Dr. Kiran Sandhu Head of Department

250

Contents Acknowledgements LIST OF PARTICIPANTS THE COURSE CONTENTS

THE MODE OF STUDY

COURSE OUTCOME

JOURNEY SO FAR… A proposal for University of Delhi: UVS UVS : University Volunteer Service- An Initiative of University of Delhi

BACK DROP CONCERNS India’s demographic advantage Higher Education Settings in India

OPTIMISTIC DIMENSIONS CONSOLIDATING INDIAN CONDITIONS Availability of Programmes Availability of Incentives What Is Lacking? Volunteer & Community Leadership in today’s context

SET-UP OF UNIVERSITY OF DELHI: A PROPOSAL Vision......... Objectives............ Awards & Incentives.......

WHAT AND HOW ...U V S WILL WORK????? Annual Calendar & Proposed Activities

INTEGRATION IN EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMME

TALENT SEARCH: LEVEL OF COLLEGE VOLUTEER SERVICE (CVS) Format Enrolment

Time Commitment Interview

VOLUNTEERS: ROLE & DEPLOYMENT Volunteers may be trained in different capacities Areas of Placement

OUTCOMES… What the Young Leaders will Gain? What Will University Gain? What will Community Gain?

POTENTIAL LINKAGES…

Supplementary A Brief Professional Profile of the Trainer-Katie Dononvan The Programme Programme Background Glimpses: Media & Photos

251

LIST OF PARTICIPANTS 1. Dr. Saryu Rohella Kamla Nehru College, D U 2. Dr. Sheela Kumari Gargi College, DU 3. Dr. Amita Rana Miranda House, DU 4. Dr. Anju Luthra Jesus & Marry College, DU 5. Dr. Lalit Sharma IGIPESS, DU 6. Dr. Anjum Desh Bandhu College, DU 7. Dr Rajbeer Singh IGIPESS, DU 8. Dr. R S Mann S B S College, DU 9. Dr. ParmodSharma K M College, DU 10. Sh. Mukesh Kohli R L A College ( Eve), DU 11. Ms Muneesh Ramjas College, DU 12. Dr. Seema Kaushik Laxmi Bai College, DU 13. Dr. Sunita Arora Laxmi Bai College, DU 14. Dr. Kavita Sharma Daulat Ram College, DU 15. Ms. Sonia Shalini IGIPESS, DU 16. Mr. Virender Shyam Lal College, DU 17. Mrs. M Madan S P M College, DU 18. Mrs. Kuljeet Kaur SRCC, Du 19. Mr. Rohit Pawar, Student, IGIPESS, D U 20. Ms. Garima Grover, Student, IGIPESS, DU 21. Ms. Cherry Luthra Student, J M C, DU 22. Mr. S Sondhi, Delhi Univ Sports Council 23. Mrs Pillai B C Nominee 24. Dr. Anil Kalkal Rajdhani College, DU 25. Mr. Sandeep Dept. of Phy.Edu. & Sports Scs. DU 26. Ms. Meenakshi Dept. of Phy.Edu. & Sports Scs. DU 27. Ms. Mona Shipley British Council 28. Dr. Kiran Sandhu Dept. of Phy.Edu. & Sports Scs. DU 29. Ms. K Chaudhary Dept. of Phy.Edu. & Sports Scs. DU 30. Mr. Ajit Dept. of Phy.Edu. & Sports Scs. DU 31. Mr . Surender Kumar Bhandoria Dept. of Phy.Edu. & Sports Scs. DU

THE COURSE CONTENTS COVERED THE THEMATIC OF : What is happening already in the Delhi Schools; What is philosophy in training young leaders; What is the benefit for the young person & country; How do we prepare young people to take on roles in sport leadership (training pack); What is the volunteer framework which the newly trained leaders can practice – events, ceremonies,

festivals etc.; What support is needed for teachers and for the leaders to experience success & skill building leading

up to the Commonwealth Games THE MODE OF STUDY WAS A COMBINATION OF : Presentations, workbook, group discussions, learning activities, & professional reflection. COURSE OUTCOME

The 3 days of learning by doing; Know the-selves better; With more confidence Better understanding of leadership learning teaching process to present to young people; Stronger in belief of how to use sport to develop young people for the befit of community; And, a Draft of Localized Conceptual Plan for University of Delhi on creating provisions of

Sports & Community Volunteer Service Scheme.

252

UVS University Volunteer

Service

CVS College Volunteer Service

CVS College Volunteer Service

CVS College Volunteer Service

JOURNEY SO FAR…

In the Background during the Trainer’s Course on Sports and Community Volunteer Leadership, there was a lots of learning, fun, activities, projects, training-pack, assignments, reading-material, work-book, professional reflections and interactions were part of the training course. The learning was applied in the local context and simultaneously, A proposal for University of Delhi has been developed by all the course-participants and they named it .......UVS

UVS University Volunteer Service

An Initiative of University of Delhi BAC

K DRO

P CONCER

NS India

’s demographic

advantag

e 5

4% is

below 25 years of age - 600 million approx; • 70% is below 35 years of age- 750 million approx • 50% drop out below Class 5

o Out of the remaining 50, 25 drop out at Class 8 o At Class 10 and 12 only 48% and 52% pass o That leaves us with 6 to 7 children who clear Class 12 o So out of the 100, only 7 finish school

Higher Education Settings in India • Academic Based Courses • Career Courses - Changing Trends • Students’ Grooming is Outside the University Structure • Need for provisions for Student-Development within the University Structure • Is learning only academics? • What is the level of Engagement?

OPTIMISTIC DIMENSIONS CONSOLIDATING INDIAN CONDITIONS Availability of Programmes

o N.S.O., N.C.C. and N.S.S. o Sports Competitions at Zonal, Inter-Zonal, State, National level – Availability of Coaching-

Centers /Training-Venues/ Stadiums etc. o Activities for Mass Participation in All Schools

253

Availability of Incentives • Scholarships - for winning medals • Fee-concession • Prizes

What Is Lacking? • Development of Sport and Development through Sport • An interactive approach

Volunteer & Community Leadership in today’s context Reference Points are

• International Inspiration • Youth Sport Trust, UK • British Council, Delhi • NSO, NCC & NSS

SET-UP OF UNIVERSITY OF DELHI: A PROPOSAL Vision......... Create Provisions and Provide Opportunities for Integrated Programme of Volunteering while Studying at University To Train Talent, Enhance Life Skills & Strengthening the Human Relations Objectives............

1. To motivate, identify, & train university youth to take to sports & community volunteering to develop confidence and leadership abilities

2. Organize and manage multi-skill activities and sports events for the University and its other links of community

3. Provide extended community service to school sector by providing training to teachers and helping to run the sports programmes effectively

4. To create a committed and motivated youth which will propel India to become a super power Awards & Incentives....... first step to be a worthy and active citizen Register with U V S Complete forty hours of volunteer service and win an award of Volunteer leadership Open to all students from all parts of the University

WHAT AND HOW ...U V S WILL WORK????? Annual Calendar

Work Plan TIME- STRATEGIES

Advocacy

April-May

Promotion material, Notices, contact Program with authorities

Registration of Trainers

June

Finalization of Resource material, Training pedagogy, Activity Module, Listing of events

Involvement/Registration Young Leader/s

July-Aug At the time of Admission

Leadership training & work in Teams to plan a multi-skill activity /Sports Fest.

15 Aug- 30 Sept

Six week provision of opportunities for young leader. Enabling them develop multi-skills.

Conference for peer presentation, professional reflections

Last working day of the first term

UVS invites& nominates young leaders to attend the young leaders strand of the one-day UVS Conference, and then share the learning with them

Range of Activities

Oct to Jan

• UVS will provide tool kit to each representing unit as per the requirement of the Programme.

• UVS will confirm the placement of young leader identifying an appropriate Programme based volunteer requirement.

Fun and Frolic Jan UVS will organize the camp for young leaders to spend time of togetherness to foster friendship, respect, belongingness

Feed back Feb-March Filling of feed back by volunteering young leader and master trainers. Train the trainers for schools; & help School Sports

PROPOSED ACTIVITIES ARE LISTED BELOW:

254

• Departmental program • Inter & Intra-campus program • Interdepartmental group • Programme for less privileged Children • Program for women • Co-education and recreation games • Extension Community Services

(school, clubs, colleges, community sports) • Health, Fitness, and Wellness • Recreation and Fun events for Executives & teacher community

INTEGRATION IN EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMME • Capsule Course

– Any student in the college; Max. No. – 20; Certificate at the end of the Course • Application Course in B.A. (Programme.)

– Only for 3rd year students; Max. No. – 20; Part of B.A. (Programme) • Trainers for the Community and from the Community

– For those who did either of the above mentioned Course; – Specialized Areas, Disaster Management, Festival Management, Sports Programme for the Community by Linking-up

with RWAS (Bhagidari Scheme of Delhi Govt.)

TALENT SEARCH: LEVEL OF COLLEGE VOLUTEER SERVICE (CVS)

Arts science commerce 10 5 5 Orientation by CVS to all college students, Enrolment with CVS

Format Enrolment • Name Stream Class Section Roll Number • Address Phone Number • Interest-------------------------------------------------------

Time Commitment • 5hrs< ; 10hrs< ; 20hrs< ;40hrs<

Have you ever participated in voluntary services: yes/no how many hours have you already put in? >5hrs ; >10hrs; >20hrs; >40hrs

Interview • Personality ,Problem Solving Ability, Attitude Towards Voluntary Services

VOLUNTEERS: ROLE & DEPLOYMENT Volunteers may be trained in different capacities, such as

• Administrative Leadership – Executive meetings, convocations, conventions, ceremonies etc.

• Sport Technical Leadership – Coaches, officials, Ushers, Medical and training specialists

• Non-sport Technical Services – Registration, Fund-raising, Transportation, Supervision etc.

• Community Services Leadership – Extending services to the University community and its links

• School Community Volunteers – Extending services to the Schools sector for effective sports programme

Areas of Placement Crèche, Schools, Special Schools – visually/mentally challenged etc., Community Centers, Clubs, Federations, N.G.O.s, Slums, Rehabilitation Centers, Health Clubs, Old Age Home, Local/National/International Meets, Intramurals/Inter-College/Inter-university Competitions, Population Surveys,

255

Election Duty – Assistance, Various Projects of the Govt. like Yuva

Selection for Placement Time spent in the training, Skills, Time Availability, Nature of the Job, Other competencies

OUTCOMES… What the Young Leaders will Gain?

Fun and Enjoyment • Introspection & targets for new learning • Exposure to Multi skills • Identity , Self-esteem, • Involvement in Community Service • Volunteering – serving self-less • Recognition – Awards, reward, friendship • Preparation for life roles

What Will University Gain? • Pioneers in training volunteers in higher edu. • Youth energy channeled in positive outcomes • Reduced Discipline Problems in university • Trained Human Resources for Crisis management • Added capacity building • Brand ambassador for university of Delhi • Ready, informed Workforce for D U local events • Raised profile of university of Delhi

What will Community Gain? • Professional volunteers • Motivated and disciplined youth • Standardized services on tap • “We - feeling” • Mutual respect and tolerance

Potential Linkages… Potentials for Delhi University Linking with: Govt. of India; Schools; National & international organizations; U K Sport; UNICEF; DFID; Foreign & Commonwealth office; British Council; CII; Health & Fitness Industry

SPORTS & COMMUNITY VOLUNTEERS SERVICE

18-20 March 2008, Conference Centre, University of Delhi

Programme Background The University of Delhi Sports Department visualizes to offer Sports & Community Volunteer training to all its students, especially those undertaking physical education courses & sports participation. The participation of the students would provide an opportunity to train resources to step in to the world of sport and physical education and for providing ready and aware work-force as Volunteer coordinators for successful running of the sports and other activity oriented Programme in the university and its other links.

It is important to establish Why Volunteer; what is volunteer investment Programme? What are the Useful Volunteer Links? Where are the Volunteer opportunities? Who will be Available volunteer? How to get Volunteer training? The Proposed courses/training shall explore and establish the area of Volunteering so far unorganized, and unattended.

Hence there is a need to organize Sports & Community Volunteer training Programme for our staff who can carry on the training of students on an ongoing basis in the university. Such a training will not only create trained staff , but will also help create a workforce in the university which could be skillfully utilized for the events of national importance and for university of Delhi, e.g. International sports events especially the forth coming Common Wealth Games, National games and other events of state& university level.

Course Objectives

A train the trainer’s course to offer Sports & Community Volunteer training.

For Students and Staff:

Develop a wider social perspective; enhance skills and gain qualifications, confidence and experience.

For the University:

Enhance links between the University Department and local communities, supporting the aim to promote participation in sport and healthy activity for the whole community and the University's "Widening Participation Strategy.

256

For the Community:

Provide qualified, passionate volunteers to a variety of colleges, schools, clubs, Sports projects and other such events. This increases participation opportunities and positive experiences for young people in local areas.

THE PROGRAMME: SPORTS AND COMMUNITY VOLUNTEER LEADERSHIP 18-03-08 09: 15 A.M. Assembly of Participants and Registration 09: 30 A.M. Ice-breaking, About the Course, Group Norms, 10: 15 A.M. Tea 10: 30 A.M. Session-I Inaugural 11: 15 A.M. Session II Study Course 12: 30 P.M. Session III Group work 1: 30 P.M. Lunch 2:15 P.M. Session IV Study Course 3: 30 P.M. Tea 3: 45 P.M. Session II Group work 5: 00 P.M. Day Closing 19-03-08 09: 30 A.M. Session-I Study Course-Training Pack 10: 45 A.M. Tea 11: 00 A.M. Session II Study Course- Training Pack 12: 30 P.M. Session III Group work 1: 30 P.M. Lunch 2:15 P.M. Session IV Study Course- Training Pack 3: 30 P.M. Tea 3: 45 P.M. Session V Group work- Work Book 5: 00 P.M. Day Closing 20-03-08 09: 30 A.M. Session-I Study Course-Training Pack 10: 45 A.M. Tea 11: 00 A.M. Session II Study Course- Work Book 12: 30 P.M. Session III Group work- Experience Sharing 1: 30 P.M. Lunch 2:15 P.M. Session IV Professional Reflections 3: 30 P.M. Tea 3: 45 P.M. Session V Valedictory 5: 00 P.M. Tea and Day Closing A brief professional profile of the Trainer Roseanne Katherine Donovan prefers to be known as Katie Donovan. Katie is American but actually spent time at school in England at Chelsea school of Physical Education before returning to the USA to work. She has come from a Sports College background, trained as a Physical Education teacher and coached at a local, state and national level in Field hockey, basketball, tennis and softball. Katie went through the US school hierarchy, becoming Head of the PE Department in her school and then Athletic Director. She then left working in education and went to head the US coaching programme ASEP (American Sport Effectiveness Programme) for Human Kinetics. From there, through the USOC (United States Olympic Committee) and IOC (International Olympic Committee) she was invited to come to Britain to head Champion Coaching which involved parallel Coaching development and Player development for young people outside of school. Katie worked in the UK for 4 Years and at this time she was also a Senior Lecturer in Sport development at the University of Sheffield. Katie then moved back to the USA. She became Head teacher of a small rural school where she stayed for about 4 years before being recruited as Head teacher of a very successful secondary school. Katie had accomplished everything she wanted in education and decided to move into Student Engagement based between US and UK. This is where she is now, working for Endocott College as Director of International Student engagement programmes, helping schools and organisations raise the aspirations of their students and their staff. Katie is very excited about being invited to India to do this training. She is very committed to the use of leadership to develop young people, their confidence and responsibility in sport and education.

257

Glimpses of “Master’s Trainers Course on Sports & Community Volunteer Leadership” 18-20 March 2008 at Conference Centre, Delhi University, India.

258

3.4 One day Students Seminar on Application Course in Physical Education

- Report & Photo Features

The One day Students Seminar on Application Course in Physical Education was organization on 24th March 2008 at Miranda House, University of Delhi. 46 students from various colleges of University of Delhi, registered for seminar. Eleven presentations were made, and well debated.

Dr. Pratibha Jolly, the Principal, Miranda House, inaugurated the seminar and Dr. Kiran Sandhu presided over.

3.5 Workshop of Teachers on “Revisiting Application Course: Fitness, Aerobics and Gym-Operations” - Report & Photo Features

The students seminar was follow up by a Workshop of Teachers on “Revisiting Application Course: Fitness, Aerobics and Gym-Operations” on 25th March 2008 at Miranda House, University of Delhi. 47 Teachers registered as delegate. The eight presentations were made by the Teachers representatives of:

i) Daulat Ram College, University of Delhi ii) Gargi College, University of Delhi iii) Jesus & Mary College, University of Delhi iv) Miranda House, University of Delhi v) Ramjas College, University of Delhi vi) Satyawati College (Evening) vii) SGTB Khalsa College viii) St. Stephen’s College, University of Delhi

Dr. D. K. Kansal, the Principal, IGIPESS, inaugurated the seminar and Dr. Kiran Sandhu presided over. Dr. S. Pathak, Deputy Director, DUSC, was the guest of honor at valedictory session. Dr. Purnima Roy, fellow coordinator of B.A. Programme was also present.

The suggestion received during students seminar and Teachers workshop were debated and consolidated, and recommended to the B.A. Programme Committee.

259

260

4. INCENTIVES & AWARDS

4.1 Ph.D. – Scholarship/Teacher Assistantship

Please contact from University of Delhi.

4.2 M.P.Ed. Gold Medal has been instituted to be known as “Manohar Lal Kapoor Memorial Medal”

for academic topper student in Master of Physical Education (M.P.Ed) Examination.

4.3 B.P.Ed. Gold Medal has been instituted to be known as “R. k. Khanna Memorial Medal” for

academic topper student in Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.Ed) Examination.

5. INTERNATIONAL INITIATIVES

5.1 Government of Korea The Research Proposal of Physical Education of Mr. Surender Kumar Bhandoria ‘Promotion of Taekwondo in India: An Appraisal and Development of Framework of a Long-Term Plan’ (A research scholar of Department of Physical Education & Sports Sciences) under the supervision of Dr. Kiran Sandhu has been accepted to study in Korea by Ministry of Culture and Tourism, Government of Korea in the project “Taekwondo Goodwill Program” from 15th May to 14th November 2008 a partner initiative for study in Korea.

6. PROPOSED PROGRAMME

6.1 Research and Faculty Development Programme SCHOLAR & FACULTY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

SCHOLAR & FACULTY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME ‘METHODOLOGY & INITIATIVES IN RESEARCH IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION & SPORTS’ RATIONALE In pursuance of the belief that quality of life can be achieved through quality learning experiences, it is proposed to organise on an ongoing basis a programme of Scholar & Faculty Development on ‘Methodology & Initiatives In Research In Physical Education & Sports’. It aims to attempt to profile the future of scholars by laying strong academic foundations, innovative research skills, sound and logical application of knowledge in life for achieving higher learning in physical education, games and sports, health, fitness and life skills. The scholars in Physical Education & Sports usually come with an indefinite or a sort of blurred visions of what exactly research is, unless they have gone through the experiences and up gradation on ever increasing knowledge, which is rarely so, especially in the absence of any professionally organised opportunities of any well-ordered and regimented Programme in research methodology as per their needs and requirements. More than often their experiences include a master’s dissertation. They face difficulties not only in identifying the research areas of their interest but also in formulating research proposals and pursue Doctoral research Programme. Such parameters unintentionally influence the choices and actions in life and professional development. Therefore, it is befitting that a regular scholar and Faculty Development Programme may provide an opportunity for development on an on going basis. It is strongly felt that such Programme design must meet the needs of not only students, but, also of the Faculty members who are keen to upgrade in research methodology.

261

OBJECTIVES : The identified objectives of Scholar & Faculty Development Programme (SFDP)

1. Knowledge : the focus of knowledge area will be to develop among participants the: • Conceptualization of research problem in context to the theoretical framework. • Understanding of tools of statistical analysis. • Research Findings Presentation and its formatting.

2. Skill : The focus of skill area will be to develop among participants the : • Assessment of Skills available among participants • Finding the research problem • Primary and Secondary data analysis on a range of possible analysis • Co-relating research finding with research objectives, questions/ hypothesis • Establishing relationship among research finding & broader theoretical framework • Computer Applications • Regression of research finding format; and Research Reports.

APPROCHES To achieve the identified objectives the approaches of the proposed programme of Scholar and Faculty Development will comprise of the theory and practice based session focusing on :

1. Formulating A Research Proposal, Collecting and Reviewing Literature, 2. Defining Research Problem and Formulating Hypothesis 3. Choosing The Appropriate Research Design 4. Sampling 5. Methods of Data – Collection 6. Analysis of Data – Univariate, Bivariate, Multivariate 7. Model Building & Decision Making 8. Statistical Software Packages 9. Writing Research Reports 10. Power Points Presentations

MODULES OF THE PROGRAMME There will be three level of Programme with progressive level of course contains. The Programme of Scholar and Faculty Development will be available in two modules of each level: - (1) Module 1 : Weekend Programme Day : Every Friday/or a pre-assigned day of the week Time : 1:30 p.m. to 6:30 p.m.

Duration : 3 sessions per day 5 hours duration per day 12 Fridays/days equal to 12 x 5 = 60 hours Programme of study plus the three weekends will be for research seminar and proposal Development workshops & presentations on pre-assigned days

Attendance : 90 percent attendance is compulsory to be eligible for certificate of completion/award

(2) Module 2 : Autumn / winter break of the academic session

262

It will provide the Programme on a regular basis for 12 days x 8 hours = 96 hours inclusive of an hour lunch per day, seminar, workshops and presentation.

CREDIT LEVEL AND REGISTRATION FEES: There will be possibility of participation in three different credit levels of level one* SFDTas per the Suitability and requirement of the candidate. One may choose credit one/two/three or any two or all three. For Credit Level I, II and III (All Three) Rs. 1000/- For Credit Level I and II (or any two) Rs. 860/- For Credit Level I or II or III (Any One) Rs. 500/- COMPULSORY REQUIREMENT : Mention Please Theme : _____________________________________________ Area of Research : _____________________________________________ Scientific Investigation : _____________________________________________ AWARD AND CERTIFICATION : Certification of completion will be awarded only if a candidate attended 90 percent of study for each module.

Note: * For level two and level three of SFDT the credit level II, III, and I will be compulsory in order. Eligibility of level II and III will be successful completion of level I and II respectively

Programme : Credit Level One Module : Module I will start from 1st September, and

Module-II will be in the October break i.e. 1st October to 15th October 2007

Day and Time : Each Friday or Pre assigned days/ dates - 1:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. Detailed Time schedule of each Module :

• 1:00 p.m. to 2:30 p.m. 1st Period • Tea Break for 15 minutes • 2:45 p.m. to 4:15 p.m. 2nd Period • Tea Break for 15 minutes • 4:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. 3rd Period

Total three periods each day, One period for course work/ Seminar/ Workshop/ Assignment/ Practice etc; Two periods for Lecturers on the course contents Programme : Credit Level Two Module - I : 3rd week of October, 2007 onwards Module - II : 3rd week of December, 2007 to January, 2008 Programme : Credit Level Three Module - I : 10th May, 2008 onwards Module - II : 15th June to 1st July, 2008 DRAFT CONTENTS OF LEVEL ONE PROGRAMME. Course Contents of level one*: Credit Level - I :

• Fundamental of Research and Research Proposal • Selection and Location of Problem (Research area/Topic) • Formulation of Hypothesis • Types of Research

263

• An Introduction to research Design • Survey of Literature, Library search • Preparation of Research Proposal • Preparation of abstract of research report • Footnote, Bibliography and references uses

Credit Level - II : • Ethic in research • Sampling, Basic Statistical Analysis • Sampling of Research Design and appropriate statistics • Sample and Population • Variable and parameters • Level of significance • Level of confidence • One tail test • Two-tail test • Type one error • Type two error • Reliability of Date • Types of Sampling • Methods of Sampling • Measure of Central Tendency • Measure of Variability • Coefficient of variance • Normal Probability Principles, properties and uses • ‘t’ test, ANOVA, correlation statistics • Research design in experimental research

Credit Level - III : • Selected non parametric and Advance Statistics • X (chi square) and its different applications • Non-parametric ANOVA, rank order correlation • Multiple correlation and regression analysis • An Introduction to factor analysis and other multivariate applications • Testing the hypothesis and inferential analysis • Mechanism and methods of research writing

Note: * Course of level II and III will be proposed in future.

.

264

6.2 Adventure Sports Training Adventure Sports Leadership Training – A Collaborative Project with YHA:

Adventure Sports Leadership Training: A Collaborative Project with Youth Hostelling Association of India, Programme for Students of University Of Delhi

TITLE : ADVENTURE SPORTS LEADERSHIP TRAINING PROGRAMME

DURATION : 3 TO 7 DAYS DURING SUMMER VACATIONS

NATURE/TYPES : RESIDENTIAL CAMP IN DELHIp

NUMBER IN A GROUP : APPROXIMATELY THIRTY

COST : AS LOW AS POSSIBLE

CERTIFICATION : DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION & SPORTS SCIENCES, UNIV. OF DELHI

OBJECTIVES Adventure sport is a priority area of University Grants Commission, Ministry of Human Resources, Ministry of Youth affairs & Sports and also has been listed as one of the eligibility conditions for the admission to the courses of Physical Education by NCTE. Some part of the theoretical components is being studied in some of the courses of Physical Education being offered by the University of Delhi, but under the present circumstances, the practical training needs to be offered to the students to take it further in their career and life skills. Therefore, with the given background, the matter was followed up with the objective to organize practical training and inter active learning of theoretical components for the students who wish to advance their skill in the area. A COLLABORATIVE PROJECT Proposal of a collaborative project for adventures sports leadership training Programme for students of University of Delhi has been finalized to be organized in collaboration with Youth Hostels Association of India. The YHA has agreed in principle to provide technical support and facilities for students to be trained (reference decision National executive committee of YHA dated 24th February 2007 communicated wide reference no.nil dated 1.3.2007) UGC support such Programme as a priority area and provides financial assessment. PROGRAMME THREE DAYS PROGRAMME Adventure sports cover a variety of adventure activity programme including Trekking, Hiking, Mountain Biking, Expeditions and Rock Climbing etc.

PART-A: THEORY The components of theory will cover extensive orientation on:-

• ‘Adventure Sports as a Value Concept , Range & Types of Activities’; • ‘Organisation of Adventure Sports’; • ‘Responsibilities of Leadership’; • ‘Group Norms-Team-Building, Sharing & Caring, Personality Development’; • Developing Departmental Paper

PART-B: PRACTICAL With in the facilities and feasibility of organization, the components of Practical Training will cover learning of ‘Skill Experiences’ on:-

• Rock Climbing, Cycling, Nature Exploration, Rescue operations-Tents pitching, Knots and Ladders etc., Campfire/ Recreational Programs

PART-C: SELF-EVALUATION & ASSESSMENT

265

To evaluate the understanding and outcome of learning in pre & post participation in programme, & award of certification, suitable assessment method will be employed.

PROGRAMME SCHEDULE: BASIC TRAINING PROGRAMME FIRST DAY

1. Assembly at the International Youth Hostel, New Delhi - 10 A.M. 2. Introduction and Inauguration - 10.30 A.M. 3. Tea Break - 11.30 to 11.45 AM 4. Lecture (First) - 11.30 to 1.00 P.M. 5. Lunch Break - 1 P.M. to 2 P.M. 6. Lecture (second) - 2 P.M. to 3 P.M. 7. Tea Break - 3 P.M. to 3.15 P.M. 8. Lecture (third) - 3.15 P.M. to 4.15 PM. 9. Dinner - 7.30 to 8.30 P.M. 11. Campfire - 8.30 P.M. to 9.30 P.M.

SECOND DAY 1. Morning Tea - 05.30 A.M. 2. Morning walk for bird watching and - 06.00 to 07.30 A.M. Nature exploration 3. Breakfast (on spot) - 07.30 A.M. 4. Rock Climbing Training - 08.30 to 1.00 P.M. 5. Back to hostel for Lunch - 1.00 to 2.00 P.M. 6. Practical Training on rescue operations, tent pitching, knots, ropes and ladders etc. - 2.00 to 3.30 P.M. 7. Tea Break - 3.30 to 3.45 P.M. 8. First Aid Training and Slide Show - 3.45 to 5.45 P.M. 9. Dinner - 7.30 to 8.30 P.M. 10. Astronomy and star gazing - 8.30 to 9.30 P.M.

THIRD DAY 1. Morning Tea - 05.30 A.M. 2. Cycling Tour - 06.00 to 7.30 A.M. 3. Breakfast - 7.30 to 8.30 AM. 4. Lecture of preparing Departmental Paper - 8.30 A.M to 10 A.M. 5. Group discussion and Project preparation - 10 to 1 P.M 6. Lunch - 1 P.M. to 2 P.M. 7. Project presentation - 2 to 3.30 P.M. 8. Tea Break - 3.30 to 3.45 P.M. 9. Self-Evaluation programmes - 3.45 to 5 P.M. 10. Closing of programme - 6.30 to 7.30 P.M. 11. Dinner with special invitee - 7.30 P.M. to 8.30 P.M. 12. Fancy Dress & Social Dance - 8.30 to 9.30 P.M.

FOURTH DAY 1. Morning Tea, Breakfast - 6 A.M. to 9.30 A.M. 2. Checkout - 10 A.M.

Notes 1 Professional Implication:-the proposed programme is of basic training. However, a student who successfully

completes basic training, if chooses, to advance his/her skills can go for Camp training course to be a certified adventure course leader.

2 Duration of Camp training course will be of fifteen days.

266

3 The Approximate cost for a basic training has been worked out for a batch of thirty students, and accordingly, the cost of Camp training course depending on the site and duration shall be worked out for those who get selected for the same, will be submitted accordingly.

6.3 Refresher Course Refresher Course for physical education teachers to be conducted during 2nd term, 2008 as per the UGC norms. For details, contact – Center Professional Development in Higher Education, University of Delhi.

6.4 South Campus Initiatives

6.4.1 Proposal

6.4.2 Programmes in Action

SPORTS & PHYSICAL EDUCATION INITIATIVES AT D.U. SOUTH CAMPUS

To develop Sports, Health programme for students at SCDU

• Established in 1974-75, • as of today has about 30

colleges in its control, • 14 teaching Departments, • 8 Research centers • Hostels • Staff on Campus • For development of

participation in activity oriented education, Leadership, health, fitness ,recreation, & Sports excellence programmes;

• A modest beginning needs to be made by developing infrastructure and programmes for its students & Staff.

• Inter and intra house/ hostel activities

• Inter departmental sports activity calendar

• Leadership activities mountaineering etc.

• Fitness activities & Gym participation can be established and organized;

• South campus Annual sports festival/ fun activities carnival in which staff & students take part should be annual feature;

• Provision of yoga, meditation and relaxation activities can be Planned/ slotted as per the available slots in the time tables.

• Add-on courses, if deemed fit may be planned.

• Human and financial

Requirement, To develop • yoga centre, • fitness Gym, • Recreation Games plan & facilities• Intra-murals • Competitive sports